model s owner's manual - tesla-info.com · model s vehicles are not equipped with the...

MODEL SOWNER'S MANUAL

2020.4 North America

Contents

Overview.............................................................2Interior Overview.........................................................................2Exterior Overview....................................................................... 3Touchscreen Overview..............................................................4

Opening and Closing....................................10Keys and Doors.......................................................................... 10Windows....................................................................................... 15Rear Trunk.................................................................................... 16Front Trunk.................................................................................. 19Interior Storage and Electronics..........................................21Sunroof.........................................................................................24

Seating and Safety Restraints..................25Front and Rear Seats.............................................................. 25Seat Belts.....................................................................................27Child Safety Seats....................................................................30Airbags......................................................................................... 37

Driving...............................................................42Driver Profiles............................................................................ 42Steering Wheel......................................................................... 44Mirrors...........................................................................................48Starting and Powering Off....................................................50Gears............................................................................................. 52Lights............................................................................................ 54Instrument Panel.......................................................................58Wipers and Washers...............................................................64Braking and Stopping.............................................................66Traction Control........................................................................ 70Park Assist....................................................................................71Vehicle Hold................................................................................73Acceleration Modes.................................................................74Trip Information........................................................................ 76Getting Maximum Range.......................................................77Rear View Camera....................................................................79Dashcam......................................................................................80Cold Weather Best Practices............................................... 83

Autopilot.......................................................... 85About Autopilot........................................................................85Traffic-Aware Cruise Control................................................88Autosteer.....................................................................................95Autopark.................................................................................... 102Summon..................................................................................... 104Smart Summon........................................................................107Lane Assist................................................................................. 110Collision Avoidance Assist.................................................... 113Speed Assist.............................................................................. 116

Using the Touchscreen............................... 118Controls....................................................................................... 118Climate Controls...................................................................... 128Maps and Navigation.............................................................134Media and Audio.....................................................................140Phone...........................................................................................143Air Suspension......................................................................... 146Calendar..................................................................................... 148Security Settings.....................................................................149HomeLink® Universal Transceiver...................................... 153Connecting to Wi-Fi.............................................................. 156Software Updates................................................................... 157Mobile App................................................................................ 159

Charging......................................................... 160Electric Vehicle Components.............................................160Battery Information................................................................162Charging Instructions............................................................164

Maintenance................................................... 171Maintenance Schedule........................................................... 171Tire Care and Maintenance.................................................. 173Cleaning..................................................................................... 180Wiper Blades and Washer Jets..........................................183Fluid Reservoirs....................................................................... 184Jacking and Lifting................................................................. 187Parts and Accessories........................................................... 188

Specifications............................................... 189Identification Labels.............................................................. 189Vehicle Loading.......................................................................190Dimensions and Weights..................................................... 192Subsystems............................................................................... 194Wheels and Tires..................................................................... 197

Roadside Assistance.................................205Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance..........................205Instructions for Transporters.............................................206

Consumer Information.............................209Easter Eggs..............................................................................209About this Owner Information............................................211Disclaimers.................................................................................213Reporting Safety Defects.....................................................215Declarations of Conformity.................................................216

Contents

Overview

Interior Overview

1. Interior door handles (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 12)2. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 88) and Autosteer

(Autosteer on page 95)3. High beams (High Beam Headlights on page 56), Turn signals (Turn Signals on page 57),

Wipers and washers (Wipers and Washers on page 64)4. Steering wheel buttons - left (Using Left Steering Wheel Buttons on page 44)5. Instrument panel (Instrument Panel on page 58)6. Steering wheel buttons - right (Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 45)7. Gear selector (Shifting Gears on page 52)8. Touchscreen (Touchscreen Overview on page 4)9. Glovebox button (Glove Box on page 21)10. Cabin climate control (Climate Controls on page 128)11. Power window switches (Opening and Closing on page 15)12. Exterior mirror adjustment switches (Mirrors on page 48)13. Seats (Front and Rear Seats on page 25)14. Steering column adjuster (hidden from view in the above image) (Steering Wheel on page

44)15. Horn (Horn on page 46)16. Brakes (Braking and Stopping on page 66)17. Accelerator pedal (Acceleration Modes on page 74)18. Hazard warning lights (Hazard Warning Flashers on page 57)19. Cup holders (Cup Holders on page 23)

Interior Overview

2 Model S Owner's Manual

Exterior Overview

1. Exterior lights (Lights on page 54)2. Door handles (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 12)3. Sunroof (optional) (Sunroof on page 24)4. Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 164)5. Autopilot cameras (About Autopilot on page 85)6. Exterior mirrors (Mirrors on page 48)7. Hood/Front trunk (Front Trunk on page 19)8. Radar sensor (hidden from view in the above image) (About Autopilot on page 85)9. Wheels and tires (Wheels and Tires on page 197)10. Rear view camera (Rear View Camera on page 79 and About Autopilot on page 85)11. Rear trunk/liftgate (Rear Trunk on page 16)12. Ultrasonic sensors (Park Assist on page 71 and About Autopilot on page 85)

Exterior Overview

Overview 3

Touchscreen Overview

The main components of the touchscreen are shown here. The touchscreen is used to controlmany features that, in traditional cars, are controlled using physical buttons (for example,adjusting the heating and air conditioning, headlights, etc.). You can also use the touchscreen tocustomize Model S to suit your preferences.

Warning: Always pay attention to road and traffic conditions when driving. To minimize driverdistraction and ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road users, avoid usingthe touchscreen to adjust settings while the vehicle is in motion.

Note: The image below is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version and market region, your touchscreen may appear slightly different.




Overview 5

1. This area on the top of the touchscreen displays useful information and provides shortcuts tovarious features. In addition to the time of day and the current outside temperature, this areadisplays the following icons:

Touch to lock/unlock all doors and trunks.

Touch to display the charging screen and access charge settings on thetouchscreen.

Access information about your Model S. See The Tesla "T" on page 9.

Add, configure, or quickly switch driver profiles (including Valet Mode and EasyEntry). See Driver Profiles on page 42.

Displays when a warning notification is in effect. Touch to display informationabout the warning.

Displays when a software update is available (see Software Updates on page 157).

Displays when dashcam is ready to be used (you have inserted a supported flashdrive into a front USB port). Touch to operate dashcam (see Dashcam on page80).

Touch to enable or disable Sentry Mode to actively monitor the vehicle'ssurroundings (see Sentry Mode on page 149).

Control or program HomeLink devices (if equipped) (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 153).



Connected to a Wi-Fi network.

Connected to cellular network. Touch to connect to Wi-Fi (see Connecting to Wi-Fion page 156).

Connect to a Bluetooth device (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page 143).

Displays the status of the front passenger airbag (applicable only in regions wherethe airbag can be disabled, as described in Airbags on page 37).

2. Controls. Touch to control features and customize Model S to suit your preferences (see Controls on page 118).

3. Media Player (see Media and Audio on page 140).


Overview 7

4. Touch the app launcher then choose from the following apps:

Call. See Phone on page 143.

Calendar. See Calendar on page 148.

Camera. Display the area behind Model S. This area also displays automaticallywhenever you shift into Reverse. See Rear View Camera on page 79.

Energy. See Getting Maximum Range on page 77.

Charging. See Charging Instructions on page 164.

Web. Access the Internet using the web browser).

Entertainment. Browse the full library of games and access video streamingservices, all from your vehicle's touchscreen. To launch, Model S must be in Park.

Note: Due to vehicle configuration or market region, Entertainment, Arcade,and/or Theater may not be available on your vehicle.

Toybox. Shortcut to Eater Eggs. See Easter Eggs on page 209.

Note: Swiping up on the app launcher displays the most recently used app (provided an appis not currently being displayed).

Note: Depending on the market region and vehicle options, your vehicle may not be equippedwith some features.

5. Climate Controls (see Climate Controls on page 128).6. Volume Control (see Volume Control on page 140).



7. The map displays on the touchscreen at all times (see Maps and Navigation on page 134).

Note: When you touch Controls, choose an app, or expand Media Player, the window displayson top of the map. To close the Controls window, touch Controls again or touch the X in thetop corner of the window. To close an app, touch the X in the top corner of the window. Toclose Media Player, drag it all the way down to the bottom of the touchscreen or touch theicon again.

The Tesla "T"Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of the touchscreen to display:

• Vehicle name (see Naming Your Vehicle on page 126).*• Vehicle configuration.*• Odometer.*• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).*• Version of software currently installed on your Model S.• Access to release notes associated with the currently-installed software version.*• Access to this owner's manual.• One-touch access to call Tesla Customer Support and Roadside Assistance (if available in your

market region).• One-touch access to all discovered Easter Eggs (see Easter Eggs on page 209).

*You can also display this information by touching Controls > Software.


Overview 9

Opening and Closing

Keys and Doors

Keyless Locking and UnlockingLocking and unlocking Model S is convenient.Although you must be carrying a valid key,there is no need to use it. Model S has sensorsaround the driver's door that can recognizethe presence of a key within a range ofapproximately three feet (one meter). So, youcan keep your key in your pocket or purse andModel S detects it as you approach.

When you walk up to Model S carrying yourkey, the doors automatically unlock if PassiveEntry is on (Controls > Safety & Security >Passive Entry). If a door handle is retracted,press it and it extends. If the Auto-PresentHandles setting is turned on (see UsingExterior Door Handles on page 12), you donot need to touch the door handle. Instead,door handles extends automatically as youapproach Model S. To open the rear trunk,press the switch located under the trunk’sexterior handle.

Note: Model S must detect your key near thedriver's door before the doors or rear trunkunlock.

Note: If Passive Entry is off, you must use thekey to unlock Model S. See Using the Key onpage 10.

Note: You can choose whether you want alldoors, or just the driver's door, to unlock whenyou approach Model S carrying your key (see Door Unlock Mode on page 12).

When carrying your key with you, you can alsoopen the rear trunk without having to use thekey. Simply press the switch located under thetrunk’s exterior handle. Driver Door UnlockMode (see Door Unlock Mode on page 12)must be off and the vehicle must detect thekey near the driver's door before opening therear trunk.

Model S also locks automatically. If you enableWalk Away Door Lock, Model S locks whenyou walk away carrying your key with you (see Walk-Away Locking on page 13).

While sitting inside Model S, you can also lockand unlock the vehicle by touching the icon onthe touchscreen's status bar or by touchingControls > Quick Controls.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture andoptions selected at time of purchase, someModel S vehicles are not equipped with theautomatic locking and unlocking feature.

Using the KeyTo quickly familiarize yourself with the key,think of the key as a miniature version ofModel S, with the Tesla badge representingthe front. The key has three buttons that feellike softer areas on the surface.

1. Trunk

• Double-click to open the rear trunk.• If equipped with a powered liftgate,

double-click to close the rear trunk.You can also single-click to stop theliftgate when it is moving.

• Hold the button down for one to twoseconds to open the charge port door.

2. Lock/Unlock All

• Single-click to lock doors and trunks(all doors and trunks must be closed).Hazard warning lights flash once anddoor handles retract. If a door or therear trunk is open, hazard warninglights flash three times and doors donot lock.

• Double-click to unlock. Hazardwarning lights flash twice and doorhandles extend. If a door or the reartrunk is open, hazard warning lightsflash three times and doors do notlock.

3. Front trunk

• Double-click to open the front trunk.

You do not need to point the key at Model S,but you must be within operating range(which varies depending on the strength ofthe key’s battery).

Keys and Doors


If Model S is unable to detect the key, thetouchscreen displays a message indicatingthat a key is not inside. Place the key whereModel S can best detect it, which is below the12V power socket (see Key Not Inside on page50).

Radio equipment on a similar frequency canaffect the key. If this happens, move the key atleast one foot (30 cm) away from otherelectronic devices (phone, laptop, etc). If thekey does not work, you may need to changeits battery. If the key’s battery is discharged,you can open Model S by following theunlocking procedure (see Unlocking When theKey Doesn't Work on page 13).

For increased security, your key fob mayrequire periodical updates. To update your keyfob, go to Controls > Service > Update KeyFob and follow the onscreen instructions. Yourvehicle must be in Park to update the key fob.

Caution: Remember to bring the key withyou when you drive. Although you candrive Model S away from its key, you willbe unable to power it back on after itpowers off.

Caution: Protect the key from impact,high temperatures, and damage fromliquids. Avoid contact with solvents,waxes and abrasive cleaners.

Replacing the Key Battery

The key’s battery lasts for approximately ayear with normal use. When the battery is low,a message displays on the instrument panel.Follow these steps to replace it:

Note: Tesla recommends replacing the batteryin all keys at the same time.

1. With the key placed button-side down ona soft surface, use a small flat-bladed toolor fingernail to release the bottom cover.

2. Remove the battery by carefully lifting itaway from the front retaining clips.

3. Insert the new battery (type CR2032) withthe ‘+’ side facing up.

Note: Tesla recommends using PanasonicCR2032 batteries. These can bepurchased through online retailers, localsupermarkets, and drug stores.

Note: Wipe the battery clean before fittingand avoid touching the battery's flatsurfaces. Finger marks on the flat surfacesof the battery can reduce battery life.

4. Holding the cover at an angle, align thetabs on the widest side of the cover withthe corresponding slots on the key, thenpress the cover firmly onto the key until itsnaps into place.

5. Test that the key works by unlocking andlocking your vehicle.

Getting More Keys

If you lose a key or require an additional one,contact Tesla. Model S can recognize up tothree keys.

When ordering a new key for Model S, take allavailable keys with you for reprogramming.

Keys and Doors

Opening and Closing 11

Using Exterior Door HandlesA light press on a door handle extends it,provided Model S detects a valid key nearbyand Passive Entry is on (Controls > Safety &Security > Passive Entry).

You can set the door handles to extendautomatically whenever you approach thedriver’s side carrying the key. On thetouchscreen, touch Controls > Vehicle > Auto-Present Handles.

Insert your hand into the handle and pull toopen the door.

Door handles retract if you do not use themwithin one minute after they extend. Justpress a handle to extend it again. Doorhandles also retract a minute after the lastdoor closes, when Model S begins moving,and when you lock Model S.

Note: To preserve battery life, Model S isdesigned to temporarily disable the Auto-Present Handles feature when:

• The key has been out of range for morethan 48 hours.

• The key remains within range for fiveminutes after all doors have been closed.

In these cases, extend door handles bytouching one of them, or by pressing theunlock button on the key. There is no need toreset the setting. The next time you approachModel S, provided the above conditions donot apply, handles automatically extend.

Whenever a door is open, the DoorOpen indicator displays on theinstrument panel. Also, the image ofthe Model S on the touchscreen'sControls > Quick Controls windowalso provides a visual representationof an open door or trunk.

Opening Doors from the InteriorTo open a door, pull the interior door handletoward you.

Note: To prevent children from opening reardoors using the interior handles, use thetouchscreen, Controls > Vehicle > Child-Protection Lock, to turn on the child-protection locks (see Child-Protection Lock onpage 13).

Interior Locking and UnlockingFrom inside Model S, you can use thetouchscreen to lock or unlock doors andtrunks, provided a valid key is inside thevehicle. Touch the lock icon on thetouchscreen's status bar.

When you stop Model S and engage the Parkgear, you can choose whether you want doorsto unlock or remain locked. To do so, touchControls > Vehicle > Unlock on Park. Whenenabled, doors automatically unlock when youengage the Park gear.

You can also unlock doors and presenthandles by pressing the Park button on theend of the gear selector a second time (forexample, after pressing it one time to engagethe Park gear).

Note: If a door or trunk is still open when youlock Model S, it locks when you close it.

Door Unlock ModeYou can choose to unlock only the driver'sdoor when you approach your vehicle carryingyour key or when you shift into Park. To do so,touch Controls > Vehicle > Driver Door UnlockMode.

Keys and Doors


Child-Protection LockModel S has child-protection locks on the reardoors and liftgate to prevent them from beingopened using interior handles. Use thetouchscreen to turn child-protection locks onor off. Touch Controls > Vehicle > Child-Protection Lock.

Note: It is recommended that you turn child-protection locks on whenever children areseated in the rear seats.

Drive Away LockingModel S automatically locks all doors(including the trunks) whenever your drivingspeed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h).

Walk-Away LockingDoors and trunks automatically lock wheneveryou walk away carrying the key or if the key isotherwise not detected by your vehicle (notpresent, dead battery, etc.).

To turn this feature on or off, touch Controls >Vehicle > Walk-Away Door Lock.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture andoptions selected at time of purchase, someModel S vehicles are not equipped with theWalk-Away Locking.

Note: If Model S detects an authenticated keyfor five minutes after you exit the vehicle andclose all doors, Walk-Away Lock disables andwill not lock when you leave with the key. Youwill need to manually lock your vehicle untilafter your next drive.

Note: If all doors are closed and you use thekey to unlock Model S, walk away locking istemporarily suspended for one minute. If youopen a door within this minute, it does not re-lock until after all the doors are closed andyou have walked away with the key.

Note: If your vehicle was unlocked using themobile app, it automatically locks after a shortperiod of time with all doors closed. If parkingin an area without cellular service, such as anindoor parking garage, ensure that you have afunctional key fob readily available.

Unlocking When the Key Doesn'tWorkIf Model S does not unlock when you walk upto it, or when you double-click the unlockbutton on the top of your key, the key’sbattery may be dead. Even if this is the case,you can still use the key to unlock and driveModel S.

Note: Although you can still use your key, youshould consider using the mobile app toremotely unlock and start the vehicle. Then,replace your key's battery when convenient.

To unlock Model S (and disable the securityalarm) using the key, first position the key nearthe base of the passenger side windshieldwiper. Then press the front door handle on theright side of the vehicle. If Model S doesn'tunlock, try adjusting the position of the keyand try again. The key must be in the correctposition for the vehicle to unlock.

Note: The following illustration assumes a lefthand drive (LHD) vehicle. On a right handdrive (RHD) vehicle, the locations aremirrored.

To drive Model S after gaining access to thecabin, place the bottom of the key against thecenter console, immediately below the 12Vpower outlet, then press and hold the brakepedal to start Model S.

Keys and Doors


Note: Unlocking Model S using this methoddisables walk away locking. You mustmanually re-enable walk away locking afterreplacing the key’s battery.

Opening Interior Doors with NoPowerIf Model S has no electrical power, the frontdoors open as usual using the interior doorhandles. To open the rear doors, fold back theedge of the carpet below the rear seats toexpose the mechanical release cable. Pull themechanical release cable toward the center ofthe vehicle.

Keys and Doors


Windows

Opening and ClosingPress down on a switch to lower theassociated window. Window switches operateat two levels:

• To lower a window fully, press the switchall the way down and immediately release.

• To lower a window partially, press theswitch gently and release when thewindow is where you want it.

Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associatedwindow:

• To raise a window fully, pull the switch allthe way up and immediately release.

• To raise a window partially, pull the switchgently and release when the window iswhere you want it.

Note: See Cold Weather Best Practices onpage 83 for information on preparingwindows for cold weather.

Caution: When exiting the vehicle, becareful not to unintentionally press thewindow switches, as they may lower thewindows on the driver or other doors.

Caution: Closing the door while thewindow is fully raised (for example, ifmanually raised) can damage thewindows or the vehicle. Ensure thewindow is slightly lowered before closingthe door.

Warning: Before closing a window, it isthe driver’s responsibility to ensure thatall occupants, especially children, do nothave any body parts extended throughthe window’s opening. Failure to do socan cause serious injury.

Locking Rear WindowsTo prevent passengers from using the rearwindow switches, press the rear window lockswitch. The switch light turns on. To unlockrear windows, press the switch again.

Warning: To ensure safety, it isrecommended that you lock the rearwindow switches whenever children areseated in the rear seats.

Warning: Never leave children unattendedin Model S.

Windows


Rear Trunk

OpeningTo open the rear trunk, ensure the vehicle is inPark then do one of the following:

• Touch the associated OPEN button on thetouchscreen (Controls > Quick Controls).

• Double-click the rear trunk button on thekey.

• Touch the trunk button on the mobile app.• With Model S unlocked, press the switch

located under the rear trunk's exteriorhandle.

Note: If Passive Entry is off, you must use thekey to unlock Model S before you can use theswitch to manually open the rear trunk. See Using the Key on page 10.

When a door or trunk/liftgate isopen, the instrument panel displaysthe Door Open indicator light. Theimage of your Model S on thetouchscreen also displays the opentrunk.

To stop a powered liftgate while it is moving,single-click the rear trunk button on the keyfob. Then, when you double-click the reartrunk button, it moves again, but in theopposite direction (provided it was not almostentirely open or closed when you stopped it).For example, if you single-click to stop theliftgate while it is opening, when you double-click, it closes.

Note: In emergency situations, you canoverride an Open or Close command bygrabbing hold of the lift gate to stop it inplace.

To open the rear trunk from inside Model S inthe unlikely situation that Model S has nopower, see Interior Emergency Trunk Releaseon page 17.

Warning: Before opening or closing theliftgate, it is important to check that the

area around the liftgate is free ofobstacles (people and objects). Althoughthe powered liftgate can detect obstacles,it cannot detect all objects at all times. Donot rely on the liftgate to sense anobstruction when opening or closing. Youmust proactively monitor the liftgate toensure that it does not come into contactwith a person or object. Failure to do somay result in damage or serious injury.

Load LimitsSecure all cargo before moving Model S, andplace heavy cargo in the lower trunkcompartment.

Caution: To avoid damage, never loadmore than 175 lbs (80 kg) on the rear loadfloor (above the lower trunkcompartment) or more than 285 lbs (130kg) in the lower trunk compartment.Doing so can cause damage.

ClosingIf Model S is not equipped with a poweredliftgate, close the rear trunk by pulling downon the liftgate and pushing firmly until it isfully closed.

To close the powered liftgate, do one of thefollowing:

• Touch the associated CLOSE button onthe touchscreen (Controls > QuickControls).

• Double-click the trunk button on the keyfob.

• Press the switch located on the undersideof the liftgate (see Adjusting LiftgateOpening Height on page 17).

If a powered liftgate senses an obstructionwhen closing, it automatically opens andsounds five chimes. Remove the obstructionand try closing it again. If it cannot close thesecond time, powered operation is temporarilydisabled. Close it manually to restore poweredoperation.

Note: The power closing feature is alsotemporarily disabled if you leave the poweredliftgate open for more than an hour.

Rear Trunk


Adjusting Liftgate Opening HeightIf Model S is equipped with a powered liftgate,you can adjust its opening height to make iteasier to reach or to avoid low-hangingceilings or objects (for example, a garage dooror light):

1. Open the liftgate, then manually lower orraise it to the desired opening height.

2. Press and hold the button on theunderside of the liftgate for two secondsuntil you hear a confirmation chime.

3. Confirm that you have set it to the desiredheight by closing the liftgate, thenreopening it.

Interior ReleaseTo open the rear trunk from inside a Model Sequipped with the Tesla Built-In Rear FacingChild Seats, press the interior release switchlocated inside the rear trunk and push theliftgate up. If Model S is locked and isequipped with a power liftgate, the first pressunlocks the rear trunk and the second pressopens it.

Note: If Model S is not equipped with the TeslaRear Facing Child Seats, the switch mayappear to exist, but it will be inactive andpressing it does not release the liftgate.

If Model S is equipped with the power liftgate,you do not need to push it up. When youpress the release switch, it opens, and whenyou pull the switch, it closes.

Note: The interior release switch is disabled ifchild-protection locks are turned on (see Child-Protection Lock on page 13), or ifModel S is moving.

Accessing the Cargo AreaTo access the cargo area inside the rear trunk,pull up the strap at the rear of the cargo cover.You can then fold the cargo cover forward orremove it from Model S.

Caution: Never load more than 175 lbs (80kg) on the rear load floor (above thelower trunk compartment) or more than285 lbs (130 kg) in the lower trunkcompartment. Doing so can causedamage.

Interior Emergency Trunk ReleaseAn illuminated mechanical release locatedinside the rear trunk allows you to open therear trunk from the inside if Model S has noelectrical power. This mechanical release alsoallows a person locked inside to get out.

1. Remove the cover by pulling its loweredge very firmly toward you.

2. Pull the cable to release the latch.3. Push the rear trunk open.

Note: The button glows for several hours aftera brief exposure to ambient light.

Rear Trunk


Warning: Do not allow children to playinside the trunk or become locked inside.An unrestrained child could suffer seriousinjury or death in a crash. A child couldsuffer heat exhaustion if trapped in thevehicle, especially without climate controlon.

Rear Trunk


Front Trunk

OpeningTo open the front trunk:

1. Ensure that the area around the hood isfree of obstacles.

2. Touch the associated OPEN button on thetouchscreen (Controls > Quick Controls),double-click the front trunk button on thekey, or touch the front trunk button on themobile app.

3. Pull the hood up.

When a door or trunk/liftgate isopen, the instrument panel displaysthe Door Open indicator light. Theimage of your Model S on thetouchscreen also displays the openfront trunk.

Warning: Before opening or closing thehood, it is important to check that thearea around the hood is free of obstacles(people and objects). Failure to do somay result in damage or serious injury.

Note: The front trunk locks whenever closedand you lock Model S using either thetouchscreen or externally using the key ormobile app, you leave Model S carrying yourkey (if Walk-Away Locking on page 13 isturned on), or when Valet mode is active (see Valet Mode on page 43).

ClosingThe Model S hood is not heavy enough tolatch under its own weight and applyingpressure on the front edge or center of thehood can cause damage.

To properly close the hood:

1. Lower the hood until the striker touchesthe latches.

2. Place both hands on the front of the hoodin the areas shown (in green), then pressdown firmly to engage the latches.

3. Carefully try to lift the front edge of thehood to ensure that it is fully closed.

Caution: To prevent damage:

• Apply pressure only to the greenareas shown. Applying pressure tothe red areas can cause damage.

• Do not close the hood with one hand.Doing so applies concentrated forcein one area and can result in a dent orcrease.

• Do not apply pressure to the frontedge of the hood. Doing so cancrease the edge.

• Do not slam or drop the hood.

Warning: Before driving, you must ensurethat the hood is securely latched in thefully closed position by carefully trying tolift the front edge of the hood upwardand confirming there is no movement.

Interior Emergency ReleaseAn illuminated interior release button insidethe front trunk allows a person locked insideto get out.

Front Trunk


Press the interior release button to open thefront trunk, then push up on the hood.

Note: The interior release button glowsfollowing a brief exposure to ambient light.

Warning: People should never climbinside the front trunk. Never shut thefront trunk when a person is inside.

Warning: Care should be taken to ensurethat objects inside the front trunk do notbump against the release button, causingthe trunk to accidentally open.

Front Trunk


Interior Storage and Electronics

Glove BoxTo open the glove box, press the switchlocated on the side of the touchscreen. Theglove box locks whenever Model S is lockedexternally, using the key or walk-away locking.It also locks when Model S is in Valet mode(see Valet Mode on page 43). It does not lockwhen you lock Model S using the lock icon onthe touchscreen's status bar.

Note: If you leave the glove box open, its lighteventually turns off.

Warning: When driving, keep the glovebox closed to prevent injury to apassenger if a collision or sudden stopoccurs.

USB PortsYour Model S has two USB ports located onthe front of the center console that you canuse to connect USB devices. To play audiofiles stored on a USB drive connected to theseports, see Playing Media from Devices on page142. You can also use these ports to chargeUSB devices.

Note: Do not connect multiple devices using aUSB hub. This can prevent connected devicesfrom charging or from being recognized bythe Media Player.

Note: Power is available whenever the vehicleis considered "awake" The vehicle may beawake for many reasons. For example, whenusing features such as Summon, or whenfeatures such as Smart Preconditioning, CabinOverheat Protection, Keep Climate On, DogMode, Sentry Mode, etc. are enabled. Thevehicle is also awake whenever the 12V batteryis being charged or is in use, during HVcharging, when the vehicle is communicatingwith the mobile app, etc. Leaving an accessoryplugged in does not deplete the 12V battery.

Inductive Phone ChargerThe Model S inductive phone charger cancharge your Qi-enabled smartphone at up to7.5W of power. Simply open the centerconsole rear bin lid and place yoursmartphone in the phone charger, which islocated on the back of the bin cover. Theinductive phone charger uses either one of thefront USB ports to charge.

Model S will charge your smartphone onlywhen the vehicle is powered on (i.e., thetouchscreen is on and you are in the vehicle).You smartphone will not continue to charge ifyou leave it plugged in after exiting thevehicle. Model S will not charge yoursmartphone if the vehicle's Battery isdischarged.

Note: The inductive phone charger may notwork if your phone case is too large or madeof metal. Take the smartphone out of the caseand place the phone in the charger.



12V Power SocketYour Model S has a power socket located onthe front of the center console. Power isavailable whenever the instrument panel andtouchscreen are on.

The 12V power socket is suitable foraccessories requiring up to 11A continuousdraw (15A peak) or a maximum of 150continuous watts (180 watts peak).

Note: Power is available whenever the vehicleis considered "awake" The vehicle may beawake for many reasons. For example, whenusing features such as Summon, or whenfeatures such as Smart Preconditioning, CabinOverheat Protection, Keep Climate On, DogMode, Sentry Mode, etc. are enabled. Thevehicle is also awake whenever the 12V batteryis being charged or is in use, during HVcharging, when the vehicle is communicatingwith the mobile app, etc. Leaving an accessoryplugged in does not deplete the 12V battery.

Note: In situations where Model S is unable todetect the key (low battery, interference, etc.),place it immediately below the 12V powersocket where Model S can best detect it.

Warning: The power socket and anaccessory’s connector can become hot.



Cup HoldersTo expose a front cup holder, slide back thearmrest.

To expose rear cup holders (if available onyour vehicle), press and release the cup holderface plate located at the back of the centerconsole.



Sunroof

Opening and ClosingIf your Model S is equipped with a sunroof,you can vent and close the sunroof remotelyusing the mobile app or you can adjust theposition of the sunroof by controlling it fromthe menu on your right scroll wheel.

For full control of the sunroof, touchControls > Quick Controls on the touchscreen.Drag, or tap on, the image of the sunroof ortouch the buttons next to the image of yourvehicle. The sunroof moves to the selectedposition. To stop the sunroof from moving atany time, touch the image of the sunroof.

• OPEN: touch once to open the sunroof toits comfort position (75% open). Touchtwice to open the sunroof fully.

• VENT: touch to open the sunroof slightly.• CLOSE: touch to fully close the sunroof.

Note: If the sunroof detects any obstruction, itdoes not close. If, after removing theobstruction, it still does not close, touch andhold CLOSE to override the sunroof’s anti-trapmechanism.

Note: If you find wind noise (which variesdepending on driving speed) excessive, evenwith the sunroof in the comfort position, opena window slightly.

Caution: Remove snow and ice beforeopening the sunroof. Opening a sunroofcovered in snow and ice can causedamage.

Warning: Do not allow occupants toextend any part of their body through thesunroof. Doing so can cause serious injuryfrom flying debris, tree branches, or otherobstructions.

Warning: Before closing the sunroof,ensure that occupants, especiallychildren, do not have any body partextended through the sunroof opening.Failure to do so can cause serious injury.

Warning: Do not carry an object thatprotrudes through the sunroof. Doing so

can damage the sunroof’s seals and anti-trap mechanism, and can cause injury tooccupants.

Sunroof


Seating and Safety Restraints

Front and Rear Seats

Correct Driving PositionThe seat, head support, seat belt and airbagswork together to maximize your safety. Usingthese correctly ensures greater protection.

Position the seat so you can wear the seat beltcorrectly, while being as far away from thefront airbag as possible:

1. Sit upright with both feet on the floor andthe seat back reclined no more than 30degrees.

2. Make sure you can easily reach the pedalsand that your arms are slightly bent whenholding the steering wheel. Your chestshould be at least 10 inches (25 cm) fromthe center of the airbag cover.

3. Place the shoulder section of the seat beltmid-way between your neck and yourshoulder. Fit the lap section of the belttightly across your hips, not across yourstomach.

Model S seats include integrated headsupports that cannot be adjusted or removed.

Adjusting the Front Seats

1. Move seat forward/backward and adjustthe seat’s height and tilt angle up/down.

2. Adjust backrest.3. Adjust lumbar support.

Warning: Before adjusting a front seat,check that the area around the seat isfree of obstacles (people and objects).

Warning: Do not adjust seats whiledriving. Doing so increases the risk of acollision.

Warning: Riding in a moving vehicle withthe seat back reclined can result inserious injuries in a collision, as you couldslide under the lap belt or be propelledinto the seat belt. Ensure your seat backis reclined no more than 30 degrees whenthe vehicle is moving.


Seating and Safety Restraints 25

Folding Rear SeatsModel S has a split rear seat that can foldforward.

Note: If Model S is equipped with the optionalexecutive rear seats, these seats do not foldforward.

Note: Driving with the rear seats foldedforward might result in increased perceivablenoise and/or vibration coming from the rear ofthe vehicle (trunk, suspension, etc.).

Before folding, remove items from the seatsand the rear footwell. To allow the rear seatbacks to fold completely flat, you may need tomove the front seats forward.

To fold a rear seat, pull the correspondinglever and fold the seat forward.

Raising Rear SeatsBefore raising a rear seat, make sure that theseat belts are not trapped behind thebackrest.

Pull the seat back upward until it locks intoplace.

To confirm that the seat back is locked in theupright position, try pulling it forward.

Warning: Always ensure the seat backsare locked in their upright position bypushing it forward or rearward. Failure todo so increases the risk of injury.

Seat HeatersThe front seats contain heating pads thatoperate at three levels from 3 (highest) to 1(lowest). To operate the seat heaters, see Climate Controls on page 128.

If Model S is equipped with the cold weatherpackage, you can also control seat heaters inall rear seating positions, as well as heatedwipers and washer nozzles by touching theclimate controls on the touchscreen (see Climate Controls on page 128).

Warning: To avoid burns resulting fromprolonged use, individuals who haveperipheral neuropathy, or whose capacityto feel pain is limited because of diabetes,age, neurological injury, or some othercondition, should exercise caution whenusing the climate control system and seatheaters.

Seat CoversWarning: Do not use seat covers inModel S. Doing so could restrictdeployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. Also, if thevehicle is equipped with an occupantdetection system that is used todetermine the status of the passengerfront airbag, seat covers may interferewith this system.



Seat Belts

Wearing Seat BeltsUsing seat belts and child safety seats is themost effective way to protect occupants if acollision occurs. Therefore, wearing a seat beltis required by law in most jurisdictions.

Both the driver and passenger seats areequipped with three-point inertia reel seatbelts. Inertia reel belts are automaticallytensioned to allow occupants to movecomfortably during normal driving conditions.To securely hold child safety seats, allpassenger seating positions are equipped withan automatic locking retractor (ALR) that, bypulling the seat belt beyond the lengthneeded for a typical adult occupant, locks thebelt into place until the seat belt is unbuckled.

The seat belt reel automatically locks toprevent movement of occupants if Model Sexperiences a force associated with hardacceleration, braking, cornering, or an impactin a collision.

Seat Belt Reminders

The seat belt reminder on theinstrument panel alerts you if a seatbelt for an occupied driver orpassenger seat is unbuckled. If thebelt remains unbuckled, thereminder flashes and an intermittentchime sounds. If all occupants arebuckled up and the reminder stayson, re-buckle seat belts to ensurethey are correctly latched. Alsoremove any heavy objects (such as abriefcase) from an unoccupied seat.If the reminder light continues tostay on, contact Tesla.

Warning: Seat belts must be worn bypassengers in all seating positions.

To Fasten a Belt1. Ensure correct positioning of the seat (see

Correct Driving Position on page 25).2. Draw the belt out smoothly, ensuring the

belt lays flat across the pelvis, chest andmid-point of your collar bone, betweenthe neck and shoulder.

3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle andpress together until you hear a clickindicating it is locked in place.

4. Pull the belt to check that it is securelyfastened.

5. Pull the diagonal part of the belt towardthe reel to remove excess slack.

To Release a BeltHold the belt near the buckle to prevent thebelt from retracting too quickly, then press thebutton on the buckle. The belt retractsautomatically. Ensure there is no obstructionthat prevents the belt from fully retracting.The belt should not hang loose. If a seat beltdoes not fully retract, contact Tesla.

Wearing Seat Belts When PregnantDo not put the lap or shoulder sections of theseat belt over the abdominal area. Wear thelap section of the belt as low as possibleacross the hips, not the waist. Position theshoulder portion of the belt between thebreasts and to the side of the abdomen.Consult your doctor for specific guidance.

Seat Belts


Warning: Never place anything betweenyou and the seat belt to cushion theimpact in the event of a collision.

Seat Belt Pre-tensionersThe front seat belts are equipped withpre‑tensioners that work in conjunction withthe airbags in a severe frontal collision. Thepre‑tensioners automatically retract both theseat belt anchor and the seat belt webbing,reducing slack in both the lap and diagonalportions of the belts, resulting in reducedforward movement of the occupant.

The outboard seats are equipped withshoulder pre-tensioners to retract the seatbelt webbing to reduce forward movement ofthe occupant.

If the pre-tensioners and airbags did notactivate in an impact, this does not mean theymalfunctioned. It usually means that thestrength or type of force needed to activatethem was not present.

Warning: Once the seat belt pre-tensioners have been activated, they mustbe replaced. After any collision, have theairbags, seat belt pre-tensioners and anyassociated components checked and, ifnecessary, replaced.

Testing Seat BeltsTo confirm that seat belts are operatingcorrectly, perform these three simple checkson each seat belt.

1. With the seat belt fastened, give thewebbing nearest the buckle a quick pull.The buckle should remain securely locked.

2. With the belt unfastened, unreel thewebbing to its limit. Check that unreelingis free from snags, and visually check thewebbing for wear. Allow the webbing toretract, checking that retraction is smoothand complete.

3. With the webbing half unreeled, hold thetongue plate and pull forward quickly. Themechanism should lock automatically andprevent further unreeling.

If a seat belt fails any of these tests, contactTesla immediately.

For information about cleaning seat belts, see Seat Belts on page 181.

Seat Belt WarningsWarning: Seat belts should be worn by alloccupants at all times, even if driving fora very short distance. Failure to do soincreases the risk of injury or death if acollision occurs.

Warning: Secure small children in asuitable child safety seat as described inthe Child Safety Seat topic. Always followthe child safety seat manufacturer'sinstructions when installing.

Warning: Ensure that all seat belts areworn correctly. An improperly worn seatbelt increases the risk of injury or death ifa collision occurs.

Warning: Do not wear seat belts overhard, fragile or sharp items in clothing,such as pens, keys, eyeglasses, etc. Thepressure from the seat belt on such itemscan cause injury.

Warning: Seat belts should not be wornwith any part of the strap twisted.

Warning: Each seat belt assembly mustbe used by one occupant only. It is

Seat Belts


dangerous to put a seat belt around achild being carried on an occupant’s lap.

Warning: Seat belts that have been wornin a collision must be inspected orreplaced by Tesla, even if damage to theassembly is not obvious.

Warning: Seat belts that show signs ofwear (such as fraying), or have been cutor damaged in any way, must be replacedby Tesla.

Warning: Avoid contaminating a seatbelt’s components with any chemicals,liquids, grit, dirt or cleaning products. If aseat belt fails to retract or latch into thebuckle, it must be replaced immediately.Contact Tesla.

Warning: Do not make modifications oradditions that can prevent a seat beltmechanism from taking up slack, or thatcan prevent a seat belt from beingadjusted to remove slack. A slack beltgreatly reduces occupant protection.

Warning: Do not make modifications thatcan interfere with the operation of a seatbelt, or that can cause a seat belt tobecome inoperable.

Warning: When seat belts are not in use,they should be fully retracted and nothanging loose. If a seat belt does not fullyretract, contact Tesla.

Seat Belts


Child Safety Seats

Guidelines for Seating ChildrenYour Model S seat belts are designed for adults and larger children. You must restrain infants andsmall children in the rear seats only, and you must use a suitable child safety seat appropriate forthe child’s age, weight, and size.

Never use child safety seats in the front row passenger seat.

Warning: Never seat a child on a seat with an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it. DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY to the child can occur.

Refer to the following label fitted to the sun visors.

Note: The image shown below is representative only and may not be identical to the label in yourvehicle.

Model S has an occupancy sensor in the front passenger seat that controls the status of thepassenger front airbag (see Airbags on page 37).

When driving with a child seat on the front passenger seat, always double-check the status of the passenger front airbag to confirm that it is OFF.

To protect an adult subsequently occupying the front passenger seat, alwaysdouble-check the passenger front airbag to confirm that it is ON.

Child Safety Seats


Choosing a Child Safety SeatAll children age 12 and under should ride in the second row seats. Always use a child safety seatsuitable for a young child’s age and weight. The following table is based on child safety seatrecommendations determined by National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA). Formore information, go to www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/Guidance.

Infants Toddlers Youngchildren

Age Birth to 1 year* Over 1 year* 4 years andolder, andless than 57in. (145 cm)tall

Weight Up to at least 20 lbs (9 kg)* Over 20 lbs (9 kg) (minimum)and up to 40 lbs (18 kg)*

Over 40 lbs(18 kg)

Type of childsafety seat

Rear facing (or convertible) Forward facing (orconvertible)*

Forwardfacing orseat beltretainedboosterseat****

Seat position Rear facing only* Rear facing as long as possible,then forward facing*

Forwardfacing

Recommendedattachmentmethod

If combined weight of childand safety seat is up to65 lbs (29 kg), attach usingeither LATCH** (lower anchoronly) or the seat belt only.***If combined weight of childand safety seat is over 65 lbs(29 kg), attach using the seatbelt only.***

If combined weight of childand safety seat is up to 65 lbs(29 kg), attach using eitherLATCH** (both lower anchorsand top tether anchor), or theseat belt and upper tetherstrap.*** If combined weight ofchild and safety seat is over65 lbs (29 kg), attach using theseat belt and upper tetherstrap.***

Attachboosterseats usingthe seatbelt only.

* Many child safety seats currently available allow children to ride rear-facing using the childsafety seat’s integrated 5-point harness for a longer period of time BASED UPON SPECIFICHEIGHT AND WEIGHT LIMITS. Keep your child in a rear facing seat for as long as possible.CHECK THE CHILD SAFETY SEAT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND CAREFULLYFOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS.

** LATCH ("Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children") and ISOFIX are international standards forattachment points for child safety seats in passenger cars that enable compliant child safetyseats to be quickly and safely secured. The system has other regional names including LUAS("Lower Universal Anchorage System") or Canfix in Canada. It has also been called the"Universal Child Safety Seat System" or UCSSS.

*** Subject to instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer.

****Keep your child in a forward facing child safety seat with a harness and tether until the childreaches the child safety seat's maximum allowable height or weight as specified by themanufacturer of the child safety seat.

Warning: Do not use Easy Entry (as described in Driver Profiles on page 42) to automaticallymove the driver's seat to the full rearward position if a child safety seat is installed on a rear

Child Safety Seats


http://www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/Guidance

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Child_safety_seat

seat behind the driver's seat. With reduced clearance, the movement of the seat may impacta child's legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.

Warning: Do not use LATCH anchors with child safety seats or booster seats that have anintegral safety belt where the combined weight of the child plus the child safety seat exceeds65 lbs (29.5 kg).

Warning: Laws that govern how and where children should be carried when traveling in avehicle are subject to change. It is the driver’s responsibility to keep up to date on, andcomply with, all current regulations in the region(s) where Model S is driven. To check thechild passenger safety laws for states in the U.S., go to: http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html.

Child Safety Seats


http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html

http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html

Seating Larger ChildrenIf a child is too large to fit into a child safetyseat, but too small to safely fit into thestandard seat belts, use a booster seatappropriate for the child’s age and size.Carefully follow the manufacturer’sinstructions to secure the booster seat.

Installing Child Safety SeatsThere are two general methods used to installchild safety seats:

• Seat belt retained - these seats aresecured using the vehicle’s seat belts.

• LATCH retained - these seats attach toanchor bars built into the vehicle’s rearseats.

Check the child safety seat manufacturer’sinstructions and the table in this manual todetermine which installation method to use.Some child safety seats can be installed usingeither method. Always follow the child safetyseat manufacturer’s instructions.

Installing Seat Belt Retained ChildSeatsFirst, make sure that the child safety seat isappropriate for the weight, height, and age ofthe child.

Avoid dressing the child in bulky clothing anddo not place any objects between the childand the restraint system.

Adjust harnesses for every child, every trip.

To securely hold child safety seats, allpassenger seating positions are equipped withan automatic locking retractor (ALR) that, bypulling the seat belt beyond the lengthneeded for a typical adult occupant, locks thebelt into place until the seat belt is unbuckledand the webbing is fully retracted. The ALRmechanism operates as a ratchet, winding inslack and preventing the seat belt fromextending any further until it has beencompletely rewound. When installing a childsafety seat, engage the belt's automaticlocking retractor by pulling the seat beltwebbing until it is fully extended. The ALRsystem engages only when the seat belt is atits maximum extension point.

Note: An automatic locking retractordisengages only when the seat belt isunbuckled and fully retracted. The belt canthen be worn as a normal belt, sliding freely inand out and locking tight only in an

emergency. Once disengaged, the belt mustbe fully extended to re-engage the lockingmechanism whenever you install a child safetyseat.

Always follow the detailed instructionsprovided by the child safety seatmanufacturer. General guidelines are providedbelow.

1. Place the child safety seat in Model S, andfully extend the seat belt. Route andbuckle the seat belt in accordance withthe child safety seat manufacturer’sinstructions.

2. Allow the seat belt to retract, and removeall slack in the seat belt while firmlypushing the child safety seat into theModel S seat.

3. Attach the upper tether strap(s), asrequired by the manufacturer of the childrestraint system (see Attaching UpperTether Straps on page 35).

Installing ISOFIX (LATCH) ChildSeatsLower LATCH anchors are provided in thesecond row outboard seats. The anchors arelocated between the seat's back rest and rearcushion. The exact location of each anchor isidentified by a child safety seat identificationbutton, illustrated below. The button is locatedon the seat back, directly above its associatedanchor.

Child Safety Seats


In the rear seats, install LATCH child safetyseats in the outboard seating positions only.Use only a seat belt retained seat in the centerposition.

To install a LATCH child safety seat, carefullyread and follow the instructions provided bythe manufacturer of the child restraint system.These instructions describe how to slide thechild restraint system onto the seat's anchorbars until you hear it "click" into place. Youmay need to push the child restraint systemfirmly against the seat back to ensure it fitssnugly.

Adjust until the child restraint system is fittedfirmly against the seat back. Ensure the childrestraint system fits snugly.

Child Safety Seats


Before seating a child, ensure that the childrestraint system is securely installed. Grasp thefront of the child restraint system with onehand on each side, and attempt to:

• Twist the child restraint system from sideto side.

• Pull the child restraint system away fromthe seat.

If the child restraint system moves away fromthe seat, both latches are not fully engagedonto the seat's anchor bars. You must reinstallit and try again. It is critical that both latcheson the child restraint system are fully engaged.

Note: Do not use LATCH anchors with childseats or booster seats that have an integratedsafety belt where the combined weight of thechild plus the child restraint system exceeds65 lbs (29.5 kg).

Attaching Upper Tether StrapsIf an upper tether strap is provided, attach itshook to the anchor point located on the backof the rear seats.

Note: The location of anchor points may notbe readily visible but can be found byidentifying a slice in the seat's material.

Warning: Tighten upper tether strapsaccording to the instructions provided bythe manufacturer of the child safety seat.

Warning: USE ONLY SEAT BELTRETAINED CHILD SAFETY SEATS IN THECENTER SEATING POSITION.

For dual-strap tethers, position a strap oneach side of the head support.

Always position single-strap tethers to runover the top of the head support.

Note: To prevent the single-strap tether frommoving side to side, the top of the headsupport deforms.

Testing a Child Safety SeatBefore seating a child, always make sure thechild safety seat is not loose:

Child Safety Seats


1. Hold the child safety seat by the belt pathand try to slide the safety seat from sideto side and front to back.

2. If the seat moves more than one inch(2.5 cm), it is too loose. Tighten the belt orreconnect the LATCH retained child safetyseat.

3. If you are unable to reduce slack, try adifferent seat location or try another childsafety seat.

Child Safety Seat WarningsWarning: Extreme hazard! Do not seat achild on the front passenger seat even ifyou are using a child safety seat. This seathas an airbag in front of it. Although thisairbag is disabled when Model S detects alightweight passenger, do not rely ontechnology to protect your child.

Warning: Child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seatsby lap belts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt. Children could beendangered in a crash if their childrestraints are not properly secured in thevehicle.

Warning: According to collision statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seating positionsthan in the front seating positions.

Warning: Do not use a forward facingchild safety seat until your child weighsover 20 lbs (9 kg) and can sitindependently. Up to the age of two, achild's spine and neck are not sufficientlydeveloped to avoid injury in a frontalimpact.

Warning: Do not allow a baby or infant tobe held on a lap. All children should berestrained in an appropriate child safetyseat at all times.

Warning: To ensure children are safelyseated, follow all instructions provided inthis document and by the manufacturerof the child safety seat.

Warning: Children should ride in a rearfacing child safety seat using the seat’sintegrated 5-point harness for as long aspossible.

Warning: Do not use seat belt extenderson a seat belt that is being used to installa child safety seat or booster seat.

Warning: When seating larger children,make sure the child's head is supported

and the child’s seat belt is properlyadjusted and fastened. The shoulderportion of the belt must be away from theface and neck, and the lap portion mustnot be over the stomach.

Warning: Never attach two child safetyseats to one anchor point. In a collision,one anchor point may be incapable ofsecuring both seats.

Warning: Child restraint anchors aredesigned to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted childrestraints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seat belts,harnesses, or for attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

Warning: Always check harnesses andtether straps for damage and wear.

Warning: Never leave a child unattended,even if the child is secured in a childsafety seat.

Warning: Never use a child safety seatthat has been involved in a collision. Havethe seat inspected or replaced asdescribed in the child safety seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

Child Safety Seats


Airbags

Location of AirbagsAirbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is printedon the sun visors.

Model S is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt at both front seating positions. Theairbag is a supplemental restraint at those seating positions. All occupants, including the driver,should always wear their seat belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seatingposition to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash.

1. Passenger knee airbag2. Passenger front airbag3. Side airbags4. Curtain airbags5. Driver’s knee airbag6. Driver’s front airbag

Airbags


How Airbags WorkAirbags inflate when sensors detect an impactthat exceeds deployment thresholds. Thesethresholds are designed to predict the severityof a crash in time for the airbags to helpprotect the vehicle's occupants. Airbagsinflate instantly with considerable forceaccompanied by a loud noise. The inflatedbag, together with the seat belts, limitsmovement of occupants to reduce the risk ofinjury.

Front airbags are not ordinarily designed toinflate in rear collisions, rollovers, sidecollisions and when braking heavily or drivingover bumps and potholes. Likewise, frontairbags may not inflate in all frontal collisions,such as minor front collisions, underridecollisions, or minor impacts with narrowobjects (such as posts or poles). Significantsuperficial damage can occur to the vehiclewithout the airbags inflating and, conversely, arelatively small amount of structural damagecan cause airbags to inflate. Therefore, theexternal appearance of the vehicle after acollision does not represent whether or notthe front airbags should have inflated.

Warning: Before modifying your vehicleto accommodate a person withdisabilities in a way that may affect theairbag system, contact Tesla.

Types of AirbagsModel S has the following types of airbags:

• Front airbags: The front airbags aredesigned to reduce injuries if largerchildren or adults are riding in the frontseats. Follow all warnings and instructionsrelated to seating a child on the frontpassenger seat (if permitted in yourmarket region).

• Knee airbags: Knee airbags and the frontairbags work together. The knee airbagslimit the forward motion of the front seatoccupants by restricting leg movement,thereby positioning the occupants so thatthe front airbags work more effectively.

• Side airbags: Side airbags protect thethorax region of the torso and the pelvis.They inflate only if a severe side impactoccurs. Side airbags on the non-impactedside of the vehicle do not inflate.

• Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags helpprotect the head. Curtain airbags on boththe impacted and non-impacted side ofthe vehicle will inflate only if a severe sideimpact occurs, or if the vehicle rolls over.

Passenger Front Airbag StatusThe status of the passenger front airbagdisplays in the top corner of the touchscreen:

Before driving with a childseated on the front passengerseat (if permitted in your marketregion), always double-check thestatus of the passenger frontairbag to confirm that it is OFF.When the passenger airbag isOFF, it will not inflate when acollision occurs. This indicatoralso displays when the seat isunoccupied.

To protect an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat, ensurethe passenger front airbag is ON.When the passenger airbag isON, it may inflate when acollision occurs

Warning: If seating a child in the frontpassenger seat is legally permissible inyour market region, it is the driver'sresponsibility to ensure that thepassenger front airbag is OFF. Never seata child in the front passenger seat with anactive airbag, even if using a child safety

Airbags


seat or booster seat. DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the child can occur.

Disabling the Passenger FrontAirbagModel S has an occupancy sensor in the frontpassenger seat that controls the status of thepassenger front airbag.

Note: The occupancy sensor system meets theregulatory requirement of FMVSS 208 andautomatically detects when inflating thepassenger front airbag would be unnecessaryor potentially harmful.

Weight infrontpassengerseat

Passengerairbag status

Indicatorstatus

Empty OFF PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF

Up to 20 lbs(9 kg)

OFF PASSENGERAIRBAG OFF

20-100 lbs(9-45 kg)*

OFF or ON OFF -PASSENGERAIRBAG OFFON -PASSENGERAIRBAG ON

Over 100 lbs(45 kg)

ON PASSENGERAIRBAG ON

*Values are approximate. A weight detectednear the threshold can cause the airbagstatus to occasionally turn on and offdepending on seating position andphysique.

Note: It takes approximately six seconds afteryou power on Model S for the occupancysensor to report accurate status of the frontpassenger airbag. As a result, when you firstpower on Model S, even in situations when itshould be OFF because the seat is occupiedby a weight of 20 lbs (9 kg) or less, it will takethe touchscreen approximately six seconds todisplay the status, PASS AIRBAG OFF. If it failsto do so, contact Tesla service immediatelyand do not seat a child in the front passengerseating position.

To make sure the sensing system can correctlydetect occupancy status, eliminate thefollowing:

• Objects lodged under the seat.• Heavy objects sitting on the seat

(briefcase, large purse).

Airbags


• Objects wedged between the seat backand seat cushion.

• Cargo interfering with the seat.• Aftermarket items attached to, or sitting

on, the seat (covers, mats, blankets, etc.).

These conditions can interfere with theoccupancy sensor. If you have eliminated theabove possibilities, and the airbag status is stillincorrect, ask passengers to ride in the rearseats and contact Tesla to have the airbagsystem checked.

Note: The front passenger occupancy sensoraffects the operation of the passenger frontairbags only. The side airbags are not affected.

Warning: If the front passenger airbag isnot turning on or off as expected basedon the weight thresholds previouslydescribed, contact Tesla immediately.

Warning: Never seat a child on the frontpassenger seat, even if the passengerairbag is off. All occupants age 12 andunder must ride in the rear seats (see Child Safety Seats on page 30).

Warning: To ensure accuracy of theoccupant detection system, do not makeany modifications to the front passengerseat.

Warning: Do not use seat covers onModel S. Doing so could restrictdeployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. It can alsoreduce the accuracy of the occupantdetection system.

Inflation EffectsWarning: When airbags inflate, a finepowder is released. This powder canirritate the skin and should be thoroughlyflushed from the eyes and from any cutsor abrasions.

After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide agradual cushioning effect for the occupantsand to ensure the driver’s forward vision is notobscured.

If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle hasbeen in a collision, always have the airbags,seat belt pre-tensioners and any associatedcomponents checked and, if necessary,replaced by Tesla.

In a collision, in addition to the airbagsinflating:

• Doors unlock, and the door handlesextend.

• Hazard warning lights turn on.• Interior lights turn on.• High voltage is disabled.

To restore high voltage power, use thetouchscreen to manually power off Model S(see Powering Off on page 50), then pressthe brake to power it back on again.

Airbag Warning Indicator

The airbag indicator on theinstrument cluster remains lit if theairbag system is malfunctioning. Theonly time this indicator should lightup is briefly when Model S firstpowers up, in which case it turns offwithin a few seconds. If it remains lit,contact Tesla immediately and donot drive.

Airbag WarningsWarning: Do not place objects over ornear airbags because any such objectscould cause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to cause the airbagto inflate.

Warning: All occupants, including thedriver, should always wear their seat belts,whether or not an airbag is also providedat their seating position, to minimize therisk of severe injury or death in the eventof a collision.

Warning: Front seat occupants should notplace their arms over the airbag module,as an inflating airbag can cause fracturesor other injuries.

Warning: Do not use seat covers onModel S. Doing so could restrictdeployment of the seat-mounted side airbags if a collision occurs. It can alsoreduce the accuracy of the occupantdetection system, if equipped.

Warning: Airbags inflate withconsiderable speed and force, which cancause injury. To limit injuries, ensure thatoccupants are wearing seat belts and arecorrectly seated, with the seat positionedas far back as possible. The NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) recommends a minimumdistance of 10" (25 cm) between anoccupant’s chest and an airbag.

Warning: Children should not be seatedon the front passenger seat unless

Airbags


permitted by regulations in your marketregion. Follow all regulations in yourregion for the appropriate way to seat achild based on the child's weight, size,and age. The safest place to seat infantsand young children is in the rear seatingpositions. Seating an infant or child in arear-facing child restraint system on aseat equipped with an operational airbagcan cause serious injury or death.

Warning: To ensure correct inflation of theside airbags, maintain an unobstructedgap between an occupant’s torso and theside of Model S.

Warning: Passengers shouldn't lean theirheads against doors. Doing so can causeinjury if a curtain airbag inflates.

Warning: Do not allow passengers toobstruct the operation of an airbag byplacing feet, knees or any other part ofthe body on or near an airbag.

Warning: Do not attach or place objectson or near the front airbags, the side ofthe front seats, the headliner at the sideof the vehicle, or any other airbag coverthat could interfere with inflation of anairbag. Objects can cause serious injury ifthe vehicle is in a collision severe enoughto cause the airbag to inflate.

Warning: Following inflation, some airbagcomponents are hot. Do not touch untilthey have cooled.

Airbags


Driving

Driver Profiles

Creating a Driver ProfileWhen you first adjust the driver’s seat,steering wheel, or driver’s side mirror, thetouchscreen prompts you to create a driverprofile to save these adjustments. Your profilealso saves some of the preferences you makeusing the touchscreen's Controls window.

To add a new driver profile, touchthe driver profile icon at the top ofthe touchscreen. Then touch AddNew Driver, type the driver's nameand touch Create Profile. Follow theonscreen instructions to save theseating position to the driver profile.You can also check the Use EasyEntry checkbox if you want to save(or use existing) Easy Entry settings(described below) in which thedriver's seat and the steering wheelare automatically adjusted to make iteasy to enter and exit Model S.

If you change the position of the steeringwheel, driver’s seat, or driver’s side mirrorafter you have saved or chosen a driverprofile, the touchscreen prompts you to savethe new position or restore the previouslysaved position (other settings areautomatically saved). To change a settingwithout saving or restoring, just ignore theprompt.

To adjust Model S based on a driver’s profile,touch the driver profile icon and choose thedriver name. The saved adjustments areautomatically made.

Note: Valet mode is a built-in driver profileused to limit speed and restrict access tosome Model S features (see Valet Mode onpage 43).

Note: Depending on date of manufacture andoptions selected at time of purchase, someModel S vehicles are not equipped with thedriver profile feature. Also, in cases where thevehicle is equipped with driver profiles, somefeatures may not be automatically saved andadjusted based on the driver profile (forexample, mirror position).

Note: To stop automatic adjustments that arein process based on a driver's profile, touchStop on the Driver Profile dropdown menu.Automatic adjustments also stop if youmanually adjust a seat, mirror or the steeringwheel.

Easy Entry

You can define an Easy Entry setting thatmoves the steering wheel and driver's seat tomake it easy to enter and exit Model S. Anydriver can use the Easy Entry setting byassociating it with their driver's profile. Whenthe Easy Entry setting is associated with adriver's profile, the steering wheel and driver'sseat automatically adjust when the park gearis engaged and the driver's seat belt isunbuckled, allowing an easy exit from thevehicle. When returning to the vehicle andstepping on the brake pedal, settingsautomatically adjust back to the settings usedby the most recent driver profile (or based onthe key if it's linked to a driver profile).

To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensurethe Use Easy Entry box is checked.

Warning: Never use Easy Entry to movethe driver's seat to the full rearwardposition when a child safety seat isinstalled on a rear seat located behind thedriver's seat. With reduced clearance, themovement of the seat may impact achild's legs, cause injury, or dislodge theseat.

Restoring a Driver’s Profile

To adjust Model S based on a driver’sprofile, touch the driver profile iconon the touchscreen's status bar. Thenchoose the driver and Model S isadjusted based on the settings thathave been saved to the chosendriver profile.

Saved SettingsA subset of the settings that you choose fromthe Controls window to customize yourModel S are also saved to your driver's profile.The settings that are associated with driverprofiles may vary depending on the version ofsoftware currently installed on your Model S.

Note:

Driver Profiles


Linking a Driver Profile to a KeyYou can link a driver profile to a specific key toallow Model S to automatically select thecorrect driver profile when the linked key isdetected as you approach the vehicle andopen the driver's door. To link a driver profileto a key, enter Model S with the key and touchthe driver profile icon on the top of thetouchscreen. Select the driver profile youwould like to link to the key, then touch Link toKey Fob.

Note: Model S only detects one key at a time.The driver profile is linked to the key that isdetected by the vehicle at that time.Therefore, if you want to link driver profiles tomultiple keys, ensure that only the key thatyou would like to link the driver profile to iswithin detection range while performing thelinking procedure. Move all other keys outsideof the detection range (at least three feet (onemeter) away from Model S).

Note: Model S can support up to three linkedkeys. However, a driver profile can only belinked to one key.

To remove the link between a driver profileand key, touch the driver profile icon on thetop of the touchscreen. Select the driverprofile, then touch the X next to Linked to KeyFob.

Valet ModeWhen Model S is in Valet mode, the followingrestrictions apply:

• Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).• Maximum acceleration and power are

limited.• Front trunk and glovebox are locked.• Home and Work locations are not

available in the navigation system.• Voice commands are disabled.• Autopilot convenience features are

disabled.• Most status bar functions are disabled.• The Mobile Access setting is disabled.• HomeLink (if applicable in your market

region) is not accessible.• Driver Profiles are not accessible.

• Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. WhenModel S is in Valet mode, you cannot pairnew Bluetooth devices or view or deleteexisting paired devices.

Note: If a Bluetooth paired device or aknown Wi-Fi network is within operatingrange (approximately 30 feet or 9 meters)of Model S in Valet mode, Model S willconnect to it.

Starting Valet Mode

With Model S in Park, touch the driver profileicon on the top of the touchscreen, then touchValet Mode.

The first time you enter Valet mode, you willbe prompted to create a 4-digit PIN that youwill use to cancel Valet mode.

When Valet mode is active, the instrumentpanel displays the word Valet above thedriving speed and the Valet mode driverprofile displays on the touchscreen.

You can also use the mobile app to start andcancel Valet mode (provided Model S is inPark). When using the mobile app, you do notneed to enter a PIN because you are alreadyrequired to log into the app using your TeslaAccount credentials.

Note: If the PIN to Drive setting is enabled(see PIN to Drive on page 149), you mustenter the driving PIN before you can define orenter a Valet PIN. Once in Valet mode, Model Scan be driven without the valet needing toenter the driving PIN.

Note: The PIN to Drive setting is not availablewhen Valet mode is active.

If you forget your valet PIN, reset it frominside Model S by entering your Tesla Accountcredentials (which also cancels Valet mode).You can also reset your PIN using the mobileapp.

Canceling Valet Mode

With Model S in Park, touch the Valet Modedriver icon on the touchscreen's status bar,then enter your 4-digit PIN.

When you cancel Valet mode, all settingsassociated with the most recently used driverprofile and climate control settings arerestored, and all features are available.

Note: You do not need to enter a PIN to cancelValet mode from the mobile app.

Driver Profiles

Driving 43

Steering Wheel

Adjusting Steering EffortYou can adjust the feel and sensitivity of thesteering system to suit your personalpreference:

1. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >Driving > Steering Mode.

2. Choose a steering option:

• Comfort - Reduces the effort requiredto turn the wheel. In town, Model Sfeels easier to drive and park.

• Standard - Tesla believes that thissetting offers the best handling andresponse in all conditions.

• Sport - Increases the effort requiredto turn the wheel. When driving athigher speeds, Model S feels moreresponsive.

The only way to really know which option youlike best is to try them.

Adjusting PositionAdjust the steering wheel to the desireddriving position by moving the control on theleft side of the steering column. Using thiscontrol, you can move the steering wheelforward and backward and up and down.

Warning: Do not make adjustments whiledriving.

Using Left Steering Wheel ButtonsUse the buttons on the left side of the steeringwheel to change radio stations, control themedia player’s volume, and to choose whatdisplays on the left side of the instrumentpanel (whenever the Navigation app is notdisplaying instructions).

1. Next

If you are listening to local or satelliteradio and you have defined more than oneradio preset, press to play the next presetin the radio band that is currently playing.If you have not defined more than onepreset, press to go to the next availablefrequency.

If you are listening to Internet radio, or toan audio file on a connected Bluetooth orUSB device, press to skip to the next songor station.

If you have more than one favoritedefined, press and hold to cycle throughfavorites.

2. Scroll Button

• To adjust the media volume, roll up ordown.

Note: The scroll button adjusts thevolume for media, navigationinstructions and phone calls based onwhat is currently in use. As you adjustvolume, the instrument panel displaysthe volume level and whether you areadjusting volume for media,navigation or phone.

• To mute the media volume, or topause/play an audio file, tap the scrollbutton.

Steering Wheel


• To choose what displays on the leftside of the instrument panel, hold thescroll button briefly until the availableoptions are displayed. Roll the scrollbutton to choose Empty, Car Status,Clock, Media, Energy, Trips, etc. Whenthe option you want is highlighted,tap the scroll button.

Note: The option you choose todisplay using the left scroll button isretained until you manually change it.It is also saved in your driver profile.

Note: Car status displays informationsuch as status of doors and trunks,and on newer model vehicles, the tirepressure measurements.

• To restart the touchscreen, hold downboth scroll buttons for approximatelyfive seconds. See Restarting theTouchscreen on page 50.

3. Previous

Same as described above for Next, exceptit skips to the previous song or station. Ifyou have more than one favorite defined,press and hold to cycle through favorites.

Note: Regardless of how you customize theleft side of the instrument panel, itautomatically changes to display navigationinstructions (if applicable), or to let you knowif a door or trunk is open when Model S is in adriving gear.

Using Right Steering Wheel ButtonsUse the buttons on the right side of thesteering wheel to access call options while ona phone call, to choose what displays on theright side of the instrument panel, to adjustModel S features, and to use voice commands.

Note: Whenever you receive or make a phonecall, the right side of the instrument panelautomatically displays call options to help youeasily handle phone calls on your Bluetooth-connected phone.

1. Press to use a voice command to call acontact, navigate, or listen to Internetmusic. When you hear the tone, speakyour command. Press again to end thevoice command, or simply stop speaking.For details, see Using Voice Commands onpage 46.

2. Scroll Button

• During a phone call, touch the scrollbutton to display call options thatallow you to perform an action on thecall.

• Roll the scroll button to adjust themost recently used feature from thefeature list (see Menu button).

• To choose what displays on the rightside of the instrument panel, hold thescroll button briefly until the availableoptions are displayed. Roll the scrollbutton to choose Empty, Car Status,Clock, Media, Energy, Trips, etc. Whenthe option you want is highlighted,tap the scroll button.

Note: Car status displays informationsuch as status of doors and trunks,and on newer model vehicles, the tirepressure measurements.

Note: The option you choose todisplay using the right scroll button isretained until you manually change it.It is also saved in your driver profile.

• To restart the touchscreen, hold downboth scroll buttons for approximatelyfive seconds. See Restarting theTouchscreen on page 50.

3. Menu button

Press to display a menu that allows you tocontrol the following Model S:

• Temperature. Roll the scroll button tochange the driver side temperature, orpress the wheel to turn the climatecontrol system on and off.

• Fan Speed. Roll the scroll button toadjust the speed of the fan used tocool or heat the cabin.

• Display Brightness. Roll the scrollbutton to change the brightness levelof the displays, or press the wheel torestore default settings.

• Sunroof (if equipped). Roll the scrollbutton to adjust the position of thesunroof.

Steering Wheel

Driving 45

• Recent Calls. If your phone is paired toModel S, roll the scroll button to viewyour recent calls. Press the scrollbutton to call the contact that'sdisplayed. To pair your phone, see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page143.

• Contacts. If your phone is paired toModel S, roll the scroll button tonavigate to contacts in your phone.Your contacts are listed alphabeticallyby their last name. To pair your phone,see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone onpage 143.

Press the menu button again to close thefeature list.

Using Voice CommandsYou can use voice commands to call a contact,navigate to a location, listen to Internet musicor control many aspects of your Model S.Voice commands are designed to understandnatural requests. Tap the voice button on theupper right side of the steering wheel toinitiate a voice command. When you hear thetone, speak your command. As you speak, theinstrument panel displays an interpretation ofyour command. It also displays tips to remindyou of the type of commands you can speak.When you finish speaking the command, tapthe voice button again or simply wait.

Note: Voice commands may be spoken inEnglish or French (Canada).

• To call a contact on your Bluetooth-connected phone, say “Call” or “Dial”,followed by the contact’s first and/or lastname(s). For example, “Call Joe” or “CallJoe Smith”.

• To search for, or navigate to, a location,say “Where is”, “Drive to”, or “Navigateto”, followed by an address, businessname, business category, or landmark. Forexample, “Where is Stanford University?”,“Drive to Tesla in Palo Alto”, or “Navigateto Starbucks on Homestead in Cupertino”.If you have defined a navigation addressfor your home or work locations, you canuse a voice command to navigate there bysaying "Navigate home" or "Navigate towork".

• To listen to an Internet music service, say“Listen to” or “Play”, followed by the nameof the song, album, artist, or combination.To improve voice recognition accuracy,provide multiple cues in your command,such as artist plus song (for example,“Listen to Yellow Brick Road” or “PlayYellow Brick Road by Elton John”).

• Control various aspects of Model S byspeaking statements or commands. Forexample, "Speed up the wipers", "Thescreen is too bright", "Turn on the driver'sseat heater", "I'm cold".

Note: Tesla is continuously improving theability of Model S to recognize voicecommands. To support these ongoing qualityimprovements, Tesla captures short voicerecordings anonymously. To protect yourprivacy, these short recordings are notassociated with your personal information orwith your vehicle's identification number. Teslaassures that it is not possible to search anysystem for a recording associated with aspecific customer or vehicle.

Heated Steering WheelIf Model S is equipped with the optional coldweather package, you can warm up thesteering wheel by touching climate controlson the touchscreen (see Climate Controls onpage 128). When turned on, radiant heatkeeps the steering wheel at a comfortabletemperature.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture, yourModel S may not include a heated steeringwheel, even when equipped with the optionalcold weather package.

HornTo sound the horn, press the center pad onthe steering wheel.

Steering Wheel


Steering Wheel

Driving 47

Mirrors

Adjusting Exterior Side MirrorsPress the button associated with the mirroryou want to adjust (left or right). The button'slight turns on and you can then press the dialto move the mirror to the desired position.Repeat for the other side mirror. If prompted,touch Save on the touchscreen to save themirror adjustment in your driver profile.

To fold and unfold exterior mirrors, press thecenter button. You can set the mirrors to foldautomatically whenever Model S is locked bytouching Controls > Vehicle > Mirror Auto-Fold. The mirrors unfold automaticallywhenever you unlock Model S.

When you use the center button to fold themirrors in for parking in a tight space, themirrors remain folded in until your drivingspeed reaches 31 mph (50 km/h), or until youuse the center button to unfold the mirrors.

Note: You cannot fold a mirror if driving above31 mph (50 km/h).

The driver’s side mirror automatically dims atnight, in proportion to the level of glare fromthe headlights of a vehicle behind you (exceptwhen in Reverse gear). Also, both exterior sidemirrors have heaters that turn on and off withthe rear window defroster.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture andoptions selected at time of purchase, someModel S vehicles are not equipped with a sidemirror that automatically dims at night andmay not include heated side mirrors. Inaddition, mirror adjustments may not be savedto your driver profile.

Note: See Cold Weather Best Practices onpage 83 for information to ensure yourmirrors function properly in cold weather.

Auto-Fold Mirrors Based on Location

Model S can automatically fold and unfold theside mirrors based on location, which savesyou from having to manually position themeach time you need to fold or unfold themirrors when at a frequented place (such asnarrow garages, tight parking spaces, etc.).

To set up, Model S must be driving at a lowspeed (less than 3 mph/5 kph) or stopped atthe location you want your vehicle toremember. Go to Controls > Vehicle > AlwaysFold Mirrors at this Location. Next time youapproach the saved location, your mirrors foldand unfold within 25 feet (7.5 meters) of thespecified location.

You can also integrate auto-folding mirrorswith HomeLink (see HomeLink UniversalTransceiver on page 153). To enable, go toHomeLink > Auto-Fold Mirrors when Nearby.

Caution: Mirrors may not automaticallyfold or unfold if you return to a savedlocation and are driving faster than 3mph/5 kph.

Mirror Auto-tilt When Reversing

Both exterior mirrors can automatically tiltdownward when backing up. To adjust theauto-tilt position, shift into Reverse, thenadjust the mirrors (press the buttonassociated with the mirror you want to adjust,then press the dial to move the mirror to thedesired position). Touch Save on thetouchscreen to save the mirror adjustment inyour driver profile.

Mirrors


When you shift back into Drive, the mirrors tiltback to their normal (upward) position. Butnow that you have adjusted them for backingup, they automatically tilt to the selecteddownward position whenever you shift intoReverse.

You can turn the auto-tilt feature on or offusing the touchscreen, Touch Controls >Vehicle > Mirror Auto-Tilt.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture andoptions selected at time of purchase, someModel S vehicles are not equipped with MirrorAuto-Tilt.

Rear View MirrorThe rear view mirror is adjusted manually.When in the Drive or Neutral gear, the rearview mirror automatically dims in low lightingconditions (for example, when driving at nightor through a tunnel).

Mirrors

Driving 49

Starting and Powering Off

StartingWhen you open a door, Model S powers onthe instrument panel and touchscreen and youcan operate all controls.

To drive Model S:

1. PRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL - Model Spowers on and is ready to drive.

2. SELECT A GEAR - Move the gear lever allthe way down for Drive and all the way upfor Reverse. See Shifting Gears on page52.

Note: If the PIN to Drive feature is enabled(see PIN to Drive on page 149), you must alsoenter a valid PIN on the touchscreen beforeyou can drive Model S.

Note: If Passive Entry is off and you do notpress the brake pedal to start Model S withinapproximately five minutes, a messagedisplays on the instrument panel and you mustuse the key to lock then unlock Model S againbefore starting the vehicle.

Everything you need to know when drivingModel S displays on the instrument panel.

Key Not Inside

If Model S does not detect a key when youpress the brake, the instrument panel displaysa message telling you that a key is not inside.

If you receive this message, place the key inthe center console cup holder where Model Scan best detect it.

If Model S still does not detect the key, tryholding it against the center console,immediately below the 12V power socket (see 12V Power Socket on page 22). Or try usinganother key. If another key does not work,contact Tesla.

A number of factors can affect whetherModel S can detect the key. These include alow battery in the key, interference from otherdevices using radio signals, and objectsbetween the key and receiver.

Always keep the key with you. After driving,the key is needed to restart Model S after itpowers off. And when you leave Model S, youmust bring the key with you to lock Model S,either manually or automatically.

Powering OffWhen you finish driving, shift into Park bypressing the button on the end of the gearselector. The parking brake automaticallyengages and all systems keep operating.When you leave Model S with the key, itpowers off automatically, turning off theinstrument panel and touchscreen.

Model S also powers off automatically afterbeing in Park for 15 minutes, even if you aresitting in the driver’s seat.

Although usually not needed, you can poweroff Model S while sitting in the driver’s seat,provided the vehicle is not moving. TouchControls > Safety & Security > Power Off.Model S automatically powers back on again ifyou press the brake pedal or touch thetouchscreen.

Note: Model S automatically shifts into Parkwhenever it is determined that you are exitingthe vehicle, even when you shift into Neutralbefore exiting. To keep Model S in Neutral, see Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral (Tow Mode)on page 52.

Restarting the TouchscreenIf your touchscreen is unresponsive ordemonstrates unusual behavior, you canrestart it to potentially resolve the issue.

Note: To ensure the safety of vehicleoccupants as well as other road users,restarting the touchscreen should be doneonly when the vehicle is in Park.

1. Shift into Park.



2. Hold down both scroll buttons on thesteering wheel until the touchscreen turnsblack.

3. After a few seconds, the Tesla logoappears. Wait approximately 30 secondsfor the touchscreen to restart. If thetouchscreen is still unresponsive ordemonstrating unusual behavior after afew minutes, try power cycling the vehicle.See Power Cycling the Vehicle on page51.

Note: Restarting the touchscreen using thescroll buttons does not power Model S off andon.

Power Cycling the VehicleIf your vehicle demonstrates unusual behavioror a nondescript alert is present, you can trypower cycling the vehicle to potentiallyresolve the issue.

1. Shift into Park.2. On the touchscreen, touch Controls >

Safety & Security > Power Off.3. Wait for at least two minutes without

interacting with the vehicle. Do not openthe doors, touch the brake pedal, touchthe touchscreen, etc.

4. After two minutes have passed, press thebrake pedal or open the door to wake thevehicle.


Driving 51

Gears

Shifting GearsWhen Model S is in Park, you must press thebrake to shift to another gear.

Move the lever up or down to change gears.

If you try to shift into a gear that the currentdriving speed prohibits, a chime sounds andthe gear does not change.

Reverse

Push the lever all the way up and release. Youcan only shift into Reverse when Model S isstopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h).If moving less than 1 mph (1.6 km/h), you mustpress the brake.

Neutral

Push the lever up or down to the first positionand release to shift into Neutral. Neutral allowsModel S to roll freely when you are notpressing the brake pedal.

If Model S is in Park and you use thetouchscreen to release the parking brake(Controls > Safety & Security), Model S shiftsinto Neutral (see Parking Brake on page 68).

Drive

Push the lever all the way down and release.You can shift into Drive when Model S isstopped or moving less than 5 mph (8 km/h)in Reverse. If Model S is moving less than1 mph (1.6 km/h), you must press the brake toshift into Drive.

Park

Press the end of the gear selector whileModel S is stopped. Whenever Model S is inPark, the parking brake is applied.

Model S automatically shifts into Parkwhenever you connect a charge cable or iftwo or more of the following conditions aremet simultaneously while traveling slower thanapproximately 1.5 mph (2 km/h):

• The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.• The occupancy sensor in the driver's seat

does not detect an occupant.• The driver's door is opened.

Note: The above conditions do not reflect acomprehensive list of reasons why Model Smay or may not automatically shift into Parkand, in certain scenarios, it is possible for yourvehicle to shift into Park when only one of theabove conditions is true.

Warning: In emergency situations, if thebrakes are not functioning properly, pressand hold the Park button on the gearselector to bring the vehicle to a stop. Donot use this method to stop the vehicleunless absolutely necessary.

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility toalways ensure the vehicle is in Park beforeexiting. Never rely on Model S toautomatically shift into Park for you; itmight not work in all circumstances (forexample, if Creep or a slope causes thevehicle to travel greater thanapproximately 1.5 mph (2 km/h)).

To make it convenient to pick up passengers,you can also unlock all doors and/or extendthe door handles at any time by shifting intoPark then pressing the Park button a secondtime.

Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral(Tow Mode)Model S automatically shifts into Parkwhenever you finish driving and leave Model S.To keep Model S in Neutral when you exit,allowing it to roll freely (for example, pullingonto a transporter, etc.), activate Tow mode:

1. Shift into Park.2. Press the brake pedal.3. Touch Controls > Service > Tow Mode.

Model S beeps, and shifts into Neutral (whichreleases the parking brake).

Gears


When Tow mode is active, Model Sdisplays this indicator light on theinstrument panel, along with amessage telling you that Model S willroll freely.

Note: In Tow mode, Model S does not shift intoa driving gear. To cancel Tow mode, shift intoPark or touch Tow mode again. Tow mode alsocancels if you use the touchscreen to applythe parking brake (Controls > Safety &Security > Parking Brake).

Gears

Driving 53

Lights

Controlling LightsTouch Controls > Lights on the touchscreen tocontrol the lights.

In addition to the lights that you can controlfrom the touchscreen, Model S hasconvenience lights that turn on and offautomatically based on what you are doing.For example, you will notice interior lights,marker lights, tail lights, door handle lights,and puddle lights that turn on when youunlock Model S, when you open a door, andwhen you shift into Park. They turn offautomatically after a minute or two or whenyou shift into a driving gear or lock Model S.

Note: The image below is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onvehicle options, software version and marketregion, your touchscreen may appear slightlydifferent.

1. Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, sidemarker lights, parking lights, and licenseplate lights) are set to AUTO each timeyou start Model S. When set to AUTO,exterior lights automatically turn on whendriving in low lighting conditions. If youchange to a different setting, lights alwaysrevert to AUTO on your next drive.

Touch one of these options to temporarilychange the exterior light setting:

• OFF: Exterior lights turn off until youmanually turn them back on or untilthe next time you drive. If daytimerunning lights are required in yourregion, the exterior lights used for thispurpose are always on when Drivegear is engaged.

• PARKING: Only the side marker lights,parking lights, tail lights and licenseplate lights turn on.

Note: If daytime running lights arerequired in your region, the exteriorlights used for this purpose are alwayson whenever a driving gear (Drive orReverse) is engaged.

• ON: Exterior lights turn on.

Warning: Always ensure that yourheadlights are on during low visibilityconditions. Failure to do so may resultin a collision.

2. If equipped, touch to turn the fog lightson or off. Fog lights operate only whenlow beam headlights are on. Whenheadlights are turned off, fog lights alsoturn off.

The front fog indicator displayson the instrument panelwhenever the optional front foglights are on.

Note: Depending on the market regionand vehicle options, your vehicle may notbe equipped with front and/or rear foglights.

Note: In some regions, there is no controlfor the front fog lights. They operate inconjunction with the headlights and turnon only in situations where low beamheadlights are on.

3. Turn the interior dome (map) lights on oroff. If set to AUTO, all interior dome lightsturn on when you unlock Model S, open adoor upon exiting, or shift into Park.

Note: You can also manually turn anindividual dome light on or off by pressingits lens. If you manually turn a dome lighton, it turns off when Model S powers off. IfModel S was already powered off whenyou manually turned the light on, it turnsoff after 60 minutes.

4. If you turn on AMBIENT LIGHTS, interiorambient lights turn on whenever theheadlights are on.

Lights


5. If you turn on Auto High Beam (onlyavailable on Model S equipped withAutopilot components), your vehicleautomatically switches from high beamheadlights to low beam headlights whenthere is light detected in front of Model S.See High Beam Headlights on page 56.

6. If you turn on Headlights after Exit, theexterior lights remain on for a short periodof time after you stop driving and parkModel S in low lighting conditions. See Headlights After Exit on page 56.

Note: Model S has lights along the rim of theheadlights, also referred to as "signature"lights. These lights automatically turn onwhenever Model S is powered on and a drivinggear is engaged. In market regions wheredaytime running lights are not required to stayon, the signature lights turn off to conserveenergy when you turn on the Range modesetting (see Controls on page 118 or DrivingTips to Maximize Range on page 77).

Lights

Driving 55

High Beam HeadlightsPush the left-hand steering column lever awayfrom you to turn the high beam headlights oncontinuously. To cancel, pull the lever towardsyou.

To briefly flash the high beam headlights, pullthe lever towards you.

The high beam headlights can automaticallyswitch to low beam when there is lightdetected in front of Model S (for example,from an oncoming vehicle). To turn thisfeature on or off, touch Controls > Lights >Auto High Beam.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained until youmanually change it.

In situations where high beams are turned offbecause AUTO HIGH BEAM is turned on andlight is detected in front of Model S, you cantemporarily turn on high beams by pulling thelever all the way toward you.

The following indicator lights are visible on theinstrument panel to show the status of theheadlights:

Low beam headlights are on.

High beam headlights are on.Illuminates when high beams are onbut the Auto High Beam setting isturned off or if the Auto High Beamsetting is turned on but istemporarily unavailable.

High beams are currently turned on,and Auto High Beam is ready to turnoff the high beams if light isdetected in front of Model S.

High beams are temporarily turnedoff because Auto High Beam is onand is detecting light in front ofModel S. When light is no longerdetected, the high beams willautomatically turn back on.

Warning: Auto High Beam is an aid onlyand is subject to limitations. It is thedriver's responsibility to make sure thatthe headlights are always adjusted asappropriate for the weather conditionsand driving circumstances.

Headlights After ExitWhen you stop driving and park Model S inlow lighting conditions, the exterior lightsremain on. They automatically turn off afterone minute or when you lock Model S.

You can turn this feature on and off bytouching Controls > Lights > Headlights AfterExit. When Headlights After Exit is off, theheadlights turn off when you engage the Parkgear and open a door.

Adaptive Front Lighting System(AFS)If equipped, the Adaptive Front LightingSystem (AFS) automatically adjusts the beamof the headlights to improve your driving view.Electric sensors measure driving speed,steering angle and yaw (the rotation of the cararound the vertical axis) to determine theoptimum position of the headlights based oncurrent driving conditions. For example, toimprove visibility while driving on windingroads at night, the AFS casts the beam in thedirection of the curve. When low beamheadlights are turned on and when driving atlower speeds, AFS improves lateralillumination to increase the visibility ofpedestrians and curbs, and to improvevisibility when turning at a dark intersection,into a driveway, or when making a u-turn.

The Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)operates whenever headlights are on. IfModel S isn't moving, or is moving in reverse,the adaptive headlights do not activate. Thisprevents the lights from inadvertently blindingother drivers.

If the AFS fails, the instrument paneldisplays an alert. Contact TeslaService.

Lights


Turn SignalsMove the left-hand steering column lever up(before turning right) or down (before turningleft). The turn signals flash three times orcontinuously, depending on how far up ordown you move the lever. Lightly push theturn signal lever up or down for a three-flashsequence. For a continuous signal, push thelever fully up or down.

The turn signals stop operating when canceledby the steering wheel, or when you return thelever to the central position.

The corresponding turn signalindicator lights up on the instrumentpanel when a turn signal isoperating. You also hear a clickingsound.

Warning: If you have purchased anoptional Autopilot package, and Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is active, engaginga turn signal can cause Model S toaccelerate when using Traffic-AwareCruise Control in specific situations (see Overtake Acceleration on page 92).

Warning: If you have purchased anoptional Autopilot package and Autosteeris active, engaging a turn signal maycause Model S to change lanes.

Hazard Warning FlashersTo turn on the hazard warning flashers, pressthe button located on the side of thetouchscreen closest to the steering wheel. Allturn signals flash. Press again to turn off.

Note: Hazard warning flashers operate evenwithout a key nearby.

Lights

Driving 57

Instrument Panel

Instrument Panel OverviewThe instrument panel changes depending on whether Model S is:

• Off (shown below).• Driving (see Instrument Panel - Driving on page 62).• Charging (see Charging Status on page 169).

When Model S is off, the instrument panel shows remaining estimated range, status of doors, andoutside temperature. When you press the brake, indicator lights flash on briefly along the top.Unless an indicator light applies to a current situation, it should turn off. If an indicator light fails toturn on or off, contact Tesla.

Note: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly different.

The following indicators illuminate on the instrument panel to advise you or alert you of a specificcondition.

Indicator Description

Low beam headlights are on.

High beam headlights are on. Illuminates when high beams are on but the AutoHigh Beam setting is turned off or if the Auto High Beam setting is turned on but istemporarily unavailable. See High Beam Headlights on page 56.

High beam headlights are currently turned on, and Auto High Beam is ready toturn off the high beams if light is detected in front of Model S. See High BeamHeadlights on page 56.

Instrument Panel



High beam headlights are temporarily turned off because Auto High Beam is onand is detecting light in front of Model S. When light is no longer detected, thehigh beams automatically turn back on. See High Beam Headlights on page 56.

Parking lights (side marker lights, tail lights, and license plate lights) are on. See Lights on page 54.

Front fog lights, if equipped. See Lights on page 54.

Adaptive Front Lighting, if equipped. See Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)on page 56.

Electronic stability control systems are actively minimizing wheel spin bycontrolling brake pressure and motor power (indicator flashes amber). See TractionControl on page 70. If this indicator remains on, a fault is detected and youshould immediately contact Tesla.

If a fault is detected that reduces the performance of the air suspension system,this amber indicator light displays. If the problem persists, contact Tesla. See AirSuspension on page 146.

If a fault is detected that disables the air suspension system, a red indicator lightsup on the instrument panel. Contact Tesla.

A brake system fault is detected or the brake fluid level is low. See Braking andStopping on page 66. Contact Tesla immediately.

Airbag safety. If this red indicator does not flash on briefly when Model S preparesto drive, or if it remains on, contact Tesla immediately. See Airbags on page 37.

Instrument Panel

Driving 59


An ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) fault is detected. See Braking and Stopping onpage 66. Contact Tesla immediately.

The parking brake is manually applied. See Parking Brake on page 68.

A parking brake fault is detected. Contact Tesla. See Parking Brake on page 68.

Vehicle Hold is actively applying the brakes. See Vehicle Hold on page 73.

Tire pressure warning. The pressure of a tire is out of range. If a fault with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS) is detected, the indicator flashes. For a TPMSfault, contact Tesla. See Tire Care and Maintenance on page 173.

A door or trunk is open. See Keys and Doors on page 10, Rear Trunk on page 16, or Front Trunk on page 19.

A seat belt for an occupied seat is not fastened. See Seat Belts on page 27.

Note: Depending on the date of manufacture, rear seating positions may not beequipped with a seat belt reminder.

Electronic stability control systems are no longer minimizing wheel spin. On a RearWheel Drive vehicle, the traction control system has been turned off, or on an All-Wheel Drive vehicle, Slip Start has been enabled. See Traction Control on page70.

Model S is in Tow mode and can roll freely. It does not automatically shift into Parkwhen you exit. See Instructions for Transporters on page 206.

Instrument Panel



Appears when some of the stored energy in the Battery may not be available dueto cold weather conditions. If Model S is plugged in, you can heat your Battery byturning on climate control with the mobile app. The snowflake icon disappearswhen the Battery is sufficiently warm.

Vehicle power is currently being limited because the energy remaining in theBattery is low or the vehicle's systems are being heated or cooled.

Flashes green when the left turn signal is operating. Both turn signal indicatorsflash green when the hazard warning flashers are operating.

Flashes green when the right turn signal is operating. Both turn signal indicatorsflash green when the hazard warning flashers are operating.

Instrument Panel

Driving 61

Instrument Panel - DrivingWhen Model S is driving (or ready to drive), the instrument panel shows your current drivingstatus and a real-time visualization of the road as detected by the Autopilot components (see About Autopilot on page 85). The visualization automatically zooms in and out as needed toinform you when a vehicle is detected in your blind spot.

Note: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly different.

1. Indicator lights display along the top to provide status (see Instrument Panel Overview onpage 58).

2. When you are actively navigating to a destination, navigation instructions display here. Usethe left steering wheel buttons to change what displays on the left side of the instrumentpanel whenever navigation instructions are not displayed (see Using Left Steering WheelButtons on page 44).

3. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is cruising at a set speed. When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isavailable but you haven't set a cruising speed, the icon is gray and the speed is not shown(see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 88).

Note: On roads where the map data determines that a conditional speed limit exists (forexample, a speed limit based on time of day or weather conditions), a second speed limitdisplays below the first speed limit. It is the driver's responsibility to determine whether theconditional speed limit is currently in effect and adjust the driving speed accordingly.

4. Driving speed.5. Autosteer is actively steering Model S. When Autosteer is available but you haven't activated

it, the icon is gray (see Autosteer on page 95).6. On the Energy graph, dashed lines appear on the power meter if Model S is limiting power.

The dashed lines appear on the top portion (energy being used) when power available foracceleration is being limited, and on the bottom portion (energy being gained) when powerthat can be gained by regenerative braking is limited. Model S limits power for many reasons.Here are just a few examples:

• Acceleration may be limited when the Battery is reaching a low state of charge or if thepowertrain is hot.

• Both acceleration and regenerative braking may be limited when the ambient temperatureis either very high or very low.

Instrument Panel


• Regenerative braking may be limited when the Battery is fully charged.

Note: Use the right steering wheel buttons to control what displays on the right side of theinstrument panel (see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 45).

7. Pay attention to important alert messages that display here. If any alerts are in effect, you canview information about them by touching the alert icon (exclamation mark) on thetouchscreen’s status bar (the topmost area of the touchscreen).

8. Use the right steering wheel buttons to change what displays on the right side of theinstrument panel whenever a phone call is not active (see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttonson page 45).

9. Total estimated driving distance (or energy) available. Instead of driving distance, you candisplay the percentage of battery energy remaining. To do so, touch Controls > Display >Energy Display.

Note: When anticipating when you need to charge, use range estimates as a general guidelineonly.

10. The speed limit (if available) that is currently being detected by Speed Assist (see SpeedAssist on page 116).

11. The car in front of you (if applicable).12. Pay attention to important driving-related messages that appear at the bottom center of the

instrument panel.13. Your Model S.14. When Autosteer is active and detects the driving lane, it is highlighted in blue (see Autosteer

on page 95).

Note: If Navigate on Autopilot is active, the instrument panel displays the driving lane as asingle blue line in front of Model S (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 98).

15. Currently selected gear: Park, Reverse, Neutral, or Drive.

Warning: Although the instrument panel shows surrounding traffic, some vehicles may not bedisplayed. Never rely on the instrument panel to determine if a vehicle is present (forexample, in your blind spot). Always use your mirrors and perform shoulder checks.

Instrument Panel

Driving 63

Wipers and Washers

WipersTo wipe the windshield, rotate the end of theleft-hand steering column lever away fromyou. The steering column lever has fivepositions:

• 1st: Off.• 2nd: Auto with low rain sensitivity.*• 3rd: Auto with high rain sensitivity.*• 4th: Continuous, slow.• 5th: Continuous, fast.

For a single wipe, press and release the end ofthe lever.

If the wipers are set to Auto and Model Sdetects no liquid on the windshield, the wipersdo not wipe.

When you operate the wipers, headlightsautomatically turn on (if they are not onalready).

*To enable the Auto settings, touch Controls >Vehicle > Autowipers (Beta). When wipers areset to Auto, Model S detects whether or not itis raining. The frequency at which they wipedepends on how much rain is detected on thewindshield. When wipers are set to high rainsensitivity, the wipers turn on when Model Sdetects a light mist.

Note: The Auto setting is currently in BETA. Ifuncertain about using the Auto setting whilein the BETA phase, Tesla recommendsoperating the wipers manually, as necessary.

Caution: Ensure the wipers are in the Offposition before washing Model S to avoidthe risk of damaging the wipers.

To extend the life of wiper blades, remove icefrom the windshield before turning wipers on.Ice has sharp edges that can damage therubber on the wiper blades.

Periodically check and clean the edge of thewiper blade. If damaged, replace the wiperblade immediately. For details on checkingand replacing wiper blades, see Wiper Bladesand Washer Jets on page 183.

Caution: In harsh climates, ensure that thewiper blades are not frozen or adhered tothe windshield.

De-icing Wipers

To make wiper blades easy to access so youcan remove any ice and snow, shift Model Sinto Park, turn the wipers off, then use thetouchscreen to move them to the serviceposition. Touch Controls > Service > WiperService Mode. When parking in cold outdoorclimates, it is helpful to leave Model S with thewipers in the service position. In this position,they are closer to the defrost vent, allowingyou to thaw them by directing air from theclimate control system towards thewindshield.

Note: Wipers automatically return to theirnormal position when you shift Model S out ofPark.

If Model S is equipped with the optional coldweather package, you can de-ice wipers bytouching the climate control on thetouchscreen (see Climate Controls on page128). Wiper heaters automatically turns offafter 15 minutes.

WashersPress the button on the end of the leftsteering column lever to spray washer fluidonto the windshield. You can press this buttonat two levels. Press partially for a single wipe,without any washer fluid. Press fully for bothwipe and wash. When washing the windshield,the wipers will perform two wipes after yourelease the button, then a third wipe a fewseconds later.

Periodically top up washer fluid (see ToppingUp Windshield Washer Fluid on page 186).

Wipers and Washers


De-icing Washer Nozzles

If Model S is equipped with the optional coldweather package, washer nozzles have de-icers that turn on whenever the ambienttemperature nears freezing, or when you turnon the heated wipers (see Climate Controls onpage 128). The washer de-icers turn off whenthe heated wipers turn off (after 15 minutes),provided the temperature is warm enough toprevent freezing.

Wipers and Washers

Driving 65

Braking and Stopping

Braking SystemsWarning: Properly functioning brakingsystems are critical to ensure safety. Ifyou experience a problem with the brakepedal, brake caliper, or any component ofa Model S braking system, contact Teslaimmediately.

Model S has an anti-lock braking system(ABS) that prevents the wheels from lockingwhen you apply maximum brake pressure. Thisimproves steering control during heavybraking in most road conditions.

During emergency braking conditions, theABS constantly monitors the speed of eachwheel and varies the brake pressure accordingto the grip available.

The alteration of brake pressure can be felt asa pulsing sensation through the brake pedal.This demonstrates that the ABS is operatingand is not a cause for concern. Keep firm andsteady pressure on the brake pedal whileexperiencing the pulsing.

The ABS indicator briefly flashesyellow on the instrument panel whenyou first start Model S. If thisindicator lights up at any other time,an ABS fault has occurred and theABS is not operating. Contact Tesla.The braking system remains fullyoperational and is not affected by anABS failure. However, brakingdistances may increase. Drivecautiously and avoid heavy braking.

If the instrument panel displays thisred brake indicator at any time otherthan briefly when you first startModel S, a brake system fault isdetected, or the level of the brakefluid is low. Contact Teslaimmediately. Apply steady pressureand keep the brakes firm to bring thevehicle to a stop when safe to do so.

Emergency Braking

In an emergency, fully press the brake pedaland maintain firm pressure, even on lowtraction surfaces. The ABS varies the brakingpressure to each wheel according to theamount of traction available. This preventswheels from locking and ensures that you stopas safely as possible.

Warning: Do not pump the brake pedal.Doing so interrupts operation of the ABSand can increase braking distance.

Warning: Always maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you and beaware of hazardous driving conditions.While the ABS can improve stoppingdistance, it cannot overcome the laws ofphysics. It also does not prevent thedanger of hydroplaning (where a layer ofwater prevents direct contact betweenthe tires and the road).

Automatic Emergency Braking is designed toautomatically brake in situations where acollision is considered imminent (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page 114).

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not designed to prevent a collision. Atbest, it can minimize the impact of afrontal collision by attempting to reduceyour driving speed. Depending onAutomatic Emergency Braking to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath.

Caution: In emergency situations, if thebrakes are not functioning properly, pressand hold the Park button on the gearselector to bring the vehicle to a stop. Donot use this method to stop the vehicleunless absolutely necessary.

Brake Disc Wiping

Model S is equipped with brake disc wiping,which automatically assists in maintainingbrake responsiveness in cold and wet weatherconditions. When such conditions aredetected, brake disc wiping repeatedly appliesan imperceptible amount of brake force toclear away water on the brake disc surface.This ensures your brakes are responsive evenduring poor weather conditions.

Hydraulic Fade Compensation

Your vehicle is also equipped with hydraulicfade compensation. This assists in monitoringbrake system pressure and ABS activity forinstances of lower brake performance. If lowerbrake performance is detected (as a result ofbrake fade, or cold or wet conditions, forexample), you may feel the brake pedal pullaway from your foot, detect some noise, andnotice a strong increase in vehicle braking.Continue to press the brake pedal withoutreleasing or "pumping" them— just brake asyou normally would.



Caution: If the brakes are not functioningproperly, stop the vehicle as soon assafety permits and contact Tesla Service.See Park on page 52 for information onusing the Park button to stop the vehiclein case of emergency.

Warning: Always maintain a safe drivingdistance from the vehicle in front of youand be cautious in hazardous drivingconditions. Do not rely on brake discwiping or hydraulic fade compensation toact as a substitute for adequate braking.

Regenerative BrakingWhenever Model S is moving and your foot isoff the accelerator, regenerative braking slowsdown Model S and feeds any surplus energyback to the Battery.

By anticipating your stops and reducing orremoving pressure from the accelerator pedalto slow down, you can take advantage ofregenerative braking to increase driving range.Of course, this is no substitute for regularbraking when needed for safety.

Note: If regenerative braking is aggressivelyslowing Model S (such as when your foot iscompletely off the accelerator pedal athighway speeds), the brake lights turn on toalert others that you are slowing down.

Warning: In snowy or icy conditionsModel S may experience traction lossduring regenerative braking, particularlywhen in the Standard setting and/or notusing winter tires. Tesla recommendsusing the Low setting (see To Set theRegenerative Braking Level on page 67)in snowy or icy conditions to helpmaintain vehicle stability.

The Energy app displays real-time feedbackon the amount of energy being gained byregenerative braking. You can also display thepower meter on either side of the instrumentpanel by choosing Energy using the scrollbutton on the steering wheel (see SteeringWheel on page 44).

The amount of energy fed back to the Batteryusing regenerative braking can depend on thecurrent state of the Battery and the chargelevel setting that you are using. For example,regenerative braking may be limited if theBattery is already fully charged or if theambient temperature is too cold.

Note: If regenerative braking is limited, adashed yellow line displays on the powermeter.

To Set the Regenerative Braking Level

You can use the touchscreen to change thelevel of regenerative braking:

1. Touch Controls > Driving > RegenerativeBraking.

2. Choose from two levels:

• Standard: Provides the maximumamount of regenerative braking. Whenyou release the accelerator, Model Sslows down, reducing the need to usethe brakes.

• Low: Limits regenerative braking.When you release the accelerator,Model S takes longer to slow downand coasts further than if set to"Standard".

Stopping ModeRegenerative braking decelerates Model Swhenever you release the accelerator pedalwhen driving. You can choose what you wantModel S to do once the driving speed hasbeen reduced to a very low speed (almost at astop) and both the accelerator pedal andbrake pedal are released. While in Park, touchControls > Driving > Stopping Mode andchoose from these options:


Driving 67

• CREEP: When close to, or at, a completestop, the motor continues to apply torque,moving Model S slowly forward (in Drive)or backwards (in Reverse), similar to aconventional vehicle with an automatictransmission. In some situations, such ason a steep hill or driveway, you may needto press the accelerator pedal to continuemoving or to prevent Model S frommoving in the opposite direction.

Warning: Never rely on CREEP toapply enough torque to prevent yourvehicle from rolling down a hill.Always press the brake pedal toremain stopped or the acceleratorpedal to proceed up the hill. Failureto do so can result in propertydamage and/or a collision.

• HOLD: Maximizes range and reducesbrake wear by continuing to provideregenerative braking at speeds lower thanwith the Creep and Roll settings. WhenModel S stops, the brakes areautomatically applied without you havingto put your foot on the brake pedal.Whether stopped on a flat surface or a hill,Vehicle Hold keeps the brake applied,provided your foot remains off theaccelerator and brake pedals. See VehicleHold on page 73.

Warning: Never rely on HOLD toadequately decelerate or fully stopyour vehicle. Many factors cancontribute to a longer stoppingdistance, including downward slopes,the low regenerative braking setting,and reduced or limited regenerativebraking (see Regenerative Braking onpage 67). Always be prepared to usethe brake pedal to adequatelydecelerate or stop.

• ROLL: When close to, or at, a completestop, Model S becomes free rolling like avehicle in Neutral. Therefore, if stopped ona slope, Model S will roll downward. Thebrake does not engage, and the motordoes not apply torque (until theaccelerator pedal is pressed).

Note: If you choose CREEP or ROLL, youcan still use Vehicle Hold to apply thebrakes. However, you will need to brieflypress the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped. See Vehicle Hold on page 73.

Warning: Press the brake pedal if Model Smoves when unsafe to do so. It is yourresponsibility to stay alert and be incontrol of the vehicle at all times. Failure

to do so can result in serious damage,injury, or death.

Warning: Do not rely on regenerativebraking and your chosen Stopping Modeto keep you and your vehicle safe. Variousfactors such as driving with a heavyvehicle load, on a steep hill, or on wet oricy roads affect deceleration rate and thedistance at which Model S will come to astop. Drive attentively and always stayprepared to use the brake pedal to stopas appropriate based on traffic and roadconditions.

Warning: Forward Collision Warning andAutomatic Emergency Braking do notoperate when driving at very low speeds(see Collision Avoidance Assist on page113). Do not rely on these features towarn you, or to prevent or reduce theimpact of a collision.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained in yourDriver Profile until you manually change it.

Parking BrakeThe parking brake automatically engageswhen you shift Model S into Park, and releaseswhen you shift into any other gear.

Note: The parking brake operates on the rearwheels only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake system.

Warning: In snowy or icy conditions therear wheels may not have sufficienttraction to prevent Model S from slidingdown a slope, particularly if not usingwinter tires. Avoid parking on hills insnowy or icy conditions. You are alwaysresponsible for parking safely.

Warning: Your Model S may display analert if the road is too steep to safely parkon, or if the parking brakes are notproperly engaged. These alerts are forguidance purposes only and are not asubstitute for the driver’s judgment ofsafe parking conditions, including specificroad or weather conditions. Do notdepend on these alerts to determinewhether or not it is safe to park at anylocation. You are always responsible forparking safely.



Use the touchscreen to manually release theparking brake (which also shifts Model S intoNeutral):

1. Touch Controls > Safety & Security.2. Press the brake pedal, then touch Parking

Brake. If Model S was previously in Park, itshifts into Neutral.

When you use the touchscreen tomanually apply the parking brake,the red parking brake indicator lightsup on the instrument panel.

If the parking brake experiences anelectrical issue, the amber parkingbrake indicator lights up and a faultmessage displays at the top of theinstrument panel.

Caution: In the unlikely event that Model Sloses electrical power, you cannot accessthe touchscreen and are therefore unableto release the parking brake. ContactTesla.

Brake WearModel S brake pads are equipped with wearindicators. A wear indicator is a thin metalstrip attached to the brake pad that squeals asit rubs against the rotor when the pad wearsdown. This squealing sound indicates that thebrake pads have reached the end of theirservice life and require replacement. Toreplace the brake pads, contact Tesla Service.

Brakes must be periodically inspected visuallyby removing the tire and wheel. For detailedspecifications and service limits for rotors andbrake pads, see Subsystems on page 194.Additionally, Tesla recommends cleaning andlubricating the brake calipers every year or12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area whereroads are salted during winter months.

Warning: Neglecting to replace wornbrake pads damages the braking systemand can result in a braking hazard.


Driving 69

Traction Control

How It WorksThe traction control system constantlymonitors the speed of the front and rearwheels. If Model S experiences a loss oftraction, the system minimizes wheel spin bycontrolling brake pressure and motor power.By default, the traction control system is on.Under normal conditions, it should remain onto ensure maximum safety.

This yellow indicator flashes on theinstrument panel whenever thetraction control system is activelycontrolling brake pressure and motorpower to minimize wheel spin. If theindicator stays on, a fault is detectedwith the traction control system.Contact Tesla Service.

Warning: Traction control cannot preventcollisions caused by driving dangerouslyor turning too sharply at high speeds.

Allowing Wheel Slip

To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed,you can enable Slip Start. Slip Start can beenabled only when Model S is moving 30 mph(48 km/h) or slower. Slip Start automaticallydisables when the speed exceeds 50 mph(80 km/h).

Under normal conditions, Slip Start should notbe enabled. Enable it only in circumstanceswhere you deliberately want the wheels tospin, such as:

• Starting on a loose surface, such as gravelor snow.

• Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.• Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.

To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls >Driving > Traction Control > Slip Start.

The instrument panel displays analert message when Slip Start isenabled.

Although Slip Start is automatically disabledthe next time you start Model S, it is stronglyrecommended that you disable it immediatelyafter the circumstances that required you toenable it have passed.

Note: Slip Start cannot be enabled when youare actively using Traffic-Aware CruiseControl.

Traction Control


Park Assist

How Park Assist WorksModel S has several sensors designed todetect the presence of objects. When drivingslowly in Drive or Reverse (for example, whenparking), the sensors alert you if an object isdetected in close proximity of your Model S.Objects are only detected in the direction ofthe gear you selected; front objects in Drive,rear objects in Reverse.

Warning: You may not be alerted ifModel S rolls freely in the oppositedirection of the gear you selected (forexample, you will not receive an alert ifModel S rolls backwards down a hill whilein Drive).

The sensors are activated when driving slowerthan 5 mph (8 km/h).

Warning: Never depend on Park Assist toinform you if an area you are approachingis free of objects and/or people. Severalexternal factors can reduce theperformance of Park Assist, causing

either no readings or false readings (see Limitations and False Warnings on page72). Therefore, depending on Park Assistto determine if Model S is approaching anobstruction can result in damage to thevehicle and/or objects, and canpotentially cause serious injury. Alwaysinspect the area with your own eyes.When reversing, perform shoulder checksand use all mirrors. Park assist does notdetect children, pedestrians, bicyclists,animals, or objects that are moving,protruding, located too far above orbelow the sensors, or too close or too farfrom the sensors. Park Assist is forguidance purposes only and is notintended to replace your own direct visualchecks. It is not a substitute for carefuldriving.

Visual and Audio FeedbackWhen you shift to Reverse, the Park Assistview displays on the left side of the instrumentpanel, showing objects that are in closeproximity to the front and rear of Model S.This view closes when you shift into Driveunless an object is detected close to the frontof Model S, in which case the Park Assist viewcloses automatically when your driving speedexceeds 5 mph (8 km/h). When reversing,visual feedback also displays on thetouchscreen, immediately below the cameraview (see Rear View Camera on page 79). Youcan manually close the park assist view on thetouchscreen by touching the X in the uppercorner.

When driving with the Camera app displayedon the touchscreen, you can switch to thePark Assist view when driving at speeds below5 mph (8 km/h). Touch the button located inthe upper left corner of the Camera appwindow. This is useful if you need assistancewith parallel parking.

If chimes are turned on (see ControllingAudible Feedback on page 72), an audiblebeep sounds as you approach an object. Youcan temporarily mute the chime by pressingthe scroll button on the left side of thesteering wheel or by touching the mute buttonon the bottom left corner of the Park Assistview.

Note: If a sensor is unable to providefeedback, the instrument panel displays analert message.

Caution: Keep sensors clean from dirt,debris, snow, and ice. Avoid using a high

Park Assist

Driving 71

pressure power washer on the sensorsand do not clean a sensor with a sharp orabrasive object that can scratch ordamage its surface.

Caution: Do not install accessories orstickers on or near the parking sensors.

Controlling Audible FeedbackYou can use Park Assist with or withoutaudible feedback. To turn chimes on or off,touch Controls > Safety & Security > ParkAssist Chimes.

To mute the chimes temporarily, press thescroll button on the left side of the steeringwheel or touch the mute button in the cornerof the Park Assist view. The chimes are muteduntil you shift into a different gear or driveover 5 mph (8 km/h).

Limitations and False WarningsThe parking sensors may not functioncorrectly in these situations:

• One or more of the parking sensors isdamaged, dirty, or covered (such as mud,ice, or snow).

• The object is located below approximately8 inches (20 cm) (such as a curb or lowbarrier).

Caution: Shorter objects that aredetected (such as curbs or lowbarriers) can move into the blind spotof the sensors. Model S cannot alertyou about an object while it is in theblind spot of the sensors.

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, orfog) are interfering with sensor operation.

• The object is thin (such as a sign post).• A sensor’s operating range has been

exceeded.• The object is sound-absorbing or soft

(such as powder snow).• The object is sloped (such as a sloped

embankment).• Model S has been parked in, or being

driven in, extremely hot or coldtemperatures.

• The sensors are affected by otherelectrical equipment or devices thatgenerate ultrasonic waves.

• You are driving in a location where thesensors' ultrasonic waves are deflectedaway from the vehicle (such as drivingnext to a wall or pillar).

• The object is located too close to thebumper.

• A bumper is misaligned or damaged.• An object that is mounted to Model S is

interfering with and/or obstructing thesensor (such as a bike rack or bumpersticker).

• Model S rolls freely in the oppositedirection of the gear you selected (forexample, you will not receive an alert ifModel S rolls backwards down a hill whilein Drive).

Other Parking AidsIn addition to Park Assist, when shifted intoReverse, the backup camera displays a view ofthe area behind Model S (see Rear ViewCamera on page 79).

Park Assist


Vehicle Hold

When Model S is stopped, Vehicle Hold cancontinue to apply the brakes even after youremove your foot from the brake pedal. Whendriving on a hill or on a flat surface, brake asyou normally would. After coming to acomplete stop, simply press the brake pedalagain (until the instrument panel displays theVehicle Hold indicator light) to enable VehicleHold. You can then release the brake pedaland remain stopped, even on a hill.

This indicator displays on theinstrument panel whenever VehicleHold is actively braking Model S.

To disengage Vehicle Hold, press theaccelerator pedal or press and release thebrake pedal.

Note: Shifting into Neutral also disengagesVehicle Hold.

Note: After actively braking Model S forapproximately ten minutes, Model S shifts intoPark and Vehicle Hold cancels. Model S alsoshifts into Park if it detects that the driver hasleft the vehicle.

Note: When Stopping Mode is set to Hold (see Stopping Mode on page 67), Vehicle Holdengages automatically whenever Model Sstops while in a driving gear. There is no needto press the brake to engage it.

Vehicle Hold

Driving 73

Acceleration Modes

The acceleration settings available on yourModel S vary depending on date ofmanufacture and options chosen at time ofpurchase:

• Chill: limits acceleration for a smooth andgentle ride (available on all vehiclesequipped with Autopilot hardware).

• Standard: provides the normal level ofacceleration (available on non-Performance All-Wheel Drive vehicles andRear Wheel Drive Model S vehiclesequipped with Autopilot hardware).

• Sport: provides the normal level ofacceleration (available on PerformanceAll-Wheel Drive vehicles).

• Insane: increases peak torque byapproximately 30 percent (available onPerformance All-Wheel Drive vehicles notequipped with the Ludicrous upgrade).

• Ludicrous: increases peak torque byapproximately 60 percent (available onPerformance All-Wheel Drive vehiclesequipped with the Ludicrous upgrade).

• Insane+: increases peak torque byapproximately 30 percent (available onPerformance All-Wheel Drive vehicles notequipped with the Ludicrous upgrade)while also heating up the Battery to itsideal operating temperature to ensureaccess to 100% of available power. Beforechoosing this setting, read about UsingInsane+ or Ludicrous+ on page 74.

• Ludicrous+: increases peak torque byapproximately 60 percent (available onPerformance All-Wheel Drive vehiclesequipped with the Ludicrous upgrade)while also immediately heating up theBattery to its ideal operating temperatureto ensure access to 100% of availablepower. Before choosing this setting, readabout Using Insane+ or Ludicrous+ onpage 74.

Note: Although Chill does not directly improvedriving range, using the increased torque andpower available in Insane or Ludicrous modecan reduce range and efficiency.

Note: When Chill is selected, Chill displays onthe instrument panel above the driving speed.

In addition, a Performance All-Wheel DriveModel S also features Launch Mode to provideoptimum acceleration on surfaces with goodtraction. For the specific driving instructionsrequired to use Launch Mode, see LaunchMode on page 75.

To choose an acceleration mode, touchControls > Driving > Acceleration.

Using Insane+ or Ludicrous+If you choose Insane or Ludicrous, additionalpower is available immediately. However, toachieve the absolute maximum power(designed for short term use), you can chooseInsane+ or Ludicrous+ to heat the Battery toits ideal operating temperature. This ensureaccess to 100% of available power.

While the battery is being heated, thetouchscreen displays a status messageproviding you with an approximate wait time,and letting you know when the additionalpower is available. In addition to heating theBattery, Insane+ and Ludicrous+ modes striveto keep the Battery within an optimaltemperature range. Therefore, underaggressive driving scenarios, you may also seethe “Cooling” status for several minutes untiltemperatures fall. Model S stays in the chosenmode for three hours, even if you leave thevehicle. After three hours, the feature timesout.

Note: Insane+ and Ludicrous+ are designed toachieve maximum performance for short termacceleration. These settings are not intendedfor daily driving. The tradeoff for theadditional power boost is extra energyconsumption and earlier power fade on longdrives. The Insane or Ludicrous accelerationsettings provide a significant increase inperformance even without choosing theInsane+ or Ludicrous+ setting to achievemaximum Battery power. In fact, in normaldriving situations, the additional power thatcan be achieved using Insane+ and Ludicrous+may be unnoticeable.

Note: To support Insane+ or Ludicrous+, thecharge level must be 20% or higher. Youcannot initiate these settings if the chargelevel is less than 20%. In addition, thesesettings immediately cancel if at any timeduring use, the charge level drops below 20%.

When using Insane+ or Ludicrous+, Model Sconsumes more energy to keep the Batterywithin an optimal temperature range.

To cancel Insane+ or Ludicrous+ at any time,change the acceleration level to anothersetting. To prevent excess and potentiallyunnecessary energy consumption (forexample, you leave the vehicle and forget tocancel Insane+ or Ludicrous+), these settingscancel automatically in three hours, regardlessof whether you are still driving or have left thevehicle.

Note: Insane+ or Ludicrous+ strives to keepthe Battery within an optimal temperature

Acceleration Modes


range. In addition to heating the Battery, thesesettings also cool the battery when necessary(for example, while driving at high speeds,during rapid acceleration, driving for longperiods, etc.).

Launch ModeLaunch Mode, available on Performance All-Wheel Drive vehicles only, provides optimumacceleration on surfaces with good traction.

Note: Hard acceleration including, but notlimited to, using launch mode, increases stresson the vehicle’s powertrain, and can causepremature wear and aging of variouscomponents. Model S constantly monitorspowertrain fatigue and damage, and notifiesyou if vehicle components need to beserviced.

Warning: Use Launch Mode only inappropriate locations where there is nocross traffic or pedestrians present.Launch Mode is designed for use onclosed circuit driving courses. It is thedriver’s responsibility to ensure thatdriving style and acceleration do notendanger or inconvenience other roadusers.

To Activate Launch Mode

1. Ensure the brakes are slightly warm bydriving for a few minutes and using thebrakes a few times.

2. If equipped, set the air suspension to Low(see Air Suspension on page 146).

3. Set the acceleration level to Insane orLudicrous and enable Max Battery Power.

4. Close the Max Battery Power popupwindow by touching the X in the upperleft corner. Notice that the touchscreennow displays the estimated time for theBattery to achieve maximum power belowthe acceleration level setting. When theBattery preparation is complete, theestimated time changes to "READY!".

Note: There is no need to wait until MaxBattery Power is in its READY state—youcan use Launch immediately afterenabling Max Battery Power. Althoughvehicle performance increasesimmediately after enabling Max BatteryPower, maximum power is not achieveduntil the Battery is within the targettemperature range and “READY!” isdisplayed.

Note: Heating the Battery can take over anhour, depending on environmentalconditions, the starting temperature, andwhether or not Model S is being driven.

5. With Model S shifted into Drive and at acomplete stop with the steering wheelstraight, fully press the brake pedal withyour left foot.

6. While still pressing the brake with your leftfoot, fully press the accelerator pedal withyour right foot, then release theaccelerator pedal. The instrument paneldisplays a message indicating that LaunchMode is enabled.

7. Within eight seconds, fully press theaccelerator pedal a second time to pre-load motor torque, then within fourseconds, release the brake.

When you release the brake, Model S launchesforward.

Note: Launch Mode is not available if Slip Starthas been enabled (which allows the wheels tospin). See Traction Control on page 70.

Note: Launch Mode is available only if theambient temperature is 37° F (3° C) orwarmer.

Acceleration Modes

Driving 75

Trip Information

Displaying Trip InformationTrip information displays on the touchscreenwhen you touch Controls > Trips. For thecurrent trip, you can display distance, durationand average energy usage. You can also showdistance and total and average energy usedsince your last charge and for additional trips.

To name or rename a trip, touch the trip'sname, enter a new name for the trip, thenpress Save. To reset a particular trip meter,touch its associated Reset button.

You can display information for up to threetrips on the instrument panel. Use thecheckboxes to specify the trip(s) you want todisplay. Then use the scroll bar on the steeringwheel to display the chosen trip(s) (see UsingLeft Steering Wheel Buttons on page 44 or Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page45).

OdometerTo display the odometer, touch the Tesla “T” atthe top center of the touchscreen.

Trip Information


Getting Maximum Range

Driving Tips to Maximize RangeYou can maximize your driving range usingthe same driving habits that you use toconserve fuel in a gasoline-powered vehicle. Inaddition to driving habits, energyconsumption depends on environmentalconditions (such as exceptionally cold or hotweather and driving on roads with steep hills).To get the maximum range from a charge:

• Slow down your driving and avoidfrequent and rapid acceleration.

• If safe to do so, modulate the acceleratorpedal instead of using the brake pedalwhen gradually slowing down. WheneverModel S is moving and you are notpressing the accelerator pedal,regenerative braking slows down Model Sand feeds surplus energy back to theBattery (see Regenerative Braking onpage 67).

• Set Stopping Mode to HOLD to gain thebenefit of regenerative braking at lowdriving speeds (see Stopping Mode onpage 67).

• Keep tires at the recommended inflationpressures (see Tire Care and Maintenanceon page 173).

• Lighten your load by removing anyunnecessary cargo.

• Fully raise all windows.• Limit the use of resources such as heating,

lights, and air conditioning. Using seatheaters to keep warm is more efficientthan heating the cabin.

• Turn on Range Mode (touch Controls >Driving > Range Mode). Range Modeautomatically limits the amount of powerthat the climate control system uses tomaintain the temperature the cabin areaand limits the amount of energy beingused to heat or cool the Battery. Inaddition, Range Mode turns off signaturelights (only in market regions wheredaytime running lights are not required).

The power meter on the instrument panel andthe Energy app provides feedback on energyusage. With this feedback, you can becomefamiliar with how driving habits andenvironmental conditions impact how muchenergy Model S is using.

Energy AppUse the Energy app to view real-time andprojected energy usage. Choose from twotypes of charts:

• Consumption: display how much energyModel S has consumed over the past 5, 15or 30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km).

Touch Instant Range or Average Range toadjust the projected range estimation.Instant Range uses only the latest fewdata points to estimate the projectedrange, whereas Average Range uses thepast 5, 15 or 30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km) ofenergy consumption to provide a moreaccurate projected range.

• Trip: If your Model S is equipped withnavigation, you can monitor the amount ofenergy being used while navigating to adestination. You can track actual usageagainst the initial prediction. The greenline represents the actual usage whereasthe gray line represents predicted usage.To change the zoom level, touch the zoomicon located in the top right corner of thechart.

Note: The Trip chart displays energy usageonly if you are currently navigating to adestination.

Saving EnergyModel S has an energy-saving feature thatreduces the amount of energy beingconsumed when Model S is not in use. Onnewer vehicles, this feature is automated toprovide an optimal level of energy saving.However, on older vehicles, you can touchControls > Display > Energy Saving andchoose from the following options:

• OFF - Model S shifts to the energy-savingmode at night (10 pm to 5 am). Idleenergy consumption may increase.

• ON - significantly less energy is consumedwhenever Model S is not in use. The start-up time of the instrument panel andBluetooth could be slower.

• Always Connected - preserves cellconnectivity when energy saving is active.This allows the mobile app to connect toModel S quicker, and provides immediateinternet access when entering the car.Slightly more energy is consumed.

Range AssuranceModel S helps protect you against running outof energy. Model S continuously monitors itsenergy level and proximity to known charginglocations.


Driving 77

Touch the map's charging icon totoggle between displayingsuperchargers only, and displayingall chargers, including destinationchargers, and visited chargers.

When you are at risk of driving beyond therange of known charging locations, thetouchscreen displays a message giving youthe opportunity to display a list of charginglocations that are within range. When youselect a charging location from the list,Model S provides navigation instructions andthe turn-by-turn direction list displays thepredicted amount of energy that will remainwhen you arrive at the charging destination.



Rear View Camera

Camera LocationModel S is equipped with a rear view cameralocated above the rear license plate.

Whenever you shift into Reverse, thetouchscreen displays the view from thecamera. Lines show your driving path basedon the position of the steering wheel. Theselines adjust appropriately as you move thesteering wheel.

Note: Visual feedback from the parkingsensors display on the instrument panel (see Park Assist on page 71).

To display the view from the camera at anytime:

Open the app launcher thentouch the camera icon.

Warning: Never depend on the rear viewcamera to inform you if the area behindyou is free of objects and/or people whenreversing. The camera may not detectobjects or barriers that can potentiallycause damage or injury. In addition,several external factors can reduce theperformance of the camera, including adirty or obstructed lens. Therefore,depending on the rear view camera todetermine if Model S is approaching anobstruction can result in damage to thevehicle and/or objects, and canpotentially cause serious injury. Alwaysinspect the area with your own eyes.When reversing, perform shoulder checksand use all mirrors. Use the camera forguidance purposes only. It is not intendedto replace your own direct visual checksand is not a substitute for careful driving.

Cleaning the Camera

To ensure a clear picture, keep the camera lensclean, and free of obstructions. Remove anybuildup of dirt by occasionally wiping thecamera lens with a soft damp cloth.

Caution: Do not use chemical-based orabrasive cleaners. Doing so can damagethe surface of the camera lens.

Rear View Camera

Driving 79

Dashcam

About DashcamNote: Dashcam is a BETA feature.

In addition to supporting Autopilot features,the cameras can record and store videofootage on a USB flash drive. This can beconvenient in situations where you want avideo recording of a particular incident, suchas a collision. You can pause, resume, or savevideo recordings directly from your vehicle’stouchscreen.

Note: Dashcam only works when Model S ispowered on (see Starting and Powering Off onpage 50). Dashcam does not record videowhen your vehicle is powered off.

Using DashcamDashcam requires the use of a properlyformatted USB flash drive to store and retrievefootage (see USB Flash Drive Requirementsfor Videos and Recording on page 150). Oncea properly formatted USB flash drive has beeninserted into one of your vehicle's front USBports, a dashcam icon appears at the top ofthe touchscreen. Touch the dashcam icon tocontrol dashcam:

RECORDING. Tap the dashcamicon, when dashcam is paused, tostart recording video on the flashdrive.

PAUSED. Press and hold thedashcam icon, when recording, topause recording. Ensure thatdashcam is paused beforeremoving the flash drive to avoidlosing camera footage.

SAVED. Tap the dashcam icon,when recording, to archive themost recent ten minutes of video.These saved video recordings arenot overwritten by new recordings.

Note: Dashcam automatically begins recordingwhen you insert a properly configured USBflash drive into one of the front USB ports.

USB Flash Drive Requirements forVideos and RecordingFlash drives used to store video from yourvehicle's cameras must meet theserequirements:

• Use a flash drive with as much availablestorage as possible, since video footagetakes up a large amount of space (Teslarecommends using a flash drive with atleast 32 GB of storage). Some personalcomputer operating systems may not beable to format flash drives larger than 32GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third partyapplication to format flash drives largerthan 32 GB.

• The flash drive must have a sustainedwrite speed of at least 4 MB/s. Asustained write speed is different from thepeak write speed. Check the productdetails of your flash drive for moreinformation.

• The flash drive must be USB 2.0compatible. If using a USB 3.0 flash drive,it must be able to support USB 2.0.

• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively forsaving footage for your vehicle.

• The flash drive must be properlyformatted (see Formatting the USB FlashDrive on page 151).

Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla hasconfirmed through testing that the followingflash drives meet the requirements forDashcam and Sentry Mode use:

• SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive• Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus –

200MB/s USB 3.1 Flash Drive

Formatting the USB Flash Drive

To correctly save and retrieve video footage,your vehicle requires a properly formattedUSB flash drive containing a base-level foldercalled “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).In addition, the flash drive must be formattedas FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (forMac), ext3, or ext4 in order to save videos.NTFS and exFAT are not currently supported.

For MacOS:

1. Insert the USB flash drive into yourpersonal computer.

2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or youcan conduct a Spotlight Search for this).

3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.

Dashcam


5. In the pop-up menu, select the correctformat (MS-DOS FAT) and click Erase.

Note: Selecting Erase completely erasesall content on your flash drive. If you haveother content stored on the flash drive,migrate it to a different device beforeerasing it.

6. Once the flash drive is successfully erased,navigate to Finder and select your USBflash drive from the left menu. The flashdrive should not contain any files.

7. Right-click in the empty space of the flashdrive and select New Folder. A folderappears in your flash drive space.

8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,and name the folder to “TeslaCam”(without quotation marks). Click "Save".This folder will contain all recent andsaved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.

9. Properly eject the USB flash drive fromyour personal computer.

For Windows:


2. Navigate to File Explorer.3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and

select "Format...".4. In the pop-up menu, under the File

System section, select “FAT 32”.

Note: You can also name your USB (underVolume Label) for easier recognition.

5. Check the “Quick format box” and clickStart.

6. Go back to File Explorer, click on yourflash drive, and right-click to create afolder, or select “New Folder” in the topmenu.

7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (withoutquotation marks) and click "Save". Thisfolder will contain all recent and savedclips from Sentry Mode and dashcam.


Once you have created the “TeslaCam” folderin your USB flash drive and ejected it fromyour personal computer, insert the flash driveinto one of the front USB ports in Model S. Donot use the rear USB ports, as they are solelymeant for charging devices. It may take yourvehicle up to 15 seconds to recognize the flashdrive. When recognized, icons for dashcamand Sentry Mode appear at the top of yourtouchscreen (note that you may need toenable to Sentry Mode by going to Controls >Safety & Security > Sentry Mode). Your vehicleis ready to record video.

Retrieving Footage

To retrieve video footage from the flash drive,remove the flash drive from the front USB portand use a personal computer or other deviceto access the files. Navigate to the “TeslaCam”folder on the flash drive.

Within the “TeslaCam” folder, there are threesub-folders: Recent Clips, Saved Clips, andSentry Clips. The footage in Recent Clipsconstantly loops in a 60-minute cycle whenthe cameras are activated. Therefore, thefootage is constantly being overwritten everyhour unless the footage is saved. When anevent is recorded, one video is recorded foreach of the front, rear (available on vehiclesmanufactured after approximately February2018), left, and right cameras.

Saved footage is located in either the SavedClips or Sentry Clips folder. Footage in theSaved Clips folder contains all savedrecordings from dashcam, which have beenmanually saved by touching the dashcam iconon the touchscreen. Sentry Clips contains allsaved footage from Sentry Mode events,which have been automatically saved whenthe Alert or Alarm state was triggered. Oncefootage of a particular event is saved, thelatest 10 minutes of video is archived in yourflash drive labeled with a unique timestamp.

Note: As your USB flash drive runs out ofavailable space, the oldest footage in SentryClips are deleted to make room for newfootage. Once the old footage is deleted, youwill be unable to retrieve them. When the flashdrive is full, Sentry Mode and dashcam can nolonger save video footage.

Note: To prevent the flash drive from gettingfull, move saved videos to another device assoon as possible.

Note: You are responsible for complying withall local laws, regulations, and propertyrestrictions regarding video recordings.

Dashcam

Driving 81

Note: The cameras do not record audio.

Save Clips on HonkOnce a properly formatted USB flash drive isinserted in one of the vehicle's front USBports, you can choose to save dashcam clipswhile driving when you honk the horn on yoursteering wheel. Navigate to Controls > Safetyand Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON toenable. The most recent ten minutes offootage is saved. You can also save dashcamfootage by touching the dashcam icon at thetop of the touchscreen.

Dashcam


The following best practices can help ensure that you have the best ownership experience possible in harsh cold weather conditions.

Before DrivingWarm the cabin and Battery ahead of departure for maximum range and performance. There are several ways to precondition your vehicle:

• Mobile app preconditioning: On themobile app, navigate to Climate > Turn Onand customize the temperature at whichyou want to heat the cabin, which alsowarms the Battery as needed (see MobileApp on page 159).

• Mobile app defrost: On the mobile app,navigate to Climate > Defrost to meltsnow, ice, and frost on the windshields,driver and passenger windows, mirrors,and charge port. The Battery will alsowarm as needed.

Note: Tesla recommends activating theclimate settings at least 30-45 minutesbefore departure (see Climate Controls onpage 128). Preconditioning times dependon outside temperature and other factors.

• Scheduled Departure: Use to preset a timeat which you want your vehicle to beready to drive (see Scheduled Chargingand Scheduled Departure on page 167).

When snow and ice accumulate on your vehicle, moving parts, such as the door handles, windows, mirrors, and wipers can freeze in place.

Windows

• On the mobile app, navigate to Climate >Defrost as mentioned previously.

• Use the mobile app to schedule a serviceappointment where Tesla can providehydrophobic coating to your windows fora nominal fee.

Mirrors

If ice buildup is expected when parking, turnoff Auto-Fold Mirrors by navigating toControls > Vehicle > Mirror Auto-Fold > ON.Ice can prevent exterior side mirrors fromfolding or unfolding.

Wipers

If snow or ice buildup is expected whenparking, navigate to Controls > Service >Wiper Service Mode > ON. This raises yourwipers so they are against the windshield andthey can defrost while the windshield defrosts(see Wipers and Washers on page 64).

Winter Tires and Tire Chains

• Use winter tires to increase traction insnowy or icy conditions. You can purchasewinter tires on http://www.tesla.com (seeSeasonal Tire Types on page 178).

• Tire chains provide additional tractionwhen driving in snowy or icy conditions.Check your local regulations to see if tirechains are recommended or requiredduring winter months. See Using TireChains on page 178 for more information.

While DrivingCold weather can increase energyconsumption because more power is requiredfor driving, cabin and Battery heating. Followthese suggestions to reduce energyconsumption:

• Using the seat heaters to keep warm ismore efficient than using climate controls.Lowering the cabin temperature and usingseat heaters will reduce energyconsumption (see Climate Controls onpage 128).

• Slow down your driving and avoidfrequent and rapid acceleration.

• Turn on Range Mode to automatically limitthe power that the climate control systemuses to maintain the temperature of theBattery and the cabin area. Range Modealso turns off signature lights (ifequipped) and adjusts the front and rearmotor torque split to maximize range (seeGetting Maximum Range on page 77).

Cold Weather Best Practices

Driving 83

http://www.tesla.com

Regenerative Braking

Regenerative braking may be limited if theBattery is too cold. As you continue to drive,the Battery warms up and regenerative powerincreases (see Regenerative Braking on page67).

Note: Limited regenerative braking can beavoided if you allow enough time toprecondition your vehicle or use scheduleddeparture before your drive, as mentionedpreviously.

Blue Snowflake Icon

A blue snowflake icon appears onyour instrument panel whensome of the stored energy in theBattery may not be available dueto cold Battery temperature. Thisportion of unavailable energydisplays in blue on the Batterymeter. Regenerative braking,acceleration, and charging ratesmay be limited. The snowflakeicon no longer displays when theBattery is sufficiently warmed.

Warming the Battery Before Supercharging

If you are using Trip Planner (see Trip Planneron page 138) and navigate to a Superchargerstation, your vehicle will allocate energy topre-heat the Battery in cold weather. Thisensures you arrive at the Supercharger with anoptimal Battery temperature, reducing theamount of time it takes to charge.

Autopilot

To ensure optimal Autopilot performance,keep the sensors and radar free of snow, ice,mud, and dirt (see About Autopilot on page85).

After DrivingLeave Model S plugged in when not in use.This uses the charging system, rather than theBattery itself, to keep your Battery warm (see Battery Information on page 162).

Scheduled Departure

When parked, plug in Model S and set a timeat which you want your vehicle to be ready todrive. Your vehicle determines the appropriatetime to begin charging so that charging iscomplete and the cabin and Battery are warmby your set departure time. See ScheduledCharging and Scheduled Departure on page167 for more information.

Charge Port

• If your charge port latch freezes in placeand a charging cable becomes stuck inthe charge port, try manually releasing thecharge cable. See Manually ReleasingCharge Cable on page 165.

• Use the mobile app to precondition yourvehicle on HI to help thaw ice on thecharge port latch so that the charge cablecan be removed or inserted (see MobileApp on page 159).

Note: If your charge port latch is frozen inplace, it may not lock the charging cable inplace when inserted, but it is still able to ACcharge at a slower rate even if the latch is notengaged.

Storage

If you leave Model S parked for an extendedperiod of time, plug it into a charger toprevent normal range loss and maintain theBattery at an optimal temperature. Yourvehicle is safe to say plugged in for any lengthof time.

When not in use, Model S automatically entersa sleep mode to conserve range and energy.Reduce the number of times you check yourvehicle’s status on the mobile app, as thisautomatically wakes up your vehicle and startsnormal energy consumption.

Note: See Wipers on page 83 and Mirrors onpage 83 for more information on preventingice buildup when parking your vehicle.

Cold Weather Best Practices


Autopilot

About Autopilot

How It WorksYour Model S includes the following Autopilot components that actively monitor the surroundingroadway:

1. A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.2. Ultrasonic sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers.3. A camera is mounted in each door pillar.4. Three cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.5. A camera is mounted to each front fender.6. Radar is mounted behind the front bumper.

Model S is also equipped with high precision electronically-assisted braking and steering systems.

About Autopilot

Autopilot 85

FeaturesThese safety features are available on allModel S equipped with Autopilot components:

• Lane Assist (see Lane Assist on page110).

• Collision Avoidance Assist (see CollisionAvoidance Assist on page 113).

• Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page116).

• Auto High Beam (see High BeamHeadlights on page 56).

These Autopilot convenience features aredesigned to reduce driver workload:

• Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control on page 88)

• Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 95)• Auto Lane Change (see Auto Lane

Change on page 97)• Autopark (see Autopark on page 102)• Summon (see Summon on page 104)• Smart Summon (Smart Summon on page

107)• Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on

Autopilot on page 98)• Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning (see

Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning (U.S.only) on page 98

Note: Depending on market region, optionspurchased, and software version, your vehiclemay not be equipped with all Autopilotfeatures.

You can enable/disable some of these featuresand in some cases, control how they work. Toaccess settings, touch Controls > Autopilot.

Drive to Calibrate CamerasModel S must maneuver with a great deal ofprecision when Autopilot features are beingused. Therefore, before some features (forexample, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control orAutosteer) can be used for the first time orafter certain Service repairs, the cameras mustcomplete a self-calibration process. For yourconvenience, a progress indicator is displayedon the instrument panel.

Calibration typically completes after driving20-25 miles (32-40 km), but the distancevaries depending on road and environmentalconditions. Driving on a straight road withhighly-visible lane lines allows Model S tocalibrate quicker. When calibration iscomplete, the Autopilot features are availablefor use. Contact Tesla only if your Model S hasnot completed the calibration process afterdriving 100 miles (160 km).

Note: If you attempt to use a feature that isnot available until the calibration process iscomplete, the feature will not be enabled andthe instrument panel displays a message.

Note: Model S must repeat the calibrationprocess if the cameras are serviced by Tesla,and in some cases, after a software update.

Note: The self-calibration drive process is onlyapplicable to Model S vehicles built afterapproximately October 12, 2016.

LimitationsMany factors can impact the performance ofAutopilot components, causing them to beunable to function as intended. These include(but are not limited to):

• Poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• Bright light (due to oncoming headlights,direct sunlight, etc.).

• Damage or obstructions caused by mud,ice, snow, etc.

• Interference or obstruction by object(s)mounted onto the vehicle (such as a bikerack).

• Obstruction caused by applying excessivepaint or adhesive products (such aswraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.) ontothe vehicle.

• Narrow or winding roads.• A damaged or misaligned bumper.• Interference from other equipment that

generates ultrasonic waves.• Extremely hot or cold temperatures.

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Autopilot components. Never dependon these components to keep you safe. Itis the driver's responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

Caution: If a windshield replacement isneeded, take your vehicle to Tesla

About Autopilot


Service. This will ensure appropriatehandling and mounting of the camera(s).Failure to do so can cause one or moreAutopilot features to malfunction.

Cleaning Cameras and SensorsTo ensure the various Autopilot componentscan provide information that is as accurate aspossible, keep them clean and free ofobstructions or damage. Occasionally removeany buildup of dirt by wiping the componentswith a soft cloth dampened with warm water.

Caution: Do not use chemical-based orabrasive cleaners. Doing so can damagesurfaces.

Caution: Avoid using a high-pressurepower washer.

Caution: Do not clean an ultrasonic sensoror camera lens with a sharp or abrasiveobject that can scratch or damage itssurface.

About Autopilot

Autopilot 87

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control

Note: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is a BETAfeature.

Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with anoptional Autopilot package, refer to theowner's manual on your vehicle's touchscreenfor instructions on how to use Cruise Control.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped)uses the forward looking cameras and theradar sensor to determine when there is avehicle in front of you in the same lane. If thearea in front of Model S is clear, Traffic-AwareCruise Control maintains a set driving speed.When a vehicle is detected, Traffic-AwareCruise Control is designed to slow downModel S as needed to maintain a selectedtime-based distance from the vehicle in front,up to the set speed. Traffic-Aware CruiseControl does not eliminate the need to watchthe road in front of you and to manually applythe brakes when needed.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is primarilyintended for driving on dry, straight roads,such as highways and freeways. It should notbe used on city streets.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isdesigned for your driving comfort andconvenience and is not a collision warningor avoidance system. It is yourresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes. Never depend on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to adequately slow downModel S. Always watch the road in frontof you and be prepared to take correctiveaction at all times. Failure to do so canresult in serious injury or death.

Warning: Although Traffic-Aware CruiseControl is capable of detectingpedestrians and cyclists, never depend onTraffic-Aware Cruise Control toadequately slow Model S down for them.Always watch the road in front of you andbe prepared to take corrective action atall times. Failure to do so can result inserious injury or death.

Warning: Do not use Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on city streets or on roads wheretraffic conditions are constantly changing.

Warning: Do not use Traffic-Aware CruiseControl on winding roads with sharpcurves, on icy or slippery road surfaces,or when weather conditions (such asheavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) make itinappropriate to drive at a consistentspeed. Traffic-Aware Cruise Control does

not adapt driving speed based on roadand driving conditions.

To Use Traffic-Aware Cruise ControlTo use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, you mustbe driving at least 18 mph (30 km/h), unless avehicle is detected ahead of you. If a vehicle isdetected ahead of you, you can use Traffic-Aware Cruise Control at any speed, even whenstationary, provided Model S is at least 5 feet(150 cm) behind the detected vehicle.

When Traffic-Aware CruiseControl is available but is notactively cruising at aspecified set speed, theinstrument panel displays agray speedometer icon onthe left side of your currentdriving speed. The numbershown in gray is the speedlimit that is beingdetermined by Speed Assist(see Controlling Speed Assiston page 116).

Note: On roads where the map datadetermines that a conditional speed limitexists (for example, a speed limit based ontime of day or weather conditions), a secondspeed limit displays below the first speed limit.It is the driver's responsibility to determinewhether the conditional speed limit iscurrently in effect and adjust the drivingspeed accordingly.

Set the Cruising SpeedYou can set the cruising speed to either:

• Your current driving speed. The minimumspeed you can set is 18 mph (30 km/h)and the maximum is 90 mph (150 km/h).It is the driver's responsibility to cruise ata safe speed based on road conditionsand speed limits.

• The speed limit, plus any offset you havespecified (see Speed Assist on page 116).

To set the cruising speed to your currentdriving speed, move the cruise control leverup or down.



To set the cruising speed to the speed limitplus any offset you've specified using SpeedAssist, pull the cruise control lever toward you.If you are already driving faster than the speedlimit, the set speed does not adjust to thespeed limit—it adjusts to your current drivingspeed. If you move the cruise control level upor down after setting Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to cruise at the speed limit, your setspeed becomes your current driving speed.

After setting the cruising speed, release theaccelerator pedal to allow Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to maintain your set speed.

When the cruising speed isset, the speedometer icon onthe instrument panel turnsblue and displays the setspeed.

Note: Double-pulling the cruise control levertoward you engages Autosteer (assuming ithas been enabled as described in Autosteeron page 95). In this case, if you are notalready cruising at a set speed, the cruisingspeed is set to either your current drivingspeed or the speed limit (plus any specifiedoffset), whichever is greater.

Warning: When you adjust the cruisingspeed based on the speed limit, the setspeed does not change when the speedlimit changes. You must pull the cruise

control lever again to cruise at the newspeed limit. You can also manually adjustyour cruising speed at any time (see Changing the Set Speed on page 90).

Warning: Do not rely on Traffic-AwareCruise Control or Speed Assist todetermine an accurate or appropriatecruising speed. Always cruise at a safespeed based on road conditions andapplicable speed limits.

Cruising at the Set SpeedTraffic-Aware Cruise Control maintains yourset cruising speed whenever a vehicle is notdetected in front of Model S. When cruisingbehind a detected vehicle, Traffic-AwareCruise Control accelerates and deceleratesModel S as needed to maintain a chosenfollowing distance (see Adjust the FollowingDistance on page 91), up to the set speed.

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts thecruising speed when entering and exitingcurves.

You can manually accelerate at any time whencruising at a set speed, but when you releasethe accelerator, Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlresumes cruising at the set speed.

Note: When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isactively slowing down Model S to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead,brake lights turn on to alert other road usersthat you are slowing down. You may noticeslight movement of the brake pedal. However,when Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isaccelerating Model S, the accelerator pedaldoes not move.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlmay occasionally cause Model S to brakewhen not required or when you are notexpecting it. This can be caused byclosely following a vehicle ahead,detecting vehicles or objects in adjacentlanes (especially on curves), etc.

Warning: Due to limitations inherent inthe onboard GPS (Global PositioningSystem), you may experience situations inwhich Traffic-Aware Cruise Control slowsdown the vehicle, especially near highwayexits where a curve is detected and/oryou are actively navigating to adestination and not following the route.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcannot detect all objects and, especiallyin situations when you are driving over50 mph (80 km/h), may not brake/


Autopilot 89

decelerate when a vehicle or object isonly partially in the driving lane or when avehicle you are following moves out ofyour driving path and a stationary orslow-moving vehicle or object is in frontof you. Always pay attention to the roadahead and stay prepared to takeimmediate corrective action. Dependingon Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath. In addition, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl may react to vehicles or objectsthat either do not exist or are not in thelane of travel, causing Model S to slowdown unnecessarily or inappropriately.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlmay be unable to provide adequatespeed control because of limited brakingcapability and hills. It can also misjudgethe distance from a vehicle ahead. Drivingdownhill can increase driving speed,causing Model S to exceed your set speed(and potentially the road's speed limit).Never depend on Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to slow down the vehicle enoughto prevent a collision. Always keep youreyes on the road when driving and beprepared to take corrective action asneeded. Depending on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to slow the vehicle downenough to prevent a collision can result inserious injury or death.

Changing the Set SpeedTo change the set speed while using Traffic-Aware Cruise Control, move the cruise controllever up (increase) or down (decrease) untilyour desired set speed is displayed.

To increase/decrease speed by 1 mph (1km/h), move the lever up or down to the firstposition and release. To increase/decreasespeed to the closest 5 mph (5 km/h)increment, move the lever up/down to thesecond position and release. For example, ifyou are traveling at 57 mph and you move thelever up to the second position and release,the speed increases to 60 mph. You can alsoincrease/decrease speed by holding the leverin the full up/down position and releasingwhen the desired speed displays below thecruise control icon.

Note: It may take a few seconds for Model S toreach the new cruising speed, assumingModel S does not detect a vehicle aheaddriving slower than your set speed.



HOLD StateWhen following a vehicle, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl remains active at low speeds, evenwhen Model S comes to a full stop. When thevehicle is moving again, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl resumes operating at the set speed.However, under the following circumstances,Traffic-Aware Cruise Control goes into a HOLDstate, in which case, you need to briefly pressthe accelerator pedal or pull the cruise controllever toward you (see Canceling andResuming on page 92) to resume cruising.When the HOLD status is active, theinstrument panel displays the HOLD icon anda message that indicates that you need toresume cruise control. The followingcircumstances can cause Traffic-Aware CruiseControl to go into the HOLD state:

• Model S has been at a standstill for 5minutes.

• Model S detects a pedestrian (the HOLDstate may clear when the pedestrian is nolonger detected).

• Model S suddenly loses visibility of thevehicle in front of you.

• The ultrasonic sensors detect an obstaclein front of Model S.

Cruising Near or On Freeway ExitsWhen cruising near an exit on a controlledaccess road (such as a highway or freeway)and engaging the turn signal toward the exit,Traffic-Aware Cruise Control assumes you areexiting and begins to slow down the vehicle. Ifyou do not drive onto the exit, Traffic-AwareCruise Control resumes cruising at the setspeed. In a region with right hand traffic, thisoccurs only when you engage the right turnsignal when driving in the right-most lanewithin 164 feet (50 meters) of an exit. Likewisein regions with left hand traffic; whenengaging the left turn signal when driving inthe left-most lane within 164 feet (50 meters)of an exit.

Note: The onboard Global Positioning System(GPS) determines if you are driving in a regionwith right or left hand traffic. In situationswhere GPS data is unavailable (for example, ifthere is inadequate signal), engaging the turnsignal near an exit does not cause Traffic-Aware Cruise Control to slow down Model S.

When enabled while on a highway interchangeor off-ramp, Traffic-Aware Cruise Control mayreduce your set speed in 5 mph (5 km/h)increments – to as slow as 25 mph (40 km/h)– to better match the reported speeds ofother Tesla vehicles that have driven at thatspecific location. To override this and continuecruising at your set speed, tap the acceleratorpedal or move the cruise stalk. The new setspeed is maintained for the duration of theinterchange or off-ramp (unless you override itor cancel Traffic-Aware Cruise Control). Afterthe interchange or off-ramp, the set speedmay revert or change as necessary based onthe new location. For example, if you mergedonto a different highway, the set speed revertsback to the set speed that was in use beforedriving on the interchange.

Warning: In some cases (such as havinginsufficient data), Traffic-Aware CruiseControl may not automatically reduce theset speed on the highway interchange oroff-ramp. Do not rely on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to determine anappropriate driving speed. Teslarecommends driving at a speed that issafe for road conditions and withinposted speed limits.

Adjust the Following DistanceTo adjust the following distance you want tomaintain between Model S and a vehicletraveling ahead of you, rotate the cruisecontrol lever to choose a setting from 1 (theclosest following distance) to 7 (the longestfollowing distance). Each setting correspondsto a time-based distance that represents howlong it takes for Model S, from its currentlocation, to reach the location of the rearbumper of the vehicle ahead of you.

As you rotate the cruise control lever, theinstrument panel displays the current setting.Release the lever when the desired setting isdisplayed.


Autopilot 91

Note: Your setting is retained until youmanually change it.

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility todetermine and maintain a safe followingdistance at all times. Do not rely onTraffic-Aware Cruise Control to maintainan accurate or appropriate followingdistance.

Warning: Never depend on Traffic-AwareCruise Control to adequately slow downModel S to avoid a collision. Always watchthe road in front of you and stay preparedto take immediate corrective action.

Overtake AccelerationWhen following a vehicle with Traffic-AwareCruise Control active, briefly engaging theturn signal (to indicate a move into thepassing lane) accelerates Model S towards thevehicle ahead. By momentarily holding theturn signal lever up or down, you can quicklyaccelerate up to your set speed withouthaving to press the accelerator pedal. The turnsignal causes acceleration only when all of thefollowing conditions are met:

• Traffic-Aware Cruise Control is operatingand detects a vehicle in front of you.

• No obstacles or vehicles are detected inthe target lane.

• Model S is traveling below the set speed,but over 45 mph (72 km/h).

Overtake Acceleration is intended as an aidwhen passing a vehicle ahead of you. Whenthe turn signal is engaged, Traffic-AwareCruise Control continues to maintain distancefrom the vehicle ahead, but allows you to driveslightly closer than your selected distance.

Acceleration cancels when one of theconditions happen:

• You reach your set cruising speed.• Changing lanes takes too long.• Model S gets too close to the vehicle

ahead.

OR• You disengage the turn signal.

Note: Overtake Acceleration occurs when youeither fully engage the turn signal, or you holdthe turn signal in the momentary position(partially engaged). When you release ordisengage the turn signal, Model S stopsaccelerating (in the same way as when yourelease the accelerator pedal) and resumesthe set speed.

Warning: Overtake Acceleration cancancel for many unforeseen reasons inaddition to those listed above (forexample, lack of GPS data). Stay alert andnever depend on Overtake Accelerationto increase your driving speed.

Warning: Overtake Acceleration increasesyour driving speed whenever theappropriate turn signal is engaged, andaccelerates Model S closer to the vehicleahead. Although Traffic-Aware CruiseControl continues to maintain distancefrom the vehicle ahead, it is important tobe aware that your selected followingdistance is reduced when OvertakeAcceleration is active, particularly in caseswhere it may not be your intention toovertake the vehicle you are following.

Canceling and ResumingTo manually cancel Traffic-Aware CruiseControl, briefly push the cruise control leveraway from you or press the brake pedal. Thespeedometer icon on the instrument panelturns gray to indicate that Traffic-AwareCruise Control is no longer active.

To resume cruising at the previously setspeed, briefly pull the cruise control levertoward you.



To resume cruising at the current drivingspeed, move the cruise control lever up ordown, then release.

Note: When Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcancels, Model S does not coast. Instead,regenerative braking slows down Model S inthe same way as when you move your foot offthe accelerator when driving without Traffic-Aware Cruise Control (see RegenerativeBraking on page 67).

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlcancels, or may not be available, in thefollowing situations:

• You press the brake pedal.• Your driving speed exceeds the

maximum cruising speed of 90 mph(150 km/h).

• You shift Model S into a differentgear.

• A door is opened.• The view from the radar sensor or

camera(s) is obstructed. This couldbe caused by dirt, mud, ice, snow, fog,etc.

• The traction control setting ismanually disabled or is repeatedlyengaging to prevent wheels fromslipping.

• The wheels are spinning while at astandstill.

• The Traffic-Aware Cruise Controlsystem is failing or requires service.

When Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isunavailable or cancels, Model S no longerdrives consistently at a set speed and nolonger maintains a specified distancefrom the vehicle ahead.

Warning: Traffic-Aware Cruise Control cancancel unexpectedly at any time forunforeseen reasons. Always watch theroad in front of you and stay prepared totake appropriate action. It is the driver'sresponsibility to be in control of Model Sat all times.

Summary of Cruise Indicators

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isavailable but is not activelycontrolling your speed until youactivate it. The number shown ingray is determined by Speed Assist(see Controlling Speed Assist onpage 116).

Traffic-Aware Cruise Control isoperating and is either maintainingthe set speed (no vehicle in front) oris maintaining a chosen followingdistance from a vehicle ahead (up tothe set speed).

Model S has fully stopped but is in aHOLD state. If safe, press theaccelerator pedal to resume cruisingat the set speed.

LimitationsTraffic-Aware Cruise Control is particularlyunlikely to operate as intended in thefollowing types of situations:

• The road has sharp curves.• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,

fog, etc.).• Bright light (such as from oncoming

headlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,covered, etc.).

• The windshield is obstructing the view ofthe camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, coveredby a sticker, etc.).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situations


Autopilot 93

that may interfere with proper operationof Traffic-Aware Cruise Control.



Autosteer

Note: Autosteer is a BETA feature.

Autosteer builds upon Traffic-Aware CruiseControl (see Traffic-Aware Cruise Control onpage 88), intelligently keeping Model S in itsdriving lane when cruising at a set speed.Autosteer also allows you to use the turnsignals to move Model S into an adjacent lane(see Auto Lane Change on page 97). Usingthe vehicle's camera(s), the radar sensor, andthe ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer detects lanemarkings and the presence of vehicles andobjects to steer Model S.

Warning: Autosteer is a hands-on feature.You must keep your hands on the steeringwheel at all times.

Warning: Autosteer is intended for useonly on highways and limited-accessroads with a fully attentive driver. Whenusing Autosteer, hold the steering wheeland be mindful of road conditions andsurrounding traffic. Do not use Autosteeron city streets, in construction zones, orin areas where bicyclists or pedestriansmay be present. Never depend onAutosteer to determine an appropriatedriving path. Always be prepared to takeimmediate action. Failure to follow theseinstructions could cause damage, seriousinjury or death.

Operating AutosteerBefore you can operate Autosteer, you mustenable it by touching Controls > Autopilot >Autosteer (Beta).

To indicate that Autosteer isavailable (but not activelysteering Model S), theinstrument panel displays agray Autosteer icon on theright side of the drivingspeed.

To initiate Autosteer, pull the cruise controllever toward you twice in quick succession.

Autosteer briefly displays a message on theinstrument panel reminding you to payattention to the road and be ready to takeover at any time. To indicate that Autosteer isnow actively steering Model S, the instrumentpanel displays the Autosteer icon in blue.When Autosteer is able to detect lanemarkings, it also displays the driving lane inblue.

Note: To initiate Autosteer when there is novehicle in front of you, you must be driving atleast 18 mph (30 km/h) on a roadway withvisible lane markings. If a vehicle is detectedahead of you, you can initiate Autosteer at anyspeed under 90 mph (150 km/h), even whenstationary (if you are at least 5 feet (150 cm)away from the vehicle).

The instrument panel displays a messageindicating that Autosteer is temporarilyunavailable if you attempted to engageAutosteer when driving at a speed that is notwithin the speed required for Autosteer tooperate. Autosteer may also be unavailable ifit is not receiving adequate data from thecamera(s) or sensors.

Autosteer

Autopilot 95

If Autosteer is unable to detect lane markings,the driving lane is determined based on thevehicle you are following.

In most cases, Autosteer attempts to centerModel S in the driving lane. However, if thesensors detect the presence of an obstacle(such as a vehicle or guard rail), Autosteermay steer Model S in a driving path that isoffset from the center of the lane.

Warning: Autosteer is not designed to,and will not, steer Model S around objectspartially or completely in the driving lane.Always watch the road in front of you andstay prepared to take appropriate action.It is the driver's responsibility to be incontrol of Model S at all times.

Restricted Speed

Autosteer is intended for use only by a fullyattentive driver on freeways and highwayswhere access is limited by entry and exitramps. If you choose to use Autosteer onresidential roads, a road without a centerdivider, or a road where access is not limited,Autosteer may limit the maximum allowedcruising speed and the instrument paneldisplays a message indicating that speed isrestricted. The restricted speed can varydepending on whether or not you've specifieda speed limit offset. Although you will beunable to increase the cruising speed, you canselect a more restrictive cruising speed byreducing the speed limit offset, if applicable,(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 116) orby manually reducing the set cruising speed(see Changing the Set Speed on page 90).

In situations where the speed limit cannot bedetected when Autosteer is engaged,Autosteer reduces your driving speed andlimits the set speed to 45 mph (70 km/h).Although you can manually accelerate toexceed the limited speed, Model S may notbrake for detected obstacles. Autosteer slowsdown to the limited speed when you releasethe accelerator pedal. When you leave theroad, or disengage Autosteer by using thesteering wheel, you can increase your setspeed again, if desired.

Hold Steering Wheel

Autosteer uses data from the camera(s),sensors, and GPS to determine how best tosteer Model S. When active, Autosteer requiresyou to hold the steering wheel. If it does notdetect your hands on the steering wheel for aperiod of time, a flashing white light appearsalong the top of the instrument panel and thefollowing message displays:

Autosteer detects your hands by recognizinglight resistance as the steering wheel turns, orfrom you manually turning the steering wheelvery lightly (without enough force to retakecontrol). Autosteer also qualifies your handsas being detected if you engage a turn signal,use the cruise control lever to adjust thecruising speed or following distance, or use abutton or scroll wheel on the steering wheel.

Note: When your hands are detected, themessage disappears and Autosteer resumesnormal operation.

Note: Autosteer may also sound a chime atthe same time that the message is initiallydisplayed.

Autosteer requires that you pay attention toyour surroundings and remain prepared totake control at any time. If Autosteer still doesnot detect your hands on the steering wheel,the request escalates by sounding chimes thatincrease in frequency.

If you repeatedly ignore Autosteer's promptsfor having your hands on the steering wheel,Autosteer disables for the rest of the drive anddisplays the following message. If you don'tresume manual steering, Autosteer sounds acontinuous chime, turns on the warningflashers, and slows the vehicle to a completestop.

For the rest of the drive, you must steermanually. Autosteer is available again on yournext drive (after you stop and shift Model Sinto Park).

Take Over Immediately

In situations where Autosteer is unable tosteer Model S, Autosteer sounds a warningchime and displays the following message onthe instrument panel:

Autosteer


When you see this message, TAKE OVERSTEERING IMMEDIATELY.

Canceling Autosteer

Autosteer cancels when:

• You start steering manually.• You press the brake pedal.• You push the cruise control lever away

from you.• The maximum speed that Autosteer

supports–90 mph (150 km/h)–isexceeded.

• You shift into a different gear.• A door is opened.• An Automatic Emergency Braking event

occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist onpage 113).

When Autosteer cancels, it sounds chimes andthe Autosteer icon either turns gray toindicate that Autosteer is no longer active, ordisappears to indicate that it is not currentlyavailable.

Note: If Autosteer cancels because you startedsteering manually, Traffic-Aware CruiseControl remains active. Disengage Traffic-Aware Cruise Control as you normally would,by briefly pushing the cruise control leveraway from you or pressing the brake pedal.

To disable Autosteer so it is no longeravailable, touch Controls > Autopilot >Autosteer (Beta).

Auto Lane ChangeWhen Autosteer is active on a vehicleequipped with Auto Lane Change, you can usethe turn signals to move Model S into anadjacent lane without moving the steeringwheel (which would cancel Autosteer).

Warning: It is the driver's responsibility todetermine whether a lane change is safeand appropriate. Therefore, beforeinitiating a lane change, always checkblind spots, lane markings, and thesurrounding roadway to confirm it is safeand appropriate to move into the targetlane.

Warning: Never depend on Auto LaneChange to determine an appropriate

driving path. Drive attentively bywatching the road and traffic ahead ofyou, checking the surrounding area, andmonitoring the instrument panel forwarnings. Always be prepared to takeimmediate action.

Warning: Do not use Auto Lane Changeon city streets or on roads where trafficconditions are constantly changing andwhere bicycles and pedestrians arepresent.

Warning: The performance of Auto LaneChange depends on the ability of thecamera(s) to recognize lane markings.

Warning: Do not use Auto Lane Changeon winding roads with sharp curves, onicy or slippery roads, or when weatherconditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog,etc.) may be obstructing the view fromthe camera(s) or sensors.

Warning: Failure to follow all warningsand instructions can result in propertydamage, serious injury or death.

Operating Auto Lane Change

Auto Lane Change is available wheneverAutosteer is active. To change lanes usingAuto Lane Change:

1. Perform visual checks to make sure it issafe and appropriate to move into thetarget lane

2. Fully engage the appropriate turn signal.3. Disengage the turn signal after you are in

the target lane.

Auto Lane Change moves Model S into theadjacent lane in the direction indicated by theturn signal, provided the following conditionsare met:

• The turn signal is engaged.• The ultrasonic sensors and Autopilot

cameras do not detect a vehicle orobstacle up to the center of the targetlane.

• The lane markings indicate that a lanechange is permitted.

• The view of the camera(s) is notobstructed.

• Your vehicle does not detect anothervehicle in its blind spot.

• Midway through the lane change, AutoLane Change can detect the outside lanemarking of the target lane.

• Driving speed is at least 30 mph(45 km/h).

Autosteer

Autopilot 97

As the lane change is in progress, OvertakeAcceleration is activated, allowing Model S toaccelerate closer to a vehicle in front (see Overtake Acceleration on page 92). Midwaythrough the lane change, Auto Lane Changemust detect the target lane's outside lanemarking. If this lane marking cannot bedetected, the lane change is aborted andModel S returns to its original driving lane.

Note: Auto Lane Change moves Model S onelane at a time. Moving into an additional lanerequires you to engage the turn signal asecond time after the first lane change iscomplete.

When using Auto Lane Change, it is importantto monitor its performance by watching thedriving path in front of you and thesurrounding area. Stay prepared to take oversteering at any time. As you are crossing overinto the adjacent lane, the instrument paneldisplays the lane marking as a dashed blueline. Once in your new lane, lane markings aredisplayed as solid blue lines again.

In situations where Auto Lane Change isunable to operate at optimal performance, orcannot operate due to inadequate data, theinstrument panel displays a series of warnings.Therefore, when using Auto Lane Change,always pay attention to the instrument paneland be prepared to manually steer Model S.

Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning(U.S. only)Depending on market region or vehicleconfiguration, Stop Light and/or Stop SignWarning may not be available on your vehicle.

While Autosteer is in use, Model S displays awarning on the instrument panel and sounds achime if it detects that you are likely to runthrough a red stop light or stop sign. If thishappens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVEACTION!

The visual and audible warnings cancel after afew seconds, or when you press the brakepedal, whichever comes first.

Note: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview to display moredetails about the roadway and itssurroundings, such as road markings, stopsigns, stop lights, objects (such as trash cansand poles), etc.

Caution: Stop Light and Stop SignWarning require the vehicle’s map toknow that a particular stop light or stopsign exists in a certain location. It may be

unaware of new stop lights or stop signsthat are not captured in the map data.Therefore, Stop Light and Stop SignWarning may not detect all stop lightsand stop signs due to potential mapinaccuracies.

Warning: Stop Light and Stop SignWarning do not apply the brakes ordecelerate Model S and may not detect allstop lights and stop signs. Stop Light andStop Sign Warning are designed forguidance purposes only and are not asubstitute for attentive driving and soundjudgment. Keep your eyes on the roadwhen driving and never depend on StopLight and Stop Sign Warning to warn youof a stop light or stop sign.

Warning: Stop Light and Stop SignWarning are designed to only warn youwhen approaching a visible red stop sign,solid red or later portion of a yellowtraffic light; it may not issue warnings atintersections with flashing lights and doesnot warn you of yield signs or temporarystop and yield signs (such as inconstruction areas). Additionally, StopLight and Stop Sign Warning will notwarn you of an approaching stop light orstop sign if you are pressing theaccelerator pedal or brake pedal (whichdisables Autosteer).

Navigate on AutopilotNote: Navigate on Autopilot is a BETA featureand is not available in all market regions.

When using Autosteer on a controlled-accessroad (such as a highway or freeway), Navigateon Autopilot automatically exits at off-rampsand interchanges based on your navigationroute. Along the highway portion of anavigation route, Navigate on Autopilot alsochanges lanes to prepare for exits and tominimize the driving time to your destination.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot does notmake driving autonomous. You must payattention to the road, keep your hands onthe steering wheel at all times, andremain aware of your navigation route.

Warning: As is the case with normaldriving, be extra careful around blindcorners, highway interchanges, and exitsbecause obstacles can appear quicklyand at any time.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notrecognize or detect oncoming vehicles,

Autosteer


stationary objects, and special-use lanessuch as those used exclusively for bikes,carpools, emergency vehicles, etc.Remain alert at all times and be preparedto take immediate action. Failure to do socan cause damage, injury or death.

Enabling and Customizing Navigate onAutopilot

To enable Navigate on Autopilot, touchControls > Autopilot > Navigate on Autopilot(Beta). Then, to customize how you wantNavigate on Autopilot to operate, touchCUSTOMIZE NAVIGATE ON AUTOPILOT:

• Enable At Start Of Every Trip: Choosewhether or not you want to automaticallyenable Navigate on Autopilot for everynavigation route. When enabled, theNavigate on Autopilot button on the turn-by-turn direction list is already enabled atthe start of every trip.

• Speed Based Lane Changes: Navigate onAutopilot is designed to perform bothroute-based and speed-based lanechanges. Route-based lane changes aredesigned to keep you on your navigationroute (for example, moving you into anadjacent lane to prepare for an upcomingoff-ramp) whereas speed-based lanechanges are designed to maintain adriving speed (not to exceed your cruisingspeed) that allows you to minimize thetime it takes to reach your destination (forexample, moving into an adjacent lane topass a vehicle in front of you). Speed-based lanes changes are optional. You canuse this setting to disable speed-basedlane changes or to specify howaggressively you want Navigate onAutopilot to change lanes to achieve theset cruising speed. The MILD setting ismore conservative about lane changesand may result in a slightly longer drivingtime whereas MAD MAX is designed toallow you to reach your destination in theshortest driving time possible, but willonly change lanes when safe to do so.

• Require Lane Change Confirmation: Bydefault, Navigate on Autopilot requiresyour confirmation before proceeding witha lane change (by pulling the Autopilotstalk toward you or engaging theappropriate turn signal). However, if youwant Navigate on Autopilot to changelanes without requiring this confirmation,turn this setting off. When you turn thesetting off, you can specify if or how youwant to be notified of lane changes (Off,Chime, Vibrate, or Both).

Warning: If you turn off Require LaneChange Confirmation, Navigate onAutopilot notifies you of upcominglane changes and off-ramps, but itremains your responsibility to monitorthe environment and maintain controlof Model S at all times. Lane changescan occur quickly and suddenly.Always keep your hands on the wheeland your eyes on the driving path infront of you.

Note: In addition to route-based and speed-based lane changes, Navigate on Autopilotalso requests a lane change to the right as areminder to stay out of the left-most lanewhen you are not passing other vehicles.

Note: The touchscreen displays route-basedlane changes at the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction list to notify you that anupcoming lane change is needed to stay onthe navigation route.

Operating Navigate on Autopilot

Once enabled, the Navigate on Autopilotbutton appears on the map’s turn-by-turndirection list whenever a navigation route isactive and the route includes at least onecontrolled-access road. Touch this button toallow Navigate on Autopilot to assist you onyour journey. When enabled, the Navigate onAutopilot button is blue and the turn-by-turndirection displays the Autosteer icon next tomaneuvers (such as freeway exits) thatNavigate on Autopilot will handle.

Navigate on Autopilot activates anddeactivates as appropriate, based on the typeof road you are driving on. For example, ifAutosteer is active and the Navigate onAutopilot setting is turned on, Navigate onAutopilot automatically becomes active whenyou reach a supported controlled-accessportion of your navigation route.

Autosteer

Autopilot 99

Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, theinstrument panel displays the driving lane as asingle blue line in front of Model S:

When Navigate on Autopilot is active and youapproach an off-ramp or freeway interchangealong your navigation route, the appropriateturn signal engages and Autosteer maneuversModel S onto the off-ramp or interchange.

Warning: Never depend on Navigate onAutopilot to determine an appropriatelane at an off-ramp. Stay alert andperform visual checks to ensure that thedriving lane is safe and appropriate.

When you leave a controlled-access road (forexample, you exit a freeway or you enter asection of the navigation route that is nolonger supported), Navigate on Autopilotreverts back to Autosteer— a unique triple-tone chime sounds and the instrument paneldisplays the driving lane lines in blue (insteadof the single blue in front of Model S). Whenyou exit onto an off-ramp, the instrumentpanel briefly displays a countdown messagewarning you of the distance remaining beforeNavigate on Autopilot reverts back toAutosteer.

Note: The way Navigate on Autopilotdetermines navigation routes and maneuversat freeway interchanges can be impacted bywhether or not the navigation system is set upto use High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes.Therefore, ensure the Use HOV Lanes settingis appropriate for your circumstances (see

Maps and Navigation on page 134). If thesetting is off, Navigate on Autopilot neveruses an HOV lane, regardless of time of day. Ifthe setting is on, Navigate on Autopilot willalways include the use of the HOV lane,whenever it exists.

Warning: Even when Navigate onAutopilot deactivates at off-ramps,Autosteer remains active. Always beprepared to take appropriate actions suchas stopping at red lights and stop signs,and yielding to other road users.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notalways attempt to exit at an off-ramp,even when the exit is determined by thenavigation route. Always remain alert andbe prepared to manually steer onto theoff-ramp, or make a required lane change.

You can cancel Navigate on Autopilot at anytime by touching the Navigate on Autopilotbutton on the map’s turn-by-turn direction list(your vehicle reverts back to Autosteer), or bycanceling Autosteer entirely (see CancelingAutosteer on page 97).

Lane Changes

Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to eitherprepare Model S for an upcoming off-ramp, toincrease your driving speed (not to exceedyour set cruising speed), or to move Model Sout of a left-most lane when you are notpassing other vehicles. A message displays atthe top of the map's turn-by-turn direction listto notify you when an upcoming lane changeis required to stay on your navigation route.The line on the instrument panel shows theupcoming driving path:

Autosteer


When the instrument panel displays amessage asking you to confirm the lanechange, pull the Autopilot stalk toward you orengage the appropriate turn signal. If you donot confirm the lane change within threeseconds, a chime sounds to remind you thatNavigate on Autopilot requires yourconfirmation to change lanes.

If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turnedoff, Navigate on Autopilot engages theappropriate turn signal, checks for vehiclesand objects, and when appropriate,maneuvers Model S into the adjacent lane.

If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turnedon, you must pull the Autopilot stalk towardyou or engage the appropriate turn signal toconfirm that you want Navigate on Autopilotto make the lane change. If you do not confirmthe lane change within three seconds, a chimesounds to remind you that Navigate onAutopilot requires your confirmation tochange lanes.

Note: If you ignore a route-based lane changesuggestion (for example, you are driving in theleft lane while approaching an off-ramp on theright side of the highway), Navigate onAutopilot will be unable to maneuver onto theoff-ramp and as a result, the navigationsystem will re-route you to your destination.

Warning: Navigate on Autopilot may notalways attempt to exit at an off-ramp orchange lanes, even when an exit or lanechange is determined by the navigationroute. Always remain alert and beprepared to manually steer onto an off-ramp, or make a lane change to preparefor, or to exit at, an off-ramp orinterchange.

Be Ready to Assist

When attempting to change lanes ormaneuver Model S, or when approachingconstruction zones, Navigate on Autopilotmay be unable to determine the appropriatedriving lane (for example, complex clover leafsand multi-lane off-ramps) and the instrumentpanel displays an alert indicating thatNavigate on Autopilot is trying to maneuverand may require assistance. When you see themessage, be prepared to take immediateaction to ensure that it is safe and appropriateto complete the lane change or maneuver.

LimitationsAutosteer and its associated functions areparticularly unlikely to operate as intendedwhen:

• Autosteer is unable to accuratelydetermine lane markings. For example,lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction, arechanging quickly (lanes branching off,crossing over, or merging), objects orlandscape features are casting strongshadows on the lane markings, or the roadsurface contains pavement seams or otherhigh-contrast lines.

• Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog,etc.) or weather conditions are interferingwith sensor operation.

• A camera(s) or sensor(s) is obstructed,covered, or damaged.

• Driving on hills.• Approaching a toll booth.• Driving on a road that has sharp curves or

is excessively rough.• Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is

interfering with the view of the camera(s).• The sensors are affected by other

electrical equipment or devices thatgenerate ultrasonic waves.

• A vehicle is detected in your blind spotwhen you engage the turn signal.

• Model S is being driven very close to avehicle in front of it, which is blocking theview of the camera(s).

Warning: Many unforeseen circumstancescan impair the operation of Autosteer.Always keep this in mind and rememberthat as a result, Autosteer may not steerModel S appropriately. Always driveattentively and be prepared to takeimmediate action.

Autosteer

Autopilot 101

Autopark

Autopark (if equipped) uses data from theultrasonic sensors and GPS to simplify parkingon public roads by maneuvering Model S intoparallel and perpendicular parking spaces. See To Use Autopark on page 102.

Warning: Autopark's performancedepends on the ability of the ultrasonicsensors to determine the vehicle'sproximity to curbs, objects, and othervehicles.

To Use AutoparkWhen driving, follow these steps to allowAutopark to maneuver Model S into a parkingspace:

1. When driving slowly on a public road,monitor the instrument panel todetermine when Autopark has detected aparking space. When Autopark detects apotential parking space, the instrumentpanel displays a parking icon. Autoparkdetects parallel parking locations whendriving below 15 mph (24 km/h) andperpendicular parking locations whendriving below 10 mph (16 km/h).

Note: The parking icon appears only if thevehicle's position and/or thecircumstances of the surrounding area aresuch that Autopark can determine anappropriate driving path. If Autoparkcannot determine an appropriate path (forexample, when driving on a narrow streetwhere moving into the parking spacecauses the front of the vehicle to extendinto the adjacent lane), you can eitherreposition the vehicle, find a differentparking space, or park manually.

2. Check to determine if the detectedparking space is appropriate and safe. Ifso, pull forward and stop approximately acar length ahead of the parking space (asyou normally would when parallel parkingor when backing into a perpendicularparking space).

3. Release the steering wheel, shift Model Sinto Reverse, then touch Start Autoparkon the touchscreen.

4. When parking is complete, Autoparkdisplays the "Complete" message.

In situations where Autopark cannot operatedue to inadequate sensor data, the instrumentpanel displays a message indicating that youmust manually park Model S.

Note: If you press the brake when Autopark isactively parking Model S, the parking processpauses until you touch Resume on thetouchscreen.

Note: Autopark detects potentialperpendicular parking spaces that are at least9.5 feet (2.9 meters) wide with a vehicleparked on each side. Autopark detects parallelparking spaces that are at least 20 feet (6meters), but less than 30 feet (9 meters) long.Autopark does not operate on angled parkingspaces.

Warning: Never depend on Autopark tofind a parking space that is legal, suitable,and safe. Autopark may not always detectobjects in the parking space. Alwaysperform visual checks to confirm that aparking space is appropriate and safe.

Warning: When Autopark is activelysteering Model S, the steering wheelmoves in accordance with Autopark'sadjustments. Do not interfere with themovement of the steering wheel. Doingso cancels Autopark.

Warning: During the parking sequence,continually check your surroundings. Beprepared to apply the brakes to avoidvehicles, pedestrians, or objects.

Warning: When Autopark is active,monitor the touchscreen and instrumentpanel to ensure that you are aware of theinstructions that Autopark is providing.

To Pause ParkingTo pause Autopark, press the brake pedalonce. Model S stops and remains stopped untilyou touch Resume on the touchscreen.

Autopark


To Cancel ParkingAutopark cancels the parking sequence whenyou manually move the steering wheel,change gears, or touch Cancel on thetouchscreen. Autopark also cancels parkingwhen:

• The parking sequence exceeds sevenmoves.

• Model S detects that the driver is exitingthe vehicle.

• A door is opened.• You press the accelerator pedal.• You press the brake pedal while Autopark

is paused.• An Automatic Emergency Braking event

occurs (see Collision Avoidance Assist onpage 113).

LimitationsAutopark is particularly unlikely to operate asintended in these situations:

• The road is sloped. Autopark is designedto operate on flat roads only.

• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• The curb is constructed of material otherthan stone, or the curb cannot bedetected.

• The target parking space is directlyadjacent to a wall or pillar (for example,the last parking space of a row in anunderground parking structure).

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors isdamaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as bymud, ice, or snow).

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog,or extremely hot or cold temperatures)are interfering with sensor operation.


Warning: Many unforeseen circumstancescan impair Autopark's ability to parkModel S. Keep this in mind and rememberthat as a result, Autopark may not steerModel S appropriately. Pay attentionwhen parking Model S and stay preparedto immediately take control.

Autopark

Autopilot 103

Summon

Summon (if equipped) allows you toautomatically park and retrieve Model S whileyou are standing outside the vehicle. Summonuses data from the ultrasonic sensors to moveModel S forward and reverse up to 39 feet (12meters) in, or out of, a parking space.

To move Model S a longer distance whilesteering around objects, you can use SmartSummon (if equipped) and your mobilephone. Smart Summon allows your vehicle tofind you (or you can send your vehicle to achosen location). See Smart Summon on page107.

Warning: Summon is designed andintended for use only on parking lots anddriveways on private property where thesurrounding area is familiar andpredictable.

Warning: Summon is a BETA feature. Youmust continually monitor the vehicle andits surroundings and stay prepared totake immediate action at any time. It isthe driver's responsibility to use Summonsafely, responsibly, and as intended.

Warning: Summon's performancedepends on the ability of the ultrasonicsensors to determine the vehicle'sproximity to objects, people, animals, andother vehicles.

Before Using SummonBefore operating Summon, use thetouchscreen to enable it and customize howyou want it to work. Touch Controls >Autopilot > Summon, then touch Customizeand adjust the following settings to suit yourpreferences:

• Bumper Clearance: Set the distance thatyou want Summon to stop from adetected object (for example, you maywant Summon to stop within just a fewinches of a garage wall). Note that thisdistance applies only to objects thatSummon detects directly in front ofModel S when moving forward, or directlybehind Model S when reversing.

• Summon Distance: Set a maximumdistance that Model S can travel whenentering or exiting a parking space.

• Side Clearance: Choose an option tospecify how much side clearance youwant to allow. Tight allows Model S toenter and exit very narrow parking spaces.

Warning: Parking in a narrow spacelimits the ability of the sensors toaccurately detect the location ofobstacles, increasing the risk ofdamage to Model S and/orsurrounding objects.

• Require Continuous Press: By default,Summon requires that you press and holda button on the mobile app or key tomove Model S during the parking process.When Require Continuous Press is set toNO, you can press and release the button—you don't need to hold it down to keepthe vehicle moving. Also, RequireContinuous Press must be set to NO if youwant to operate Summon using the keyinstead of the mobile app (see OperatingSummon with the Key on page 105), or ifyou want to start a parking sequence frominside the vehicle (see Starting SummonBefore Exiting the Vehicle on page 106).

• Use Auto HomeLink (if equipped): Set toON if you want to activate HomeLink toopen/close a programmed HomeLinkdevice (such as a gate or a garage door)during the parking process when usingSummon. If enabled, the deviceautomatically opens and closes whenModel S enters or exits during a Summonsession. In a Smart Summon session (ifequipped), the device automatically openswhen, at the beginning of a session, SmartSummon detects that Model S is parked ina garage.

Warning: Always ensure that Model Sis fully in or out of a garage beforeHomeLink lowers the garage door.Summon and Smart Summon (ifequipped) cannot detect where anoverhead door will lower.

Note: When enabled, the HomeLink deviceautomatically opens and closes whenusing Summon, and automatically opensas needed when using Smart Summon (ifequipped). To automate HomeLink inother situations (such as normal driving),you must adjust the HomeLink device'smain settings by touching the HomeLinkicon at the top of the touchscreen (see HomeLink Universal Transceiver on page153).

Note: The above settings, with the exceptionof HomeLink, apply only to Summon—not

Summon


Smart Summon, if equipped (see Before UsingSmart Summon on page 107). You cannotcustomize Smart Summon's bumperclearance, distance, and side clearance. Andwhen using Smart Summon, you must alwayshold down the button on the mobile app tokeep Model S moving. Also, Smart Summonoperates with the mobile app only—not thekey.

Note: All settings are retained until youmanually change them.

Using Summon to Park and Retrieveyour VehicleFollow these steps to use Summon to parkyour Model S:

• Align Model S within 39 feet (12 meters) ofthe parking space so Model S can follow astraight path into or out of the space ineither Drive or Reverse.

• From outside the vehicle, initiate theparking maneuver by touching Summonon the mobile app, then holding down theFORWARD or REVERSE button.

Note: If the Require Continuous Presssetting is NO, you do not need to holddown the button, just press and release.

Note: You can also initiate the parkingmaneuver from inside the vehicle (see Starting Summon Before Exiting theVehicle on page 106).

Summon shifts Model S into Drive or Reverse(based on the direction you specified) anddrives into or out of the parking space. Whenparking is complete, or if an obstacle isdetected, Summon shifts Model S into Park.Summon shifts Model S into Park when:

• Model S detects an obstacle in its drivingpath (within the Bumper Clearance settingthat you specified).

• Summon has moved Model S themaximum distance of 39 feet (12 meters).

• You release the FORWARD or REVERSEbutton (when Require Continuous Press isturned on).

• You press any button to manually stopSummon.

If you used Summon to park Model S, you canthen use Summon to return Model S back toits original position (provided the vehicle hasremained in Park), or to the maximumSummon Distance that you have specified(whichever comes first). Simply specify theopposite direction on the mobile app andSummon moves the vehicle along the originalpath, provided no obstructions have beenintroduced. If the ultrasonic sensors detect anobstacle, Summon attempts to avoid theobstacle while staying very close to its originalpath (Summon does not steer aroundobstacles).

Note: To move Summon multiple times in thesame direction (not to exceed the maximumof 39 feet (12 meters), cancel Summon andthen restart the parking process using thesame direction.

Note: Although Summon can move Model S ashort distance laterally to avoid an obstacle, itdoes not attempt to steer around an obstacleto return the vehicle to its original drivingpath. Only Smart Summon (if equipped) cansteer the vehicle around objects.

Note: If you release the direction button onthe mobile app, Summon stops movingModel S.

Note: Summon requires that Model S candetect a valid key nearby.

Warning: Model S cannot detectobstacles that are located lower than thebumper, are very narrow, or are hangingfrom a ceiling (for example, bicycles). Inaddition, many unforeseen circumstancescan impair Summon's ability to move in orout of a parking space and, as a result,Summon may not move Model Sappropriately. Therefore, you mustcontinually monitor the vehicle'smovement and its surroundings andremain prepared to stop Model S at anytime.

Operating Summon with the Key

Note: Using the key to operate Summon isavailable only in the United States.

Note: Summon may not operate if the key'sbattery is low.

Follow these steps to park Model S fromoutside the vehicle using the key:

1. On the touchscreen, ensure that RequireContinuous Press is disabled (touchControls > Autopilot > Summon > RequireContinuous Press > NO).

Summon

Autopilot 105

2. With Model S in Park, stand within 10 feet(3 meters) and press and hold the topcenter button on the key (Lock/Unlock Allbutton) until the hazard lights blinkcontinuously.

Note: The hazard lights flash once asModel S locks, then within five seconds,Model S powers on and the hazard lightsflash continuously. Do not proceed to thenext step until the hazard lights areflashing. If, after five seconds, the hazardlights are not flashing, release the buttonon the key, move closer to Model S, andtry again. If Summon receives no furtherinput within ten seconds, Summoncancels.

3. Press the Front Trunk button on the key tomove Model S forward into the parkingspace, or press the Rear Trunk button toreverse Model S into the parking space.

Starting Summon Before Exiting the Vehicle

To start a Summon parking sequence beforeexiting Model S:

1. On the touchscreen, ensure that RequireContinuous Press is disabled (touchControls > Autopilot > Summon > RequireContinuous Press > NO).

2. Close all doors and trunks.3. With Model S powered on and the Park

gear engaged, double press the Parkbutton on the gear stalk. The touchscreendisplays a popup window.

4. On the touchscreen, choose the directionof travel.

5. Exit Model S and close the driver's door.

Summon now moves Model S according to thedirection you specified on the touchscreen.

Note: To cancel the parking maneuver beforeexiting, touch Cancel on the popup window.

Note: If you do not choose a direction of travelon the touchscreen, Summon does not start aparking maneuver when you exit.

Stopping or Canceling Summon

You can stop Model S at any time whileSummon is active by using the mobile app orby pressing any button on the key. Summonalso cancels when:

• A door handle is engaged or a door isopened.

• You interact with the steering wheel, brakepedal, accelerator pedal, or gear stalk.

• Model S detects an obstacle.

• Summon has moved Model S themaximum distance of approximately 39feet (12 meters).

• Your phone enters sleep mode or losesconnectivity to Model S.

LimitationsSummon is unlikely to operate as intended inthe following types of situations:

• The driving path is sloped. Summon isdesigned to operate on flat roads only (upto 10% grade).

• A raised concrete edge is detected.Summon will not move the vehicle over anedge that is higher than approximately 1 in(2.5 cm).

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors isdamaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as bymud, ice, or snow, or by a vehicle bra,excessive paint, or adhesive products suchas wraps, stickers, rubber coating, etc.).



Note: Summon is disabled if Model S is in Valetmode (see Valet Mode on page 43).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Summon. It is the driver's responsibilityto remain in control of Model S at alltimes. Pay close attention wheneverSummon is actively moving Model S andstay prepared to take immediate action.Failure to do so can result in seriousproperty damage, injury or death.

Summon


Smart Summon

Smart Summon (if equipped) is designed toallow you to move Model S to your location(using your phone's GPS as a targetdestination) or to a location of your choice,maneuvering around and stopping for objectsas necessary. Smart Summon works with theTesla mobile app when your phone is locatedwithin approximately 213 feet (65 meters) ofModel S. Using ultrasonic sensors, cameras,and GPS data, Smart Summon maneuversModel S out of parking spaces and aroundcorners. This is useful for moving Model S outof a tight parking spot, through puddles, orhelping you retrieve your car while carryingpackages. You must maintain a clear line ofsight between you and Model S and closelymonitor the vehicle and its surroundings at alltimes.

Warning: Smart Summon is designed andintended for use only on parking lots anddriveways located on private propertywhere the surrounding area is familiar andpredictable. Do not use Smart Summonon public roads.

Warning: Smart Summon must only beused on paved surfaces.

Warning: Smart Summon is a BETAfeature. You must continually monitor thevehicle and its surroundings and stayprepared to take immediate action at anytime. It is the driver's responsibility to useSmart Summon safely, responsibly, and asintended.

Warning: Smart Summon may not stopfor all objects (especially very low objectssuch as some curbs, or very high objectssuch as a shelf) and may not react to alltraffic. Smart Summon does notrecognize the direction of traffic, does notnavigate around empty parking spaces,and may not anticipate crossing traffic.

Warning: Smart Summon's performancedepends on the ultrasonic sensors, thevisibility of the cameras, and theavailability of an adequate cellular signaland GPS data.

Warning: When using Smart Summon,you must maintain a clear line of sightbetween you and Model S and stayprepared to stop the vehicle at any timeby releasing the button on the mobileapp.

Before Using Smart Summon• Download the latest version of the Tesla

mobile app to your phone, and ensureyour phone has cellular service and GPSenabled.

• Your phone must be connected to Model Sand located within approximately 213 feet(65 meters).

• The vehicle's Autopilot cameras must befully calibrated (see Drive to CalibrateCameras on page 86).

• You must have a clear line of sight toModel S.

• Model S must be in Park, not charging,and all doors and trunks must be closed.

Using Smart Summon1. Open the Tesla mobile app, and press

SUMMON.2. Press the Smart Summon icon located in

the center of the image of your Model S. Itmay take several seconds for SmartSummon to start up.

Note: You can use Standby Mode toeliminate the delay that occurs whenSmart Summon is starting up (see Standby Mode on page 108).

The mobile app displays a map with a bluecircle, which represents the maximumproximity of 213 feet (65 meters) that youmust maintain between your phone andModel S. The blue dot on the maprepresents your location, and the redarrow represents the location of Model S.

3. Position yourself anywhere within the bluecircle where you have a clear line of sightto Model S.

4. You can now operate Smart Summonusing either of these modes:

• COME TO ME mode: Press and holdthe COME TO ME button. Model Smoves to your GPS location. As youmove, Model S follows you. WhenModel S reaches you, it stops andshifts into park.

Smart Summon

Autopilot 107

• GO TO TARGET mode: Touch thecrosshair icon then drag the map toposition the pin on a chosendestination. Press and hold the GO TOTARGET button. Model S moves to thedestination. When reaching thelocation, Model S stops and shifts intoPark and the mobile app displays amessage indicating that Summon hascompleted.

Note: To subsequently change thelocation, lift your finger, reposition themap, then press and hold GO TOTARGET again.

To stop Model S at any time, simplyrelease the COME TO ME or GO TOTARGET button.

The map's crosshair icon togglesbetween GO TO TARGET and COMETO ME modes. When COME TO MEmode is selected, the icon is blue.

Note: The map also has an icon thatallows you to display/hide satelliteimagery.

Immediately after initiating Smart Summon ineither mode, hazard lights briefly flash, mirrorsfold, and Model S shifts into the appropriatedriving gear (Drive or Reverse). Model S thenslowly moves to within 3 feet (1 meter) of you(COME TO ME) or your chosen destination(GO TO TARGET), navigating obstacles asneeded. As Model S moves, the correspondingred arrow on the map also moves to show thevehicle’s location. As you move, thecorresponding blue dot also moves to showyour location.

In either mode, Model S stops moving andshifts into park when:

• You release the button on the mobile app.• The maximum proximity of 213 feet (65

meters) between your phone and Model Sis exceeded (if moving Model S to adestination away from you, you may needto follow the car to maintain thisdistance).

• The driving path is blocked.

• Model S has moved the maximumdistance of 475 feet (145 meters) since thestart of the Smart Summon session, or hasmoved 492 feet (150 meters) away fromthe location from which the vehicle waslast driven manually.

Note: If Smart Summon moves Model Sforward three feet and then backwardstwo feet, this is considered five feet oftravel.

Note: There is no need to look at the mobileapp—just hold down the button while keepingyour eye on Model S and its driving path at alltimes, remaining ready to release the buttonto stop the vehicle if needed.

If equipped and Auto HomeLink is enabled forSummon (touch Controls > Autopilot >Summon > Use Auto HomeLink, SmartSummon automatically opens a HomeLinkdevice if you start the Smart Summonmaneuver when Model S is located inside agarage. The mobile app informs you that thedoor has opened.

Warning: When you release the button tostop Model S, a slight delay occurs beforethe vehicle stops. Therefore, it is criticalthat you pay close attention to thevehicle’s driving path at all times andproactively anticipate obstacles that thevehicle may be unable to detect.

Warning: Use extreme caution when usingSmart Summon in environments wheremovement of obstacles can beunpredictable. For example, wherepeople, children or animals are present.

Warning: Smart Summon may not stopfor all objects (especially very low objectssuch as some curbs, or very high objectssuch as a shelf) and may not react to alloncoming or side traffic. Pay attentionand be ready to stop Model S at all timesby releasing the button on the mobileapp.

Standby ModeTo keep Model S ready to Summon and reducethe time it takes to warm up, turn on StandbyMode. Touch Controls > Autopilot > CustomizeSummon > Standby Mode. When StandbyMode is turned on, you can conserve Batteryenergy by disabling Standby Mode at theselocations:

• Exclude Home - Disables Standby Mode atthe location you set as Home in yourFavorites list.

Smart Summon


• Exclude Work - Disables Standby Mode atthe location you set as Work in yourFavorites list.

• Exclude Favorites - Disables StandbyMode at any location in your Favorites list.

Note: To conserve energy, Smart Summonautomatically exits Standby mode frommidnight to 6:00 am. During these hours, youwill experience a delay as Smart Summonstarts up.

Note: Additional battery power may beconsumed while Standby Mode is active.

Note: For details on how to designate alocation as Home, Work, or Favorites, see Recent, Favorite, Home and Work Destinationson page 138).

Stopping or Canceling SmartSummonSmart Summon stops Model S whenever yourelease the button on the mobile app. Toresume the Smart Summon session, simplypress the COME TO ME or GO TO TARGETbutton again.

Warning: Always anticipate when youneed to stop Model S. Depending on thequality of the connectivity between thephone and Model S, there may be a slightdelay between when you release thebutton and when the car stops.

Smart Summon cancels, and requires you torestart it, when:

• You press any button on the key.• A door handle is engaged or a door is

opened.• You interact with the steering wheel, brake

pedal, accelerator pedal, or gear stalk.• Model S is blocked by an obstacle.• Smart Summon has moved Model S the

maximum distance of approximately 475feet (145 meters) within a 213 foot (65meter) radius of the phone's location. Tomove further than this distance, you mustshift Model S into a driving gear (Drive orReverse) and then re-initiate an SmartSummon session.

• Your phone enters sleep mode or losesconnectivity to Model S.

LimitationsSmart Summon is unlikely to operate asintended in the following types of situations:

• GPS data is unavailable due to poorcellular coverage.

• The driving path is sloped. Smart Summonis designed to operate on flat roads only(up to 10% grade).

• A raised concrete edge is detected.Depending on the height of the concreteedge, Smart Summon may not moveModel S over it.

• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors orcameras is damaged, dirty, or obstructed(such as by mud, ice, or snow, or by avehicle bra, excessive paint, or adhesiveproducts such as wraps, stickers, rubbercoating, etc.).

• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog,or extremely hot or cold temperatures)are interfering with sensor or cameraoperation.


Note: Smart Summon is disabled if Model S isin Valet mode (see Valet Mode on page 43).

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Smart Summon. It is the driver'sresponsibility to remain in control ofModel S at all times. Pay close attentionwhenever Smart Summon is activelymoving Model S and stay prepared totake immediate action. Failure to do socan result in serious property damage,injury or death.

Smart Summon

Autopilot 109

Lane Assist

The Autopilot cameras and ultrasonic sensorsmonitor the markers on the lane you aredriving in as well as the areas surroundingModel S for the presence of vehicles or otherobjects.

When an object is detected in your blind spotor close to the side of Model S (such as avehicle, guard rail, etc.), colored lines radiatefrom the image of your vehicle on theinstrument panel. The location of the linescorrespond to the location of the detectedobject. The color of the lines (white, yellow,orange, or red) represent the object'sproximity to your vehicle, with white being thefarthest and red being very close, requiringyour immediate attention. These colored linesonly display when driving betweenapproximately 7 and 85 mph (12 and 140km/h). When Autosteer is active, thesecolored lines also display if driving slower than7 mph (12 km/h). However, the colored linesdo not display if Model S is at a standstill (forexample, in heavy traffic).

Lane Assist also warns you when a desiredlane departure is not appropriate. When youengage the turn signal and a vehicle or objectis detected in the adjacent lane you areplanning to move into, the instrument paneldisplays a red lane line to indicate that avehicle or object is detected. When the vehicleor object is no longer detected, the lane linereturns to normal.

Warning: Lane Assist features are forguidance purposes only and are notintended to replace your own direct visualchecks. Before changing lanes, alwaysvisually check the lane you are movinginto by using side mirrors and performingthe appropriate shoulder checks.

Warning: Never depend on Lane Assist toinform you of unintentionally drivingoutside of the driving lane, or informingyou that a vehicle is in your blind spot orclose to the side of your vehicle. Severalexternal factors can reduce theperformance of Lane Assist such as a lackof lane markings or curbs. This may resultin false, or lack of, warnings (see Limitations and Inaccuracies on page111). It is the driver's responsibility to stayalert, pay attention to the driving laneand always be aware of other road users.Failure to do so can result in serious injuryor death.

Lane Assist also consists of the followingfeatures to assist you in staying safe in thedriving lanes:

• Lane Departure Avoidance• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime

Lane Departure AvoidanceDepending on your vehicle's configuration,this feature may not be available.

Lane Departure Avoidance provides steeringinterventions if Model S drifts into (or close to)an adjacent lane when driving between 40and 90 mph (64 and 145 km/h) on majorroadways with clearly visible lane markings.Touch Controls > Autopilot > Lane DepartureAvoidance and choose:

• OFF: You are not warned of lanedepartures or potential collisions with avehicle in an adjacent lane.

• WARNING: The steering wheel vibrates if afront wheel passes over a lane markingwhile the associated turn signal is off. Avisual warning on the instrument panel isalso displayed.

• ASSIST: In addition to the steering wheelvibration and a visual warning, Model Sattempts to steer to a safer position in itsdriving lane if the vehicle detects driftingor a potential collision while theassociated turn signal is off.

Your setting is retained until you manuallychange it.

When Lane Departure Avoidance detectsdrifting and applies a steering intervention,the designated lane line is highlighted in blueon the instrument panel.

Note: Lane Departure Avoidance is intendedto help keep you safe, but it does not work in

Lane Assist


every situation and does not replace the needto remain attentive and in control.

Warning: Keep your hands on the steeringwheel at all times. If the vehicle sensesyour hands are not on the steering wheel,Model S sounds a chime and the hazardwarning lights flash.

Warning: Steering interventions areminimal and are not designed to moveModel S out of its driving lane. Do not relyon steering interventions to avoid sidecollisions.

Emergency Lane DepartureAvoidanceDepending on your vehicle's configuration,this feature may not be available.

For emergency situations, Emergency LaneDeparture Avoidance attempts to prevent apotential collision with a vehicle in an adjacentlane by steering Model S back into yourdriving lane when traveling between 40 and90 mph (64 and 145 km/h). This operates ifthe cameras can detect the edge of the lane,such as a lane line or curb. When this steeringintervention is applied, you will hear a chimeand the instrument panel displays a warningwhile highlighting the lane line red untilModel S returns to the driving lane. To turn onor off, touch Controls > Autopilot >Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance.

Blind Spot Collision Warning ChimeIf you want a chime to sound when a vehicle isin your blind spot and possible collision isdetected, touch Controls > Autopilot > BlindSpot Collision Warning Chime.

Warning: Blind Spot Collision WarningChime cannot detect every collision. It isthe driver's responsibility to remain alertand check their blind spots.

Adjacent Lane SpeedDue to market region and vehicleconfiguration, this feature may not beavailable on your vehicle.

When your vehicle is moving at a significantlyfaster speed than neighboring lanes, Model Sautomatically reduces your driving speed. Thisis especially helpful in heavy traffic situationsor when vehicles are constantly merging intodifferent lanes. When Model S detects thatneighboring driving speeds are significantlyslower, the neighboring lane is highlightedwith arrows and detected vehicles arehighlighted gray on the instrument panel, andyour vehicle slows down as appropriate. Thisfunctionality can be temporarily overridden bypressing the accelerator pedal. Never rely onAutopilot to determine a safe driving speed;you are responsible for the vehicle andobeying traffic laws.

Limitations and InaccuraciesLane Assist cannot always clearly detect lanemarkings and you may experienceunnecessary or invalid warnings in thesesituations:

• Visibility is poor and lane markings are notclearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.). The exact detection zone of theultrasonic sensors varies depending onenvironmental conditions.

• Bright light (such as from oncomingheadlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• A vehicle in front of Model S is blockingthe view of the camera(s).


• Lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction, or arechanging quickly (for example, lanesbranching off, crossing over, or merging).

• The road is narrow or winding.• Objects or landscape features are casting

strong shadows on lane markers.

Lane Assist may not provide warnings, or mayapply inappropriate warnings, in thesesituations:




Lane Assist

Autopilot 111

• An object that is mounted to Model S isinterfering with and/or obstructing asensor (such as a bike rack or a bumpersticker).

In addition, Lane Assist may not steer Model Saway from an adjacent vehicle, or may applyunnecessary or inappropriate steering, inthese situations:

• You are driving Model S on sharp cornersor on a curve at a relatively high speed.


• You are drifting into another lane but anobject (such as a vehicle) is not present.

• A vehicle in another lane cuts in front ofyou or drifts into your driving lane.

• Model S is traveling slower than 30 mph(48 km/h) or faster than 90 mph (145km/h).




• An object mounted to Model S (such as abike rack or a bumper sticker) isinterfering with or obstructing a sensor.

• Visibility is poor and lane markings are notclearly visible (due to heavy rain, snow,fog, etc.).

• Lane markings are excessively worn, havevisible previous markings, have beenadjusted due to road construction or arechanging quickly (for example, lanesbranching off, crossing over, or merging).

Warning: The lists above do not representevery possible situation that may interferewith Lane Assist warnings. Lane Assistmay not operate as intended for manyother reasons. To avoid a collision, stayalert and always pay attention to theroadway when driving so you cananticipate the need to take correctiveaction as early as possible.

Lane Assist


Collision Avoidance Assist

If your Model S is equipped with Autopilotcomponents (see About Autopilot on page85), the following collision avoidance featuresare designed to increase the safety of you andyour passengers:

• Forward Collision Warning - providesvisual and audible warnings in situationswhen Model S detects that there is a highrisk of a frontal collision (see ForwardCollision Warning on page 113).

• Automatic Emergency Braking -automatically applies braking to reducethe impact of a frontal collision (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page114).

• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration - reducesacceleration if Model S detects an objectin its immediate driving path (see Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page115).

Warning: Forward Collision Warning is forguidance purposes only and is not asubstitute for attentive driving and soundjudgment. Keep your eyes on the roadwhen driving and never depend onForward Collision Warning to warn you ofa potential collision. Several factors canreduce or impair performance, causingeither unnecessary, invalid, inaccurate, ormissed warnings. Depending on ForwardCollision Warning to warn you of apotential collision can result in seriousinjury or death.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not designed to prevent all collisions. Incertain situations, it can minimize theimpact of a frontal collision by attemptingto reduce your driving speed. Dependingon Automatic Emergency Braking toavoid a collision can result in seriousinjury or death.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration isnot designed to prevent a collision. Incertain situations, it can minimize theimpact of a collision. Depending onObstacle-Aware Acceleration to avoid acollision can result in serious injury ordeath.

Forward Collision WarningThe forward looking camera(s) and the radarsensor monitor the area in front of Model S forthe presence of an object such as a vehicle,motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian. If a collisionis considered likely unless you take immediatecorrective action, Forward Collision Warning isdesigned to sound a chime and highlight thevehicle in front of you in red on the instrumentpanel. If this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATECORRECTIVE ACTION!

Warnings cancel automatically when the riskof a collision has been reduced (for example,you have decelerated or stopped Model S, orthe object in front of your vehicle has movedout of your driving path).

If immediate action is not taken when Model Sissues a Forward Collision Warning, AutomaticEmergency Braking (if enabled) mayautomatically apply the brakes if a collision isconsidered imminent (see AutomaticEmergency Braking on page 114).

By default, Forward Collision Warning isturned on. To turn it off or adjust its sensitivity,touch Controls > Autopilot > Forward CollisionWarning. Instead of the default warning levelof Medium, you can turn the warning Off, oryou can choose to be warned Late or Early.

Note: Your chosen setting for ForwardCollision Warning is retained until youmanually change it. It is also saved in yourdriver profile.

Warning: The camera(s) and sensorsassociated with Forward CollisionWarning are designed to monitor anapproximate area of up to 525 feet(160 meters) in your driving path. Thearea being monitored by ForwardCollision Warning can be adverselyaffected by road and weather conditions.Use appropriate caution when driving.


Autopilot 113

Warning: Forward Collision Warning isdesigned only to provide visual andaudible alerts. It does not attempt toapply the brakes or decelerate Model S.When seeing and/or hearing a warning, itis the driver's responsibility to takecorrective action immediately.

Warning: Forward Collision Warning mayprovide a warning in situations where thelikelihood of collision may not exist. Stayalert and always pay attention to the areain front of Model S so you can anticipatewhether any action is required.

Warning: Forward Collision Warningoperates only when driving betweenapproximately 7 mph (10 km/h) and 90mph (150 km/h).

Warning: Forward Collision Warning doesnot provide a warning when the driver isalready applying the brake.

Automatic Emergency BrakingThe forward looking camera(s) and the radarsensor are designed to determine the distancefrom a detected object traveling in front ofModel S. When a frontal collision is consideredunavoidable, Automatic Emergency Braking isdesigned to apply the brakes to reduce theseverity of the impact.

When Automatic Emergency Braking appliesthe brakes, the instrument panel displays avisual warning and sounds a chime. You mayalso notice abrupt downward movement ofthe brake pedal. The brake lights turn on toalert other road users that you are slowingdown.

If driving 35 mph (56 km/h) or faster, thebrakes are released after AutomaticEmergency Braking has reduced your drivingspeed by 30 mph (50 km/h). For example, ifAutomatic Emergency Braking applies brakingwhen driving 56 mph (90 km/h), it releasesthe brakes when your speed has been reducedto 26 mph (40 km/h).

Automatic Emergency Braking operates onlywhen driving between approximately 7 mph(10 km/h) and 90 mph (150 km/h).

Automatic Emergency Braking does not applythe brakes, or stops applying the brakes,when:

• You turn the steering wheel sharply.• You press and release the brake pedal

while Automatic Emergency Braking isapplying the brakes.

• You accelerate hard while AutomaticEmergency Braking is applying the brakes.

• The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, orpedestrian is no longer detected ahead.

Automatic Emergency Braking is alwaysenabled when you start Model S. To disable itfor your current drive, touch Controls >Autopilot > Automatic Emergency Braking.

Warning: It is strongly recommended thatyou do not disable Automatic EmergencyBraking. If you disable it, Model S doesnot automatically apply the brakes insituations where a collision is consideredlikely.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis designed to reduce the severity of animpact. It is not designed to avoid acollision.

Warning: Several factors can affect theperformance of Automatic EmergencyBraking, causing either no braking orinappropriate or untimely braking, such aswhen a vehicle is partially in the path oftravel or there is road debris. It is thedriver’s responsibility to drive safely andremain in control of the vehicle at alltimes. Never depend on AutomaticEmergency Braking to avoid or reducethe impact of a collision.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis designed to reduce the impact offrontal collisions only and does notfunction when Model S is in Reverse.

Warning: Automatic Emergency Brakingis not a substitute for maintaining a safetraveling distance between you and thevehicle in front of you.

Warning: The brake pedal movesdownward abruptly during automaticbraking events. Always ensure that thebrake pedal can move freely. Do not placematerial under or on top of the Tesla-supplied driver’s floor mat (including anadditional mat) and always ensure thatthe driver’s floor mat is properly secured.Failure to do so can impede the ability ofthe brake pedal to move freely.



Obstacle-Aware AccelerationObstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed toreduce the impact of a collision by reducingmotor torque and in some cases applying thebrakes, if Model S detects an object in itsdriving path. For example, Model S, whileparked in front of a closed garage door withthe Drive gear engaged, detects that you havepressed hard on the accelerator pedal.Although Model S still accelerates and hits thegarage door, the reduced torque may result inless damage.

Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed tooperate only when all of these conditions aresimultaneously met:

• A driving gear is engaged (Drive orReverse).

• Model S is stopped or traveling less than10 mph (16 km/h).

• Model S detects an object in its immediatedriving path.

To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, touchControls > Autopilot > Obstacle-AwareAcceleration.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration isdesigned to reduce the severity of animpact. It is not designed to avoid acollision.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Accelerationmay not limit torque in all situations.Several factors, including environmentalconditions, distance from an obstacle, anda driver's actions, can limit, delay, orinhibit Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.

Warning: Obstacle-Aware Accelerationmay not limit torque when performing asharp turn, such as into a parking space.

Warning: Do not rely on Obstacle-AwareAcceleration to control acceleration or toavoid, or limit, the severity of a collision,and do not attempt to test Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. Doing so can result inserious property damage, injury, or death.

Warning: Several factors can affect theperformance of Obstacle-AwareAcceleration, causing an inappropriate oruntimely reduction in motor torqueand/or undesired braking. It is the driver'sresponsibility to drive safely and remain incontrol of Model S at all times.

Limitations and InaccuraciesCollision Avoidance features cannot alwaysdetect all objects, vehicles, bikes, orpedestrians, and you may experienceunnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missedwarnings for many reasons, particularly if:

• The road has sharp curves.• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow,

fog, etc.).• Bright light (such as from oncoming

headlights or direct sunlight) is interferingwith the view of the camera(s).

• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty,covered, etc.).


Warning: The limitations previouslydescribed do not represent an exhaustivelist of situations that may interfere withproper operation of Collision AvoidanceAssist features. These features may fail toprovide their intended function for manyother reasons. It is the driver’sresponsibility to avoid collisions bystaying alert, paying attention, and takingcorrective action as early as possible.

Caution: If a fault occurs with a CollisionAvoidance Assist feature, Model Sdisplays an alert. Contact Tesla Service.


Autopilot 115

Speed Assist

How Speed Assist WorksModel S displays a speed limit on theinstrument panel and you can choose if andhow you are warned when you exceed thespeed limit. Also, instead of using thedetected speed limit, you can base warningson an arbitrary speed limit that you entermanually.

In situations where Model S is unable todetermine a speed limit, or if Speed Assist isuncertain that an acquired speed limit isaccurate, the instrument panel may notdisplay a speed limit sign and warnings do nottake effect.

If you set the speed limit warning to Display(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 116)and exceed the determined speed limit, thespeed limit sign on the instrument panelincreases in size.

If you set the speed limit warning to Chime(see Controlling Speed Assist on page 116)and exceed the determined speed limit, thespeed limit sign on the instrument panelincreases in size and Model S also sounds awarning chime.

Note: Speed limit warnings go away after tenseconds, or when Model S slows down belowthe specified limit.

Warning: Do not rely on Speed Assist todetermine the appropriate speed limit ordriving speed. Always drive at a safespeed based on traffic and roadconditions.

Controlling Speed AssistTo adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting,touch Controls > Autopilot > Speed LimitWarning, then choose one of these options:

• Off - Speed limit warnings do not displayand chimes are not sounded.

• Display - Speed limit signs display on theinstrument panel and the sign increases insize when you exceed the determinedlimit.

• Chime - In addition to the visual display, achime is sounded whenever you exceedthe determined speed limit.

You can also specify how the speed limit isdetermined:

• Relative - You can set a speed limit offset(+ or -) if you want to be alerted onlywhen you exceed the offset speed limit bya specified amount. For example, you canincrease the offset to +10 mph (10 km/h) ifyou only want to be warned when youexceed the speed limit by 10 mph (10km/h).

Note: The offset from speed limit alsoaffects the number shown in the grayspeedometer icon on the left side of thedriving speed on the instrument panel.

• Absolute - Manually specify any speedlimit between 20 and 140 mph (30 and240 km/h).

Note: Speed Assist is not always accurate. Aroad's location can be miscalculated andinstead Speed Assist can display a speed for adirectly adjacent road that may have adifferent speed limit. For example, SpeedAssist can assume Model S is on a freeway orhighway when it is actually on a nearbysurface street, and vice versa.

Note: Your chosen setting is retained until youmanually change it. It is also saved in yourdriver profile.

Limitations and InaccuraciesSpeed Assist may not be fully functional ormay provide inaccurate information in thesesituations:

Speed Assist


• Visibility is poor and speed limit signs arenot clearly visible (due to heavy rain,snow, fog, etc.).


• Model S is being driven very close to avehicle in front of it which is blocking theview of the camera(s).


• Speed limit signs are concealed byobjects.

• The speed limits stored in the mapdatabase are incorrect or outdated.

• Model S is being driven in an area whereGPS or map data is not available.

• Traffic signs do not conform to standardrecognizable formats.

• A road or a speed limit has recentlychanged.

Warning: The list above does notrepresent an exhaustive list of situationsthat may interfere with proper operationof Speed Assist. Speed Assist may fail toprovide warnings for many other reasons.

Speed Assist

Autopilot 117

Using the Touchscreen

Controls

Overview

Touch Controls on the bottom corner of the touchscreen to control features andcustomize Model S to suit your preferences. The Controls window appears over themap. Touch an option on the left side of the window to display the associatedcontrols and settings. By default, Quick Controls displays for quicker access tocommonly used settings.

To close the Controls window, touch the X in the top left corner, touch Controlsagain, or swipe down on the window.

When an information icon displays beside a specific setting, touch it to display apopup that provides helpful details about the associated setting.

Note: The following illustrations are for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version and market region, the options available may be different.

Controls


Summary of Controls

1. List of available controls. When you select an item from this list, its associated controls displayin the main viewing area.

2. Main viewing area. The options available for your chosen controls category display here.

Note: Depending on vehicle configuration and market region, some settings may not beavailable for your vehicle.

Controls

Using the Touchscreen 119

Quick Controls displays by default to provide quick access to commonly-used features. Formany of these features, more options are available on the feature-specific tabs below QuickControls.

• Exterior lights

OFF Exterior lights are off until you manually turn them back on.The exterior lights are set to AUTO by default at the start ofevery drive.

PARKING The exterior side marker lights, parking lights, tail lights, andlicense plates lights turn on.

ON Exterior lights are on.

AUTO Exterior lights automatically turn on if Model S detects lowlighting conditions.

Note: For more information on exterior lights, see Lights on page 54.• Front Fog: If equipped (only available in certain regions).• Rear Fog: If equipped (only available in certain regions).• Mirror Fold: Fold or unfold side mirrors.• Lock: Touch to manually lock the vehicle.• Front and Rear Trunk: Touch the buttons next to the front or rear trunk to open.• Charge Port: Touch the button next to the charge port to open.• Display Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the display.• Screen Clean Mode: When enabled, your touchscreen darkens and is temporarily disabled

to facilitate cleaning. Follow the onscreen instructions to exit Screen Clean Mode.

Suspension (if equipped)

• Ride Height: Adjust the ride height, ranging from Low to Very High.• Jack: Disables self-leveling of the air suspension.• Suspension Lowering: Selecting NEVER maintains the standard height whereas AUTO

adjusts the height based on road type (see Air Suspension on page 146).

Note: Model S must be powered on and you must press the brake pedal before you canchange suspension settings.

Warning: The air suspension system causes Model S to self-level, even when powered off.Therefore, when transporting or lifting, you must engage Jack Mode to disable self-leveling (see Instructions for Transporters on page 206 and Jacking and Lifting on page187).

Controls


Lights

• Exterior Lights: Described previously in Quick Controls, or see Lights on page 54.• Front Fog: if equipped (available in certain regions).• Rear Fog: if equipped (available in certain regions).• Interior Lights

Dome Lights: Turn the overhead lights to OFF, ON, or AUTO. When set to AUTO, thedome lights automatically turn on when you unlock the vehicle, open a door upon exiting,or shift into Park.

Ambient Lights: If on, the interior lights turn on whenever the headlights are on (ifequipped).

• Daytime Running Lights: Toggle on if you would like you have your headlights on duringthe day time (if equipped).

• Auto High Beam: If on, the high beam headlights can automatically switch to low beamwhen there is light (for example, from an oncoming vehicle) detected in front of Model S.See High Beam Headlights on page 56.

• Headlights after Exit: If on, the headlights remain on when you stop driving and parkModel S in low lighting conditions. They automatically turn off after one minute or whenyou lock Model S.

Driving

• Acceleration: (If equipped) Choose an acceleration setting that determines whetheracceleration is limited or increased (see Acceleration Modes on page 74). Chill limitsacceleration for a slightly smoother and gentler ride, whereas Standard or Sport(depending on vehicle configuration) provides the normal level of acceleration.

Note: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the touchscreen above the driving speed.• Steering Mode: Adjust the amount of effort required to turn the steering wheel. Sport

feels more responsive whereas Comfort feels easier to drive and park (see AdjustingSteering Effort on page 44).

• Regenerative Braking: When you release the accelerator when driving, regenerativebraking slows Model S and feeds any surplus energy back to the Battery. If set to LOW,Model S does not slow down as quickly, but also feeds less energy back to the Battery(see Regenerative Braking on page 67).

Note: Regardless of the setting selected, the energy gained by regenerative braking isreduced if the Battery is full, or is extremely cold or hot (in which case, surplus energy isused to heat or cool it).

• Stopping Mode: Choose how you want Model S to behave once regenerative braking hasreduced the driving speed to a very low speed, a driving gear is still engaged, and boththe accelerator and brake pedals are released. See Stopping Mode on page 67. You canadjust this setting only when Model S is in Park.

• Slip Start: Turn slip start on to allow wheels to spin (see Traction Control on page 70).• Range Mode: If on, Model S conserves energy by automatically limiting the amount of

power that the climate control system uses to maintain the temperature of the cabin areaand limits the amount of energy being used to heat or cool the Battery. In addition, RangeMode turns off signature lights (only in market regions where daytime running lights arenot required).

Autopilot

Controls


Control features that provide a safer and more convenient driving experience. Some Autopilotfeatures are not controlled through Controls. See About Autopilot on page 85 for moreinformation.

• Autosteer (Beta): Enable the auto steering feature (available only if your vehicle isequipped with an Autopilot package) (see Autosteer on page 95).

• Navigate on Autopilot (Beta): Navigate on Autopilot automatically exits at off-ramps andinterchanges based on your navigation route and can also make lane changes designed toprepare for exits and minimize the driving time to your destination (available only if yourvehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package) (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 98).

Customize Navigate on Autopilot: Specify how Navigate on Autopilot performs lanechanges, and whether you want it to automatically enable at the start of every trip.

Note: Navigate on Autopilot is not available in all market regions.• Summon (Beta): Automatically park and retrieve Model S from outside the vehicle

(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package) (see Summon onpage 104).

Customize Summon: Determine the bumper clearance, distance, amount of side clearance,and whether Summon requires continuous press when active.

• Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview: If equipped, turn on to display more details aboutthe roadway and its surroundings, such as road markings, stop signs, stop lights, objects(such as trash cans and poles), etc.

• Speed Limit Warning: Select the type of warnings, if any, you receive if you exceed thedetected speed limit (see Speed Assist on page 116).

• Speed Limit: Specify if you want Speed Assist to use a relative (with offset) or an absolutespeed limit (see Speed Assist on page 116).

Offset: If relative speed limit is selected, set a speed limit offset if you want to be alertedonly when you exceed the offset speed limit by a specified amount.

• Forward Collision Warning: Choose if and when you want to receive visual and audiblewarnings in situations where there is a high risk of a frontal collision (see CollisionAvoidance Assist on page 113).

• Lane Departure Avoidance (if equipped): Specify if you want the steering wheel to vibrateslightly if a front wheel passes over a lane marking and the associated turn signal is off(see Lane Assist on page 110).

• Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance (if equipped): In emergency situations, Model Sattempts to prevent a potential collision with an object in an adjacent lane by steering thevehicle back into your driving lane (see Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance on page111).

• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime: Choose if you want a chime to sound when a vehicleis in your blind spot and a possible collision is detected (see Blind Spot Collision WarningChime on page 111).

• Automatic Emergency Braking: Specify if you want Model S to automatically applybraking when a frontal collision is imminent (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).

• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: Specify if you want to automatically reduce accelerationwhen an obstacle is detected in front of your vehicle while driving at low speeds (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).

Note: Depending on market regions, options purchased, and software version, your vehiclemay not be equipped with all Autopilot features.

Controls


Vehicle

• Driver Door Unlock Mode: If on, only the driver's door unlocks when you shift Model S intoPark. If off, all doors unlock.

• Auto-Present Handles: If on, door handles extend automatically as you approach Model Scarrying a key. If off, you need to press the door handle to extend it.

• Walk-Away Door Lock: If on, doors automatically lock when you walk away from thevehicle, carrying your key with you (see Walk-Away Locking on page 13).

• Unlock on Park: If on, doors automatically unlock when you engage the Park gear (see Interior Locking and Unlocking on page 12). If Driver Door Unlock Mode is on, only thedriver's door unlocks.

• Child-Protection Lock: If on, safety locks prevent the rear doors from being opened frominside the vehicle (see Child-Protection Lock on page 13).

• Mirror Auto-Tilt: If on, exterior mirrors tilt downward when reversing (see Mirrors on page48).

• Mirror Auto-Fold: If on, exterior mirrors fold when you lock Model S with the key, mobileapp, or walk-away locking. They extend automatically when you return. You can also foldthe mirrors manually by touching the center mirror control button (see Mirrors on page48).

• Autowipers (Beta): When on, windshield wipers activate if rain is detected on thewindshield, and increase in frequency depending on how much rain is detected.

Sunroof (if equipped) Open, close, and vent the sunroof (see Sunroof on page 24).

Display

• Display Mode: Customize the DAY (light background) or NIGHT (dark background) settingof the touchscreen. When set to AUTO, the brightness changes automatically betweenDAY and NIGHT brightness based on ambient lighting conditions.

• Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the brightness level of the touchscreen.When AUTO brightness is on, the touchscreen is further adjusted based on both thesurroundings and by your learning preferences (for example, it remembers the type ofmanual adjustments you make).

• Energy Saving: When toggled on, Model S reduces the amount of energy being consumedwhen not in use (for newer vehicles, this is automated). See Getting Maximum Range onpage 77.

Customize how the units and language are displayed:

• Language: Select the language that is displayed on the touchscreen.

Note: Model S must be in Park to change the language. When you change the language,you experience a brief delay as the vehicle shuts down and restarts the touchscreen.

• Navigation Language: Choose the language that the navigation system uses for spokeninstructions.

• Time Format: Choose if time is displayed in 12 or 24 hour format.• Energy Display: Display remaining energy and charging units as either a percentage of

battery energy remaining, or as an estimate of the distance you can drive. Select fromthese options:

Rated: Based on EPA/ECE R101 testing.

Ideal: Assumes ideal driving conditions based on driving at a steady speed of 55 mph (89km/h) on a flat road, and using no additional energy (seat heaters, air conditioning, etc.).

Typical: Based on US EPA testing.• Distance: Choose if miles or kilometers are used when displaying range.• Temperature: Customize if temperature displays in Fahrenheit or Celsius.• Tire Pressure: Select if tire pressures are displayed in BAR or PSI.

Controls


Trips

• View and reset the trip meters that summarize how far you have driven (see TripInformation on page 76).

• Customize which meters to show in the instrument panel.

Navigation

• Volume Control: Increase or decrease the volume of spoken navigation instructions bytouching - or +, respectively. Decreasing all the way to the left mutes the instructions. Youcan also mute navigation instructions when a navigation route is active by touching thevolume icon on the turn-by-turn direction list.

Note: The volume setting applies only to the navigation system’s spoken instructions.Volume for Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.

• Automatic Navigation: Provided your phone's calendar is synced to Model S, you areautomatically routed to an event if you get into your vehicle within two hours of anevent's start time (if the event on your calendar includes a valid address). Automaticallynavigate to Home and Work on weekdays (see Automatic Navigation on page 136).

• Trip Planner: (If available in your market region) Use trip planner to plan your driving andcharging routes (see Trip Planner on page 138).

• Online Routing: When selected, you may be automatically rerouted to avoid heavy traffic(see Online Routing on page 137).

• Avoid Ferries: When toggled on, navigation routes avoid the use of ferries.• Avoid Tolls: When toggled on, navigation routes avoid the use of tolls.• Use HOV Lanes : When toggled on, navigation routes include the use of High Occupancy

Vehicle (HOV) lanes. This is particularly useful when using Navigate on Autopilot, ifequipped (see Navigate on Autopilot on page 98).

Note: You can also display navigation settings by touching the settings icon on the map (see Maps and Navigation on page 134).

Controls


Safety & Security

• Parking Brake: You can manually apply and release the parking brake (see Parking Brakeon page 68).

• Power Off: Touch to manually power off the vehicle (see Powering Off on page 50).• Speed Limit Mode: Specify if and how much you want to limit acceleration and max speed

(see Speed Limit Mode on page 127).• Sentry Mode: When on, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s cameras and sensors to monitor

its surroundings while the vehicle is locked and in Park. If a threat is detected, SentryMode triggers the Alert or Alarm state, depending on the severity of the threat. You cancustomize Sentry Mode to automatically enable except in places such as Home, Work, oryour Favorites (see Sentry Mode on page 149).

• Save Clips on Honk: When using dashcam, you can determine whether you want to savevideo recordings to a USB flash drive or other storage device when honking the horn onthe steering wheel. You must insert a properly formatted USB flash drive or other storagedevice in one of your vehicle's front USB ports (see Dashcam on page 80) and toggleSave Clips on Honk ON to enable.

• Park Assist Chimes: If on, an audible beep sounds when approaching an object whileparking (see Park Assist on page 71).

• Joe Mode: When enabled, Joe Mode lowers the volume of your vehicle's chimes, exceptfor turn signals.

• Security Alarm: Enable the security alarm (see Security Settings on page 149).• Passive Entry: If on, doors automatically unlock and door handles extend (if Auto-Present

Handles is on) whenever you approach Model S carrying a key. If off, you must use the keyto unlock Model S. See Using the Key on page 10.

Note: You must press the brake pedal to power Model S on before you can change thePassive Entry setting. See Starting on page 50.

Note: If Passive Entry is off and you do not press the brake pedal to start Model S withinapproximately five minutes, a message displays on the instrument panel and you must usethe key to lock, then unlock Model S again before starting the vehicle.

Note: When you enable passive entry, it is recommended that you also enable PIN to Driveto increase security (see PIN to Drive on page 149).

• Tilt/Intrusion: (if available) Enable a siren that sounds if Model S detects motion inside thecabin or if the vehicle is moved or tilted (see Security Settings on page 149).

• PIN to Drive: Increase security by preventing Model S from being driven until a 4-digit PIN(Personal Identification Number) is entered (see PIN to Drive on page 149).

• Cabin Overheat Protection: Reduce the temperature of the cabin in extremely hotambient conditions for a period of up to twelve hours after you exit Model S (see CabinOverheat Protection on page 133).

• Allow Mobile Access: Allow Tesla's mobile applications to access your Model S (see MobileApp on page 159).

Note: To disable Allow Mobile Access, enter your Tesla account credentials on thetouchscreen.

• DATA SHARING: Allow sharing of road measurement data (see Data Sharing on page214).

Controls


Service

• Key Fob Update: Your vehicle must be in Park to update your key fob. See Using the Keyon page 10 for more information.

• Reset TPMS Sensors: Reset the TPMS sensors after replacing a wheel (see Resetting theTPMS Sensors on page 176).

• Wheel Configuration: Update your vehicle's wheel configuration if you are installing newwheels or swapping them for different ones. This also changes the wheels of yourvehicle's avatar on the touchscreen.

Note: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can impact range estimates, tirepressure warning levels, and vehicle visualization. See Tire Care and Maintenance on page173 for more information.

Warning: Only use Tesla-approved wheels when installing or swapping wheels. Usingnon Tesla-approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla is not liable for damagecaused by using wheels not approved by Tesla.

• Tow Mode: Prepare Model S for towing by keeping it in Neutral, which disengages theparking brake. See Instructions for Transporters on page 206.

• Wiper Service Mode: Make wiper blades easy to access (see Wiper Blades and WasherJets on page 183).

• FACTORY RESET: Erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, importedcontacts, etc.) and restore all customized settings to their factory defaults (see ErasingPersonal Data on page 127).

Software Learn more about your vehicle's software version and the status of softwareupdates.

• Get more information about your vehicle such as the VIN, vehicle name, and odometer.Touch Additional vehicle information to display a list of the various options your vehicle isequipped with.

Note: You can also display some of the vehicle information by touching the Tesla "T" atthe top center of your touchscreen.

• View your current software version, map version, and release notes.• See new updates that are available. Your vehicle must be connected to Wi-Fi to start the

update (see Software Updates on page 157).• Customize how often you want to receive software updates by touching Software Update

Preferences.• Customize how often you want to receive software updates by touching Software Update

Preferences.• Observe your software's download progress.

The yellow clock icon at the top of the touchscreen is replaced by a green download iconwhen a software update is available, your vehicle is connected to Wi-Fi, and the update isdownloading. A yellow download icon appears when a software update is available, butthe vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi. Ensure your vehicle is connected to Wi-Fi to startthe download.

Manual Touch to display this manual.

Note: You can also display this manual by touching the Tesla "T" at the top of the touchscreen.

Naming Your VehicleTo further personalize Model S, you can name it. The name of your Model S appears in the mobileapp. To name your vehicle, touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of the touchscreen, then touchName Your Vehicle (or touch the vehicle's existing name). Enter the new name in the popup, thentouch Save.

Controls


Speed Limit ModeSpeed Limit Mode allows you to limit the acceleration and maximum speed – between 50 and 90mph (80 and 145 km/h) – of your Model S. This feature is protected by a 4-digit PIN that youcreate when enabling it for the first time, and which must be entered whenever you want todisable and enable it.

If your Model S comes within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of the selected maximum speed, achime sounds and text appears on the instrument panel above the driving speed. Additionally,your mobile app sends you a notification.

To enable Speed Limit Mode:

1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.2. Touch Controls > Safety & Security > Speed Limit Mode on the touchscreen or CONTROLS in

your mobile app.3. Select the maximum driving speed that you would like to limit the vehicle to.4. Drag the slider to the ON position.5. Enter the 4-digit PIN that you want to use to disable and enable Speed Limit Mode.

Note: If you forget the PIN, you can disable Speed Limit Mode by entering the login credentials foryour Tesla Account.

Note: When Speed Limit Mode is enabled, the acceleration setting (Controls > Driving >Acceleration) is automatically set to Chill (see Acceleration Modes on page 74).

Warning: Driving downhill can increase driving speed, causing the vehicle to exceed yourchosen maximum speed.

Warning: Speed Limit Mode is not a replacement for good judgment, driver training, and theneed to closely monitor roadway speed limits and driving conditions. Accidents can occur atany speed.

Erasing Personal DataYou can erase all personal data (saved addresses, music favorites, HomeLink programming, etc.)and restore all customized settings to their factory defaults. This is useful when transferringownership of Model S. Touch Controls > Service > FACTORY RESET. Before erasing, Model Sverifies your credentials by prompting you to enter the user name and password associated withyour Tesla Account.

Controls


Climate Controls

Overview of Climate ControlsClimate controls are always available at the bottom of the touchscreen. To turn the climate controlsystem on, touch the fan icon or adjust the cabin temperature. To turn it off, touch the fan iconand then touch the off button near the center of the popup window.

By default, climate control is set to the Auto setting, which maintains optimum comfort in all butthe most severe weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature in the Auto setting,the system automatically adjusts the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed tomaintain the cabin at your selected temperature. To override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon,turn off the Auto setting, then manually adjust your settings (see Adjusting Climate ControlSettings on page 130). If you've manually adjusted individual settings, you can also revert back toAuto at any time by touching AUTO on the climate control popup window.

Note: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicleoptions, software version, market region, and settings, the information displayed may be slightlydifferent.

1. Seat heaters operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). When operating, theassociated seat icon displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the setting level. Ifequipped with ventilated seats, a popup appears that allows you to switch between heatingand cooling. When cooling, the twisting lines turn blue.

Note: If Model S is equipped with rear seat heaters and/or the optional subzero weatherpackage, you can also control seat heaters in the rear seats, heated wipers, and heatedsteering wheel by touching the fan icon then touching the seat tab.

2. Touch an up or down arrow to change the cabin temperature. To apply a temperature settingto both the driver and passenger side, touch SYNC on the popup that appears when youtouch an arrow. When you apply the same temperature to both sides, only one temperaturesetting displays. Touch SYNC again to display separate temperature settings for the driver andpassenger.

3. Touch the fan icon to turn on climate control and to manually customize settings to suit yourpreferences (see Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 130). Touch and hold the fanicon to quickly turn off climate control. If your vehicle is equipped with the optional coldweather package, touch this icon to access controls for the rear seat heaters.

4. The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog thewindshield (the icon turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield (the icon turnsred and the heating and fan operate at maximum levels). Touch a third time to turn off andrestore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their previous settings. See Cold Weather BestPractices on page 83 for more information on preparing for cold weather.

5. Touch to warm up the rear window. When operating, the icon turns red. After 15 minutes, therear window defroster automatically turns off. The exterior side mirrors are also heatedwhenever the rear window defroster is operating.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture and options selected at time of purchase, some vehiclesare not equipped with a heater in the exterior side mirrors.

Climate Controls


Warning: To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheralneuropathy, or whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age, neurologicalinjury, or some other condition, should exercise caution when using the climate controlsystem and seat heaters.

Note: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage battery. Therefore, prolonged usedecreases driving range.

Climate Controls


Adjusting Climate Control Settings

To adjust individual settings to suit your preferences, touch the fan icon at the bottom of thetouchscreen to access individual climate control settings.

In addition to the settings shown, if Model S is in Park, the Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and CampMode setting displays when you touch the fan icon when the vehicle is in Park (see Keep ClimateOn, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode on page 132).

1. Adjust the speed of the fan.

Note: Adjusting the fan speed may change your setting for how air is drawn into Model S inorder to decrease or increase airflow. For example, if you set the fan speed at the highestsetting when the air circulation is set to draw in outside air, the setting may switch torecirculating the air to achieve the high air flow.

2. Touch to turn off the climate control system and close the climate controls popup window.

Note: The popup window also closes if you touch the map, choose Media Player or an app, ordisplay a controls window, even if the climate control system is turned on.

3. Turn the air conditioning on and off, respectively. Turning it off reduces cooling, but savesenergy.

4. Choose where air flows into the cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You canchoose more than one location.

Note: When air is directed to the foot-level vents, approximately one third of the air continuesto flow to the windshield vents to assist in defogging. However, when air is directed to theface-level vents, air does not flow to the windshield because the air flowing through the face-level vents can assist in defogging the windshield.

5. If your Model S is equipped with the Bioweapon Defense Mode feature, the HEPA (HighEfficiency Particulate Air) filter ensures the best possible quality of air inside the cabin. Whenselected, outside air is filtered through the medical-grade HEPA filter in addition to thesecondary filtration systems. The HEPA filter is extremely effective at removing particles,including pollution, allergens, bacteria, pollen, mold spores, and viruses. Both the HEPA filterand the secondary filtration system also contain activated carbon to remove a broadspectrum of odors and gases. When you engage Bioweapon Defense Mode, the fan operatesat the highest speed. In addition, the positive pressure inside the cabin minimizes the amountof outside air that can leak into the vehicle.

Note: Some gases, such as carbon monoxide, are not effectively removed by activated carbon.

Climate Controls


6. Choose how air is drawn into Model S:

Outside air is drawn into Model S (see Ventilation on page 132). Althoughless efficient than recirculating the air in very hot or cold climateconditions, this setting draws more air into the rear seating areas, and isrecommended when occupants are seated in the Tesla built-in rear facingchild seats.

Air inside Model S is recirculated. This prevents outside air (traffic fumes)from entering, but reduces dehumidifying performance. Recirculating theair is the most efficient way to cool the front cabin area. To prevent thewindshield from fogging in some conditions, briefly change the settingevery hour to draw in outside air.

7. Touch AUTO to change all settings back to their default values. The icon is blue whenever theclimate control system is set to AUTO.

Note: Because Model S runs much quieter than a gasoline-powered vehicle, you may notice thesound of the A/C compressor as it is operating. To minimize noise, reduce the fan speed.

Climate Controls


Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, andCamp ModeThe Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp settingsallow you to keep the climate control systemrunning when in Park, even after you've leftModel S or choose to stay inside the vehicle.These settings are useful when it is importantto maintain the cabin temperature in hot orcold weather conditions. For example, whenleaving groceries in Model S on hot days, youmay want to use Keep Climate On to preventspoilage.

Dog mode keeps your pet comfortable whilealso displaying the current cabin temperatureon the touchscreen so people nearby areinformed that your pet does not need to berescued.

Camp Mode allows you to power electronicsthrough the USB ports and 12V outlet inaddition to maintaining the cabin temperature.The touchscreen remains on so you can playmusic, browse the internet, play games in thearcade, or watch shows in Tesla Theater. Youcan also control media and climate settingsfrom a paired phone. Camp Mode is ideal forremaining inside your vehicle, such ascamping or staying with a child.

Note: In Camp Mode, Sentry Mode and thevehicle alarm system are disabled.

To operate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, orCamp Mode:

1. Engage the Park gear. The Keep ClimateOn, Dog, and Camp settings are availableonly when Model S is in Park.

2. If necessary, adjust the climate settings.3. Touch the fan icon then touch Keep

Climate On, Dog, or Camp.

Note: To initiate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode,or Camp Mode, the Battery's charge levelmust be at least 20%.

The climate control system maintains yourclimate settings until you shift out of Park ormanually turn it off. If the Battery's chargelevel drops below 20%, the Tesla mobile apprepeatedly starts sending you notificationsreminding you to check on anything that youhave left in Model S.

The next time you drive Model S, the climatecontrol system continues operating using theprevious climate settings from your mostrecent trip.

Note: Software updates cannot be performedwhen Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or CampMode is active.

Note: The intrusion sensor (if equipped)automatically disables when Keep Climate On,Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active. However,you can override this behavior and keep theintrusion sensor enabled. To do so, touchControls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusionafter enabling Keep Climate On, Dog mode, orCamp mode. However, note that keeping theintrusion sensor enabled while Keep ClimateOn, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode is active cantrigger an alarm event as a result of airmovement inside the cabin.

Warning: You can adjust the climatecontrol system remotely using the mobileapp. However, if you use the mobile appto turn off the climate control system,Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and CampMode stop operating.

Warning: Avoid using Keep Climate On,Dog Mode, or Camp Mode when thebattery charge is low. When leaving a dogor pet in Model S, you must ensure thatyou have your phone with you and thatthe Tesla mobile app is running. Thisallows you to proactively monitor thecabin temperature. To ensure the safetyand comfort of anyone or anything inyour vehicle, always make sure you haveadequate cellular coverage to receivenotifications and allow enough time toreturn to Model S should the climatecontrol system stop operating—on hotdays, the cabin temperature can becomedangerously high within a few minutes.

Warning: Check local laws for anyrestrictions on leaving pets unattended inyour vehicle.

Warning: Never leave a child unattendedin your vehicle.

VentilationOutside air is drawn into Model S through thegrill in front of the windshield. Keep the grillclear of obstructions such as leaves and snow.

To direct the flow of air inside Model S, movethe interior vents up, down, or from side toside.

Climate Controls


Note: You can direct the outer face level ventstoward the side windows to help defrost ordefog them.

Cabin Air FilterModel S has an air filter that prevents pollen,industrial fallout, road dust and other particlesfrom entering through the vents. Teslarecommends replacing the cabin air filterevery 2 years.

Tesla recommends replacing the HEPA airfilter (if equipped) every 3 years.

Cabin Overheat ProtectionThe climate control system can reduce thetemperature of the cabin in extremely hotambient conditions for a period of up totwelve hours after you exit Model S. TouchControls > Safety & Security > Cabin OverheatProtection and choose:

• OFF: Disable Cabin Overheat Protection.• NO A/C: Only the fan operates when the

cabin temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C).This option consumes less energy but thecabin temperature may exceed 105° F(40° C).

• ON: The air conditioning operates whenthe cabin temperature exceeds 105° F(40° C).

Note: Cabin Overheat Protection operatesonly when the energy remaining in the Batteryis above 20%.

Warning: Never leave children or pets inthe vehicle unattended. Due to automaticshut-off or extreme outside conditions,the inside of the vehicle can becomedangerously hot, even when CabinOverheat Protection is enabled.

Climate Control Operating Tips• When you use the mobile app to turn on

the climate control system, itautomatically turns off after four hours orif the charge level drops to 20%. To coolor heat the cabin for a longer period, youmust turn it on again.

• To conserve energy, turn on Range Modeto limit the power of the climate controlsystem (touch Controls > Driving > RangeMode). Cabin heating and cooling may beless effective, but you can use seatheaters to provide warmth in colderclimates.

• If the climate control system is louder thanyou prefer, manually reduce the fan speed.

• In addition to cooling the interior, the airconditioning compressor also cools theBattery. Therefore, in hot weather, the airconditioning compressor can turn on evenif you turned it off. This is normal becausethe system’s priority is to cool the Batteryto ensure it stays within an optimumtemperature range to support longevityand optimum performance.

• Even when not in use, you may hearModel S emit a whining noise or the soundof water circulating. These sounds arenormal and occur when the internalcooling systems turn on to supportvarious vehicle functions, such asmaintaining the 12V battery and balancingthe temperature of the high voltageBattery.

• To ensure the climate control systemoperates efficiently, close all windows andensure that the exterior grill in front of thewindshield is free of ice, snow, leaves, andother debris.

• In very humid conditions, it is normal forthe windshield to fog slightly when youfirst turn on the air conditioning.

• It is normal for a small pool of water toform under Model S when parked. Extrawater produced by the dehumidifyingprocess is drained underneath.

• To reduce the temperature in the cabin inhot weather conditions, the fan may turnon to vent the cabin when the vehicle isparked. This occurs only if the battery'scharge level is above 20%.

Climate Controls


Maps and Navigation

OverviewThe touchscreen displays a map at all times.To move the map in any direction, hold anddrag a finger. To rotate the map in anydirection, hold and turn two fingers.

To set the map's orientation, touch the icon inthe top right corner of the map:

North Up - North is always at thetop of the screen.

Heading Up - The direction you aredriving is always at the top of thescreen. The map rotates as youchange direction. This icon has anintegrated compass that indicatesthe direction you are driving.

Note: When navigating, this iconalso allows you to view the routeoverview view (see Navigating onpage 135).

When you rotate or move the map, yourcurrent location is no longer tracked. Themessage "Tracking Disabled" displays brieflynext to the map orientation icon and the iconturns gray. To re-enable tracking, touch themap's orientation icon to choose North Up orHeading Up.

Touch the + and - icons to zoom the map inand out on your current or chosen location.When you zoom in or out using these icons,tracking remains enabled.

Touch the following icons to customize whatthe map displays and to access navigationsettings:

Note: These icons disappear after a fewseconds when not in use. Touch anywhere onthe map to re-display them.

Display/hide satellite imagery (ifequipped with premiumconnectivity).

Display/hide traffic conditions (ifequipped with premiumconnectivity). Green lines indicateno traffic; orange lines indicatelight traffic; red lines indicatemoderate traffic; and pink linesindicate heavy traffic. To ensuretraffic is easy to identify along anavigation route, green traffic linesdisplay under the blue route line,whereas orange, red, and pinktraffic lines display on top of theblue route line.

Display/hide all charging locationsand a popup list that includes thecity and proximity of thecorresponding stations on the map.Charging locations include TeslaSuperchargers, destinationchargers, and public chargers thatyou have used previously. See Charging Locations on page 136.

Note: Superchargers are alwaysdisplayed on the map, even whencharging locations are notdisplayed.

Maps and Navigation


Increase or decrease the volume ofspoken navigation instructions bytouching - or +, respectively.Decreasing all the way to the leftmutes the instructions. You canalso mute navigation instructionswhen a navigation route is activeby touching the volume icon on theturn-by-turn direction list.

Customize how the navigationsystem works by adjusting thesesettings (the available settings varydepending on your market regionand vehicle configuration):

• Touch Trip Planner to minimizethe time you spend driving andcharging (see Trip Planner onpage 138).

• Touch Online Routing to beautomatically rerouted to avoidheavy traffic (see OnlineRouting on page 137).

• Touch Avoid Ferries to beautomatically routed to avoidferries.

• Touch Avoid Tolls to beautomatically routed to avoidtolls.

• Touch Use HOV Lanes toinclude High OccupancyVehicle (HOV) lanes onnavigation routes. This isparticularly useful when usingNavigate on Autopilot, ifequipped (see Navigate onAutopilot on page 98).

Note: You can also access theabove navigation settings bytouching Controls > Navigation.

Note: The volume setting appliesonly to the navigation system'sspoken instructions. Volume forMedia Player and Phone remainsunchanged.

Drop a pin by pressing and holding your fingeranywhere on the map. When you drop a pin,or touch an existing pin, the chosen location iscentered on the map, and a popup windowprovides information about the location. Fromthis popup, you can navigate to the location,call the location (if a phone number isavailable) and add or remove the locationfrom your list of favorite destinations (see Recent, Favorite, Home and Work Destinationson page 138).

NavigatingTo navigate to a location, touch Navigate,send the destination from your phone, orspeak a voice command (see Using VoiceCommands on page 46). You can enter orspeak an address, landmark, business, etc. Youcan also choose a saved Home or Worklocation and select from a list of recently usedlocations (the most recent displays at the topof the list), including charging stations youhave visited.

Note: To remotely start navigation from yourIOS® or Android™ device, use the "share"functionality after giving access to the Teslamobile app.

When you specify a location, the touchscreenzooms out to provide an overview of the routeyou need to travel, and, after calculating theroute, zooms back in to your starting pointand begins to provide instructions. A turn-by-turn direction list displays the first navigationinstruction and an estimate of total mileage,driving time, and arrival time. To expand thelist to show each turn on your navigationroute, touch the instruction. Note thefollowing about the turn-by-turn direction list:

• A battery displays below the destinationto provide an estimate of how muchbattery energy will remain when you reachyour destination. Touch to expand batteryinformation to show a round trip estimateback to your starting point. See PredictingEnergy Usage on page 137.

• If charging is needed to reach yourdestination and Trip Planner is enabled(and available in your market region), thenavigation route automatically includesSupercharger stops (see Trip Planner onpage 138) and you may need to touchBEGIN TRIP to initiate navigation.

• If you won't have enough energy to reachyour destination and there is noSupercharger on the route, an alert tellsyou that charging is needed to reach yourdestination.

• Each turn is preceded by the distance tothe maneuver.

• To see the bottom of the list, you mayneed to drag the list upward.

• Touch the top of the list again to minimizeit.

While navigating, the map tracks your locationand displays the current leg of your trip. Youcan display the entire route at any time.

Maps and Navigation


If Navigate on Autopilot (if available in yourmarket region) is enabled, you can turn it onfor the navigation route by touching Navigateon Autopilot in the turn-by-turn direction list.Navigate on Autopilot is an extension ofAutosteer that automatically changes lanesand steers Model S onto the appropriateexit(s) when navigating on controlled accessroads (such as freeways). For details, see Navigate on Autopilot on page 98.

The route overview icon displayswhen a navigation route is active.Touch this icon at any time to viewan overview of your navigationroute, or to change the orientationof the map (see Overview on page134), which also zooms the map toshow the current leg of your trip.The black pin at the end of theroute line represents yourdestination.

Mute/unmute navigation volume.

Note: You can also mute thevolume of the navigation system bypressing the scroll button on theleft side of the steering wheel whilenavigation instructions are beingspoken. A volume control specificto navigation instructions is alsoavailable by touching the settingsicon on the map (see Overview onpage 134).

To stop navigating, touch CANCEL, locatedbelow the turn-by-turn direction list.

Note: If a data connection is not available,onboard maps allow you to navigate to anylocation, but you must enter the location'sexact and complete address.

Automatic Navigation

Automatic Navigation can predict adestination when you get in your vehicle.When your phone's calendar is synced toModel S, and the calendar includes an eventthat takes place within two hours of when youget in your vehicle to drive, AutomaticNavigation suggests the location of the event(assuming a valid address is associated withthe event).

In addition, if you are Home and get in yourvehicle on weekdays (Monday to Friday) from5:00 AM to 11:00 AM, Automatic Navigationcan automatically route you to your specifiedWork location (see Recent, Favorite, Homeand Work Destinations on page 138).Likewise, if you are at work on weekdays from3:00 PM to 11:00 PM, Automatic Navigationcan automatically route you to your specifiedHome location.

To enable Automatic Navigation, touchControls > Navigation > Automatic Navigation.You must have your phone's calendarcorrectly synced to your vehicle with auniquely specified and valid address for eachevent (see Calendar on page 148). YourAutomatic Navigation settings are saved toyour Driver Profile (see Driver Profiles on page42).

Note: Navigation instructions that you entermanually, or send to Model S, override routessuggested by Automatic Navigation.

Note: Availability of this feature depends onmarket region and vehicle configuration.

I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry

In addition to navigating to a destination ofyour choice, Model S can also suggest nearbylocations based on whether you are feelingHungry or Lucky. In the navigation search bar,touch Hungry or Lucky. Hungry suggestspopular restaurants, whereas Lucky suggestspopular destinations (such as museums andamusement parks). For a new suggestion, goback and touch Hungry or Lucky again fordifferent results. When you discover adestination that interests you, touch Navigateto proceed to the destination.

This feature requires the latest version ofNavigation maps. To download, connect yourvehicle to Wi-Fi and navigate to Controls >Software to check if an update is available(see Map Updates on page 139).

Note: Availability of this feature depends onmarket region and vehicle configuration.

Charging LocationsSupercharger locations always display on themap, represented by red pins that you cantouch to display more information, navigate toit, or mark it as a favorite. The pin itself revealsinformation about the Supercharger location:

Maps and Navigation


The Supercharger location isoperational. At locations withmultiple Superchargers, a row ofbars displays above the icon, witheach bar representing aSupercharger. If a Supercharger isin use, the bar is filled in to providea quick visual that indicates howmany Superchargers are currentlybeing used at the location.

Note: A supercharger pin is coloredblack if the supercharger is on yourcurrent navigation route.

The Supercharger location may beout of operation or is operating ata reduced capacity. Touch the pinto display details.

When you touch the pin for a Superchargerlocation, a popup displays information,including the total number of Superchargers,the number of Superchargers available, theaddress of the Supercharger location, and itsapproximate distance from your currentlocation. The popup also displays amenitiesthat are available at the Supercharger location,including restrooms, restaurants, lodging,shopping, and Wi-Fi.

Touch the map's charging icon to display allnearby charging stations of the map. Inaddition to the Superchargers that are alwaysdisplayed, the map shows destination chargersand any public charging stations that you havepreviously used. Display details about acharging location by touching its pin.

The location is equipped with aTesla Wall Connector. Touch todisplay more information such asusage restrictions and availablecharge current. The charging listalso displays your proximity tothese charging stations.

Note: When the map is zoomed outand more than one Tesla WallConnector is available in an area,the pin is round and displays thenumber of stations. Touch the pinto zoom in. Then you can touch anindividual pins for details about aspecific charging location.

Note: When navigating to a Superchargerlocation, Model S may allocate energy to pre-heat the Battery, ensuring you arrive at theSupercharger with the optimal Battery

temperature, reducing the amount of time ittakes to charge. In some circumstances (suchas cold weather), it is normal for the frontmotor to make noise as it generates heat towarm the Battery (see Warming the BatteryBefore Supercharging on page 84).

Predicting Energy UsageWhen navigating to a destination, Model Shelps you anticipate your charging needs bycalculating the amount of energy that remainswhen you reach your destination. Thecalculation is an estimate based on drivingstyle (predicted speed, etc.) andenvironmental factors (elevation changes,temperature, etc.). When navigating, the mapdisplays this calculation at the bottom of theexpanded turn-by-turn direction list (see Navigating on page 135). When the turn-by-turn direction list is compressed, touch the topof the list to expand it.

Throughout your route, Model S monitorsenergy usage and updates the calculation. Apopup warning displays at the bottom of theturn-by-turn direction list in these situations:

• A yellow warning displays when you havevery little energy remaining to reach yourdestination and should drive slowly toconserve energy. For tips on conservingenergy, see Getting Maximum Range onpage 77.

• A red warning displays when you mustcharge to reach your destination.

If you also want to know if you have enoughenergy for a round trip, touch the energycalculation to display an estimate of yourround trip energy usage.

Online RoutingModel S detects real-time traffic conditionsand automatically adjusts the estimateddriving and arrival times based on traffic. Insituations where traffic conditions will delayyour estimated time of arrival and an alternateroute is available, the navigation system canreroute you to your destination. To turn thisfeature on or off, touch the map's settingsicon (see Overview on page 134), then touchOnline Routing. You can also specify theminimum amount of minutes that must besaved before you are rerouted by touching thearrows associated with the Re-Route if it savesmore than setting.

Maps and Navigation


Trip PlannerTrip Planner (available in some marketregions) helps you take longer road trips withconfidence. If reaching your destinationrequires charging, Trip Planner routes youthrough the appropriate Superchargerlocations. Trip Planner selects a route andprovides charging times to minimize theamount of time you spend driving andcharging. To enable Trip Planner, touch themap's settings icon (see Overview on page134), then touch Trip Planner.

When Trip Planner is enabled and charging isrequired to reach your destination, the turn-by-turn direction list includes Superchargerstops and a recommended charging time ateach Supercharger, and an estimate of howmuch energy will be available when you arriveat the Supercharger.

Note: When navigating to a Superchargerusing Trip Planner, your vehicle will allocatesome energy to pre-heat the Battery. Thevehicle arrives at the Supercharger with anoptimal Battery temperature, reducing theamount of time it takes to charge (see Warming the Battery Before Supercharging onpage 84).

To remove Supercharger stops and displayonly directions, touch Remove charging stopsat the bottom of the list of directions (if youremove charging stops, the turn-by-turndirection list may display an alert indicatingthat charging is needed to reach yourdestination). To add Supercharger stops to thedirections, touch Add charging stops.

While charging at a Supercharger, thecharging screen displays the remainingcharging time needed to drive to your nextSupercharger stop, or destination (if nofurther charging is needed). If you charge for ashorter or longer length of time, the chargingtime for subsequent Supercharger stops isadjusted.

Note: You can also monitor remainingcharging time needed in the Tesla Mobile App.

Note: If a Supercharger located on your routeexperiences an outage, Trip Planner displays anotification and reroutes you to a differentSupercharger location.

If Trip Planner estimates that you won't haveenough energy for your round trip, and thereare no Superchargers available on your route,Trip Planner displays an alert at the top of theturn-by-turn direction list notifying you thatcharging is needed to reach your destination.

Recent, Favorite, Home and WorkDestinationsWhen you touch Navigate on the map, a list ofRecent destinations appear and you can easilynavigate to any recent destination byselecting it from the list.

If you frequently drive to a destination, youmay want to add it as a favorite to avoidhaving to enter the location's name or addresseach time. When you add a destination as aFavorite, you can easily navigate to it bytouching Navigate > Favorites and thenselecting it from the list of favorites.

To add a destination to yourFavorites list touch its pin on themap, then touch the heart icon onthe popup window that appears. Youwill be prompted to name theFavorite. Enter a name (or leave as-isto accept the default name), thentouch Add to Favorites. The heartbecomes solid gray and thedestination is included on theFavorites list.

To delete a Recent or Favorite destination,touch and hold it down briefly, then touch theX that appears.

The top of the navigation list also providesshortcuts for Home and Work locations. Touchto set an address to either of these locations.After entering the address, touch SAVE ASHOME or SAVE AS WORK. Then simply touchthese shortcuts whenever you want tonavigate home or to work.

To change the location associated with Homeor Work, press and hold the shortcut icon andenter a new address in the popup window. Todelete, press and hold the shortcut button,then touch CLEAR HOME or CLEAR WORK.

Note: Based on your usage patterns, you maybe prompted to save a location as Home orWork.

Note: Once a Home or Work location is saved,Model S may prompt you to navigate to yourWork location in the mornings and to yourHome location in the evenings and tell youhow long it will take to arrive based on currenttraffic conditions.

Maps and Navigation


For security reasons, if you sell Model S, it isrecommended that you delete your Home andWork Locations. You can delete theseindividually or you can perform a factory resetto erase all personal data (see ErasingPersonal Data on page 127).

Map UpdatesAs updated maps become available, they areautomatically sent to Model S over Wi-Fi. Toensure you receive them, periodically connectModel S to a Wi-Fi network (see Connectingto Wi-Fi on page 156). The touchscreendisplays a message informing you when newmaps are installed.

Maps and Navigation


Media and Audio

Overview

Touch the Media Player icon at thebottom of the touchscreen to playvarious types of media throughyour vehicle's speaker system. Themedia options available to youdepend on market region andoptions chosen at time ofpurchase. For example, you canstream internet radio or podcasts(if equipped with premiumconnectivity), listen to AM (ifequipped), FM radio. You can alsolisten to SiriusXM satellite radio (ifequipped) and play audio files froma Bluetooth or USB-connecteddevice.

Media Player provides three different levels ofviewing that you can access by dragging theMedia Player window upward or downward.Initially, just the Miniplayer displays. TheMiniplayer, which occupies the least amount ofspace on the touchscreen, displays what'scurrently playing and provides only the basicfunctions, mostly associated with what'splaying. Drag upward to display Recents andFavorites and access the icons you can use tochange your media source (described next).Drag upward again to browse through allavailable options for the chosen type ofsource content.

Use the icons across the bottom of MediaPlayer to change your media source (forexample, FM, Streaming, or a Bluetooth-connected device). Use the tabs on the left tonarrow down the type of content you want tobrowse through—the associated contentdisplays on the right. For Radio, you canbrowse through Favorite Stations or you cantouch Direct Tune to enter the frequency of aspecific channel. For Streaming, you canbrowse through Favorites, Top Stations, DJSeries, and Genres.

Volume ControlRoll the scroll button on the left side of thesteering wheel up or down to increase ordecrease volume respectively. The scrollbutton adjusts the volume for media,navigation instructions, or phone calls, basedon what is currently being heard through thespeakers. You can also adjust the volume bytouching the arrows associated with thespeaker icon on the bottom of thetouchscreen.

To mute the volume, press the left scrollbutton. Press again to unmute.

Note: Pressing the left scroll button during aphone call mutes both the sound and yourmicrophone.

Note: If you're playing media and you receivea phone call, or the navigation system isspeaking directions, the volume of what youare listening to is temporarily muted.

Searching Media Content

Touch Media Player's magnifyingglass icon to search for a particularsong, album, artist, podcast, orstation. Select a filter to narrow thescope of your search, or leave it atits default setting to include topresults from all available sourcecontent. If available, touch HD® toplay high definition versions of theselected frequency.

Note: Use voice commands to search hands-free (see Using Voice Commands on page 46).

AM (if equipped) and FM Radio

If available in your market regionand location, Media Player providesAM and FM radio stations that youcan select from the Radio source.Touch the next or previous arrowsto move from one frequency to thenext (or previous). Or touch DirectTune to enter a specific frequency.If available, touch HD® to play highdefinition versions of the selectedfrequency.

For easy access to radio stations you listen tofrequently, mark it as a favorite so it's readilyavailable in your Favorites list (see Favoritesand Recents on page 141).

SiriusXM Satellite Radio

If equipped, you can listen toSiriusXM, a subscription-basedsatellite radio service. To receivesatellite radio channels, you mustprovide the radio service providerwith the radio ID for yourtouchscreen.

Media and Audio


To display the radio ID:

1. Touch the radio source icon, then selectSiriusXM from the list.

2. Move the channel selector to channel 0.3. The Radio ID displays in the station

information area.

To select a SiriusXM channel, you can eithermanually scroll through channel numbers, oryou can browse channels by category.

Note: On early versions of Model S, SiriusXMradio is available only if the vehicle isequipped with a sunroof. To optimizeaerodynamics, Model S does not have anexternal antenna.

Internet Radio and Music StreamingServices (if equipped)If equipped with premium connectivity,internet radio and music streaming servicesare available over a data connection. To listen,touch the Media Player icon and choose thestreaming service you want to listen to.

Tesla may provide account credentials forsome internet radio and music streamingservices. You can use your Tesla account oryou can sign in with your own account byscrolling to the bottom of the streamingservice window and entering your accountcredentials.

Browse through the available categoriesand/or stations, then touch what you want toplay. When browsing through a large categorysuch as genres, you may need to drag thewindow upward to enlarge it and view moreavailable options. When you choose an optionthat displays multiple results on a newwindow, touch BACK at the top of the windowto return to the main browse page.

You can also use voice commands to play aspecific song, artist, or album from an Internetradio service (see Using Voice Commands onpage 46).

When listening to internet radio or a musicstreaming service, the options available onMiniplayer can vary depending on what youare listening to:

• Touch the next (or previous) arrows toplay the next (and in some cases previous)available station, episode, or track beingprovided by the Internet radio service.

• Like or dislike a song or podcast. Whenyou like a song, for example, the radiostation plays similar songs. When youdislike a song, the song won't be playedagain.

• Touch the DJ icon (if available) to includecommentary for the content you arestreaming. DJ commentary includes musichistory and behind-the-scenes stories.

Note: When playing a podcast (if available),you can rewind or fast forward to any locationin the show. On the Miniplayer, drag the sliderto the desired location or touch the rewind/fast forward icons to move back or forward 15seconds at a time.

Caraoke

In addition to various streaming services, yourvehicle is equipped with Caraoke. To accessCaraoke, touch the Music icon near thebottom of the touchscreen. You can browsethrough various songs and select the song youwant to sing. Touch the microphone icon toenable or disable the song's main vocals.Disabling the microphone leaves only thesong's instrumentals and background vocals.Touch the lyrics icon (located next to themicrophone icon) to enable or disable thesong's lyrics.

Note: Depending on vehicle configuration andmarket region, Caraoke may not be availableon your vehicle.

Warning: Never read Caraoke lyrics whiledriving. You must always pay attention tothe road and traffic conditions. Whendriving, the Caraoke lyrics are intendedonly for use by a passenger.

Favorites and RecentsFor most source content, your favoritesdisplay at the top of Media Player's expandedview for easy access.

To add a currently playing station,podcast, or audio file to yourFavorites list, touch the Favoritesicon on Miniplayer.

Media and Audio


To remove an item as a favorite,touch the highlighted Favorites iconon Miniplayer. You can also removemultiple favorites by expandingMiniplayer one level to show allfavorites for the applicable type ofsource content. Then press and holdany favorite. An X appears on allfavorites and you can then touch theX to remove it from your Favoriteslist.

To see selections that you have recentlyplayed, scroll up one level from Miniplayer andtouch Recent. Your recently played selectionsare updated continuously so you don't need toremove them.

Note: Selections you play on FM radio are notincluded in your Recent list.

Playing Media from Devices

You can play audio files from aBluetooth-connected device (like aphone) or a USB-connected flashdrive. When you connect aBluetooth-capable device, thename of the device displays whenyou choose the Phone source.When you connect a USB flashdrive, Media Player displays thedriver's source content.

To play the next song in a selected playlist oralbum, touch the previous or next arrows onMiniplayer, or use the buttons on the left sideof the steering wheel (see Using Left SteeringWheel Buttons on page 44). You can alsoshuffle tracks in a playlist or repeat a playlistor track using the shuffle/repeat icons (ifavailable).

USB Connected Flash Drives

Connect a flash drive to a front USBconnection (see USB Ports on page 21). TouchMedia Player > USB, and then touch the nameof the folder that contains the song you wantto play. After you display the contents of afolder on the USB connected flash drive, youcan touch any song in the list to play it. Or usethe previous and next arrows in Miniplayer toscroll through your songs.

Note: To play media from a USB connection,Model S recognizes flash drives only. You canplay media from other types of devices (such

as an iPod) by connecting the device usingBluetooth.

Note: Media Player supports USB flash driveswith FAT32 formatting (NTFS and exFAT arenot currently supported).

Bluetooth® Connected Devices

If you have a Bluetooth-capable device suchas a phone that is paired and connected toModel S (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone onpage 143), you can play audio files stored onit and you can stream music from it. ChooseMedia Player's Phone source, then touch thename of your Bluetooth-connected device,and then touch CONNECT.

Your Bluetooth device begins playing theaudio file that is currently active on yourdevice, and Media Player displays theMiniplayer view. If no audio file is playing onyour device, use your device to choose theaudio file you want to listen to. When thechosen file begins to play, you can then useMiniplayer's next and previous icons to playother tracks.

Note: To play media from a Bluetooth-connected device, ensure that access to thedevice’s media is turned on (see Pairing aBluetooth Phone on page 143).

Audio Settings

Press the equalizer icon at thebottom corner of Media Player toaccess audio settings for tone andbalance. Other settings may beavailable based on your vehiclefeatures and market region. Forexample, your vehicle may beequipped with options that you canturn on or off, such as DolbySurround and DJ Commentary.

To adjust any of the five frequency bands(Bass, Bass/Mid, Mid, Mid/Treble, and Treble)drag the corresponding slider up or down thedecibel (dB) bar.

To adjust balance, touch Balance and drag thecenter circle of the cross bars to the locationin Model S where you want to focus the sound.

Media and Audio


Phone

Bluetooth® CompatibilityYou can use your Bluetooth-capable phonehands-free in Model S provided your phone iswithin operating range. Although Bluetoothtypically supports wireless communicationover distances of up to approximately 30 feet(9 meters), performance can vary based onthe phone you are using.

Before using your phone with Model S, youmust pair it. Pairing sets up Model S to workwith your Bluetooth-capable phone (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page 143).

You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones.Model S always automatically connects to thelast phone that was used (provided it is withinrange). If you want to connect to a differentphone, see Connecting to a Paired Phone onpage 144.

Note: On many phones, Bluetooth turns off ifthe phone’s battery is low.

Note: In addition to phones, you can also pairBluetooth-enabled devices with Model S. Forexample, you can pair an iPod Touch or aniPad or Android tablet to stream music.

Pairing a Bluetooth PhonePairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free to make andreceive phone calls, access your contact list,recent calls, etc. It also allows you to playmedia files from your phone. Once a phone ispaired, Model S can connect to it wheneverthe phone is within range.

To pair a phone, follow these steps whilesitting inside Model S:

1. Ensure both the touchscreen and thephone are powered on.

2. On your phone, enable Bluetooth andensure it is discoverable.

Note: On some phones, this may requireyou to go to Bluetooth Settings for theremainder of the procedure.

3. Touch the Bluetooth icon on the top of thetouchscreen.

4. On the touchscreen, touch Add NewDevice > Start Search. The touchscreendisplays a list of all available Bluetoothdevices within operating distance.

5. On the touchscreen, touch the phone withwhich you want to pair. Within a fewseconds, the touchscreen displays arandomly generated number, and yourphone should display the same number.

6. Check that the number displayed on yourphone matches the number displayed onthe touchscreen. Then, on your phone,confirm that you want to pair.

7. If prompted on your phone, specifywhether you want to allow Model S toaccess your contacts and media files.

When paired, Model S automatically connectsto the phone, and the touchscreen displaysthe Bluetooth symbol next to the phone’sname to indicate that the connection is active.

Importing Contacts and RecentCallsOnce paired, you can use the Bluetoothsettings screen (touch the Bluetooth icon onthe touchscreen's top status bar) to specifywhether you want to allow access to yourphone’s contacts and recent calls. If access isturned on, you can use the phone app todisplay, and make calls to, people in your listof contacts and on your recent calls lists (see Using the Phone App on page 144).

Note: Before contacts can be imported, youmay need to either set your phone to allowsyncing, or respond to a popup on your phoneto confirm that you want to sync contacts.This varies depending on the type of phoneyou are using. For details, refer to thedocumentation provided with your phone.

Note: You can turn access to your contactsand recent calls on or off at any time bydisplaying the Bluetooth settings screen,choosing the phone, and then changing thesetting associated with contacts and recentcalls.

Unpairing a Bluetooth PhoneIf you want to disconnect your phone and useit again later, simply touch Disconnect on theBluetooth settings screen. If you do not wantto use your phone with Model S again, touchForget This Device. Once you forget a device,you need to pair it again if you want to use itwith Model S (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phoneon page 143).

Note: Your phone automatically disconnectswhenever you leave Model S.

Phone


Connecting to a Paired PhoneModel S automatically connects with the lastphone to which it was connected, provided itis within operating range and has Bluetoothturned on. If the last phone is not within range,it attempts to connect with the next phonethat it has been paired with.

To connect to a different phone, touch theBluetooth icon on the top of the touchscreen.The Bluetooth window displays a list of pairedphones. Choose the phone you want toconnect to, then touch Connect. If the phoneyou want to connect to is not listed, you mustpair the phone. See Pairing a Bluetooth Phoneon page 143.

When connected, the Model S touchscreendisplays the Bluetooth symbol next to thephone name to show that the connection isactive.

Using the Phone AppWhen your phone is connected to Model Susing Bluetooth, and you have allowed accessto your phone's contacts (see ImportingContacts and Recent Calls on page 143), youcan use the phone app to display and make ahands-free call to anyone listed on yourphone:

• Recent Calls list. The list displays calls inchronological order with the most recentcall listed first. You can display all calls orjust those that are missed, incoming, oroutgoing.

• Contacts: Contacts are listed inalphabetical order and can be sorted byfirst name or last name. You can alsochoose a letter on the right side of the listto quickly scroll to the names that beginwith the selected character. When youtouch a name on your contacts list, thecontact's available number(s) displays onthe right pane, along with other availableinformation (such as address). Touch thecontact's number to make a call.

You can also view, send, and receive textmessages on the touchscreen. Instead oftyping a text message, touch the microphoneto enter text using your voice.

Warning: To minimize distraction andensure the safety of vehicle occupants aswell as other road users, do not view orsend text messages when the vehicle is inmotion. Pay attention to road and trafficconditions at all times when driving.

Making a Phone CallYou can make a phone call by:

• Speaking a voice command (English) (see Using Voice Commands on page 46).

• Selecting a contact or recent call from themenu on your right scroll button (see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons onpage 45).

• Choosing a number from your contact orrecent calls list in the phone app.

• Using the Model S on-screen dialer in thephone app.

Note: If it is safe and legal to do so, you canalso initiate a call by dialing the number orselecting the contact directly from yourphone.

Note: You can also make a phone call bytouching a pin on the map and choosing thephone number (if available) on the popupwindow.

Receiving a Phone CallWhen your phone receives an incoming call,the instrument panel and touchscreen displaythe caller’s number or name (if the caller is inyour phone’s contact list and Model S hasaccess to your contacts).

Touch one of the options on the touchscreen,or roll the scroll button on the right side of thesteering wheel to Answer or Ignore the call(see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons onpage 45).

Note: Depending on the phone you are usingand what speakers you used for your mostrecent call, your phone may prompt you tochoose which speakers you want to use forthe incoming call.

Warning: Stay focused on the road at alltimes while driving. Using orprogramming a phone while driving, evenwith Bluetooth enabled, can result inserious injury or death.

Warning: Follow all applicable lawsregarding the use of phones while driving,including, but not limited to, laws thatprohibit texting and require hands-freeoperation at all times.

Phone


In Call OptionsWhen a call is in progress, you can display thecall menu on the instrument panel by pressingthe top button on the right side of thesteering wheel. Then roll the right scroll buttonand choose an option (see Using RightSteering Wheel Buttons on page 45). To adjustthe call volume, roll the steering wheel's leftscroll button during a call.

Phone


Air Suspension

Note: When Model S starts, you may hear thesound of the compressor as the air suspensionsystem’s reservoir fills with air.

Adaptive Air Suspension offers a superior ridequality and allows you to choose a softer orfirmer ride based on your preference. Whencarrying loads, the system also maintains alevel height between the front and rear. Youcan manually adjust the ride height to suityour circumstances (for example, you canraise Model S when driving at low speedswhen you need extra ground clearance, suchas when driving on a steep driveway or ramp,in deep snow, over large speed bumps,parking curbs, etc.). You can also specify thedefault ride height when driving at higherspeeds.

If a fault is detected that reduces theperformance of the air suspensionsystem, a yellow indicator lights upon the instrument panel. If theproblem persists, contact Tesla.

If a fault is detected that disables theair suspension system, a redindicator lights up on the instrumentpanel. Contact Tesla.

Suspension SettingsCaution: Before adjusting the suspensionheight, ensure Model S is clear of allobstacles, above and below.

With Model S powered on and the brake pedalpressed, touch Controls > Suspension on thetouchscreen to manually adjust the rideheight, to specify how you want thesuspension to feel, and to choose how youwant adaptive suspension to lower whendriving at higher speeds.

Choose from the following options tomanually change the ride height.

• VERY HIGH. When set to Very High, thesuspension automatically lowers to Highwhen driving speed reaches 35 mph(56 km/h).

• HIGH. When set to High, the suspensionautomatically lowers to Standard or Low(based on the Suspension Loweringsetting described below) when drivingspeed reaches 45 mph (73 km/h).

• STANDARD. The Standard setting ensuresoptimum comfort and handling under allloading conditions.

• LOW. Lowering the height can improveaerodynamics and make it easier to loador unload cargo and passengers.

When manually raising the height of Model Sto improve ground clearance, you shouldlower the vehicle when the extra groundclearance is no longer needed.

Caution: Avoid driving aggressively (hardaccelerations, sharp turns, etc.) when thesuspension is set to HIGH or VERY HIGH.Doing so can cause vibration and increasethe possibility of damage.

SUSPENSION LOWERING: When Model S ismoving above typical driveway or parking lotspeeds, Adaptive Air Suspensionautomatically adjusts ride height to improveaerodynamics and handling. When youmanually raise the ride height, the suspensionautomatically adjusts the ride height atincreased driving speeds. Choose from thefollowing options to specify how you want theair suspension system to adjust the rideheight:

• NEVER. The ride height is set toSTANDARD for each drive and neverautomatically transitions to LOW. If youset the ride height to HIGH or VERY HIGHand exceed the maximum speed for thesesettings, the ride height transitions backto STANDARD. If you manually change thesetting to LOW, it resets back toSTANDARD on your next drive.

• ALWAYS. The ride height is set to LOW foreach drive and if you set it to HIGH orVERY HIGH and exceed the maximumspeed for these settings, the ride heighttransitions back to LOW. If you manuallychange the setting to STANDARD, itresets back to LOW on your next drive.

• HIGHWAY. This is the default setting. Rideheight automatically adjusts betweenSTANDARD and LOW to balance ridecomfort and energy usage.

ADAPTIVE SUSPENSION DAMPING providesreal-time adjustments to the suspensionsystem to optimize both ride and handling.Choose from the following options:

• COMFORT provides a gentler ride for arelaxed driving experience.

• AUTO adjusts to a wide range of roadsand driving styles, providing a fluid yetwell controlled ride.

• SPORT provides a firmer, more controlledride that increases driver engagement andconnection to the road.

Air Suspension


Note: Regardless of the setting you choose,Adaptive Suspension Damping adjusts thesuspension system in real time to optimizeboth ride and handling.

Note: Available settings depend on yourdriving speed and other conditions. Forexample, the suspension does not lower if adoor is open.

Note: Your chosen Suspension Lowering andAdaptive Suspension Damping settings aresaved to your driver profile (see Driver Profileson page 42).

Auto-Raising SuspensionAuto-raising suspension saves you frommanually having to raise the suspension everytime you arrive at a frequently-used locationwhere you have previously raised thesuspension. Whenever you raise thesuspension to HIGH or VERY HIGH, Model Ssaves the location. When you return to thesaved location, Model S raises the suspensionand the instrument panel displays thismessage:

Note: When returning to a saved location anddriving faster than the High and Very Highsuspension settings allow, the suspensiondoes not raise until Model S slows down.

Note: After leaving a saved location, thesuspension may not lower until you are drivingfaster than the speed threshold at which thesuspension lowers.

Note: If Model S reaches a saved location andthe existing suspension setting is alreadyhigher than the level that has been saved forthat location, the ride height is not adjusted.

To remove an auto-raising location

If you do not want the suspension to auto-raise at a saved location, touch the X in theauto-raising location status message thatdisplays at a saved location. Doing so removesthe auto-raise location and the suspension nolonger raises automatically when you arrive atthe location.

Note: Manually lowering the suspension toSTANDARD or LOW while at a saved locationalso removes the auto-raising location.

Jack ModeBefore jacking or lifting, set the suspension toJack mode to prevent the self-leveling thatoccurs even when Model S is powered off.

Press the brake pedal, then touch Controls >Suspension > Jack.

To deactivate, touch Jack again.

Note: Jack mode automatically cancels whenyou drive over 4 mph (7 km/h).

Note: Model S also sets Jack modeautomatically if it detects that the vehiclecannot lower to its target height, or if itdetects that an object is supporting thevehicle's weight (for example the bumper ofthe vehicle is resting on a curb).

Air Suspension


Calendar

OverviewThe Calendar app allows you to viewscheduled events from your phone’s (iPhone®

or Android™) calendar for the current and nextday. The Calendar is conveniently integratedwith navigation and the Phone app so you cannavigate to, or dial into, your next meeting.The Calendar app requires that:

• The Tesla mobile app is running, you arelogged in, and the Calendar Sync settingis enabled. The mobile app can thenperiodically (and automatically) sendcalendar data from your phone toModel S.

Note: To ensure you have access to allfeatures of the Calendar app, it isrecommended that you use the mostrecent version of the mobile app.

• Your phone is connected to Model S viaBluetooth (for privacy reasons, calendardata displays only from a connectedphone).

• Mobile access to Model S is turned on(touch Controls > Safety & Security >Allow Mobile Access).

• Both your phone and Model S have goodconnectivity.

When you enter Model S, the touchscreen candisplay a reminder of the day's events. Youcan customize if and when your calendarevents are displayed by touching the settingsicon located in the top left corner of theCalendar app, then choosing from one of theoptions available for the Show Calendar UponEntry setting.

If a calendar event includes an address, anavigation arrow displays to indicate that youcan touch the address to navigate to theevent's location (if equipped with Navigation).When an event on your Calendar takes placewithin the next hour and has a uniquelyspecified address, the touchscreen notifiesyou if there is a better route due to traffic,even when you’re not currently usingnavigation.

If an event has a uniquely specified addressand takes place within two hours of youentering your vehicle and preparing to drive,Model S will automatically route you to theevent's address (see Automatic Navigation onpage 136).

Touch an event's information icon to displayall notes associated with the event. If thenotes include one or more phone numbers,the information icon shows a phone icon andthe calendar displays the first phone numberfound. Touch to initiate a phone call. You canalso initiate a phone call by touching anynumber in an event's notes popup window(this is especially useful for conference calls).If the notes contain a web link, you can touchthe link to open it in the web browser (ifequipped).

If events are displayed from multiplecalendars, touch the list icon in the top rightcorner to filter the list of events to show onlythose from one or more specified calendars.

Calendar


Security Settings

About the Security SystemIf Model S does not detect a key nearby and alocked door or trunk is opened, an alarmsounds and the headlights and turn signalsflash. To deactivate the alarm, press anybutton on the key.

To manually enable or disable the alarmsystem, touch Controls > Safety & Security >Security Alarm. When enabled, Model Sactivates its alarm one minute after you exit,the doors lock, and a recognized key is nolonger detected.

If your Model S is equipped with the optionalsecurity package, a battery-backed sirensounds in situations where a locked door ortrunk is opened and Model S does not detecta key nearby. If the Tilt/Intrusion setting is on,the battery-backed siren also sounds ifModel S detects motion inside the cabin, or ifthe vehicle is moved or tilted (for example,with a tow truck or jack). To turn the Tilt/Intrusion detection system on or off, touchControls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion.

Note: If you plan to leave something thatmoves inside your locked Model S, rememberto turn off Tilt/Intrusion (if equipped). Motiondetected inside Model S activates the intrusionalarm.

Note: The Security Alarm must be on toenable Tilt/Intrusion.

Note: The Intrusion Sensor automaticallydisables in situations where the climatecontrol system is operating when you have leftyour vehicle (see Keep Climate On, Dog Mode,and Camp Mode on page 132). To override,you can manually turn the Intrusion Sensor onagain after choosing Keep Climate On, Dog, orCamp Mode (touch Controls > Safety &Security > Tilt/Intrusion).

If your Model S is equipped with the EnhancedAnti-Theft upgrade, the horn sounds insituations where a locked door or trunk isopened and Model S does not detect a keynearby. If the Tilt/Intrusion setting is on, thehorn also sounds if Model S detects motioninside the cabin, or if the vehicle is moved ortilted (for example, with a tow truck or jack).To turn the Tilt/Intrusion detection system onor off, touch Controls > Safety & Security >Tilt/Intrusion.

PIN to DriveTo increase security, you can prevent Model Sfrom being driven until a 4-digit PIN (PersonalIdentification Number) is entered. To enablethis setting, touch Controls > Safety &Security > PIN to Drive and follow the on-screen prompts to create a driving PIN.

Note: When enabled, in addition to having toenter the 4-digit driving PIN to drive, you mustalso use it to enter Valet mode for the firsttime and create the 4-digit valet PIN that youcan use to enter and exit Valet mode. When inValet mode, Model S can be driven withoutthe need for the valet to enter a driving PIN. Inaddition, the PIN to Drive setting is disabledwhenever Valet mode is active.

If you forget your driving PIN, or to disablePIN to Drive, return to this setting, touch thelink to enter your Tesla login credentials, thenfollow the on-screen prompts.

Note: In the unlikely event that yourtouchscreen is unresponsive, you may beunable to enter the PIN. In this case, first try torestart the touchscreen (see Restarting theTouchscreen on page 50). If the touchscreen isstill unresponsive, you can still bypass PIN toDrive by enabling Keyless Driving in yourmobile app.

Sentry ModeIn Sentry Mode, cameras and sensors remainpowered on and ready to record suspiciousactivity when the vehicle is locked and in Park.

To turn Sentry Mode on or off, touch theSentry Mode icon at the top of yourtouchscreen. Alternatively, you can use voicecommands, the mobile app, or you can touchControls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode. Toactivate Sentry Mode using voice commands,say "Keep Tesla safe", "Keep my car safe","Sentry on", or "Enable Sentry" (for detailsusing voice commands, see Using VoiceCommands on page 46).

Note: Sentry Mode requires the Battery'scharge level to be at least 20%. If the Batteryfalls below 20%, Sentry Mode turns off and themobile app sends you a notification.

Note: Power consumption may increase whileSentry Mode is active.

Note: Software updates cannot be installedwhile Sentry Mode is activated.

Warning: Do not rely on Sentry Mode toprotect Model S from all possible securitythreats. While it may help deter some

Security Settings


threats, no security system can prevent allattacks.

Standby, Alert, and Alarm States

When in Sentry Mode, Model S may gothrough three states depending on itssurroundings—Standby, Alert, and Alarm:

• Standby - Your vehicle automaticallyenters the Standby state when youactivate Sentry Mode. In the Standbystate, the cameras constantly monitor thearea surrounding Model S for possiblesecurity threats.

• Alert - If Sentry Mode detects a threat,such as someone leaning on Model S,Sentry Mode switches to the Alert state.The headlights flash and the touchscreendisplays a message indicating that thecameras are recording the event.

• Alarm - For major threats, such assomeone breaking a window, Sentry Modetriggers the Alarm state. In the Alarmstate, the security alarm activates, theaudio system generates a loud andunexpected sound, and the message onthe touchscreen displays in maximumbrightness. Phones that are paired to thevehicle receive an alert from their mobileapp that the alarm state is triggered. After30 seconds, Sentry Mode returns to theStandby state.

When in the Alert or Alarm state, Sentry Modesaves the most recent ten minutes of footageprior to the event that triggered either state,provided that a properly configured USB flashdrive is inserted into one of the USB ports(see USB Flash Drive Requirements for Videosand Recording on page 150).

Note: When the Alarm state is triggered, themost recent six seconds prior to the securityevent may be sent to Tesla for temporarybackup for approximately 72 hours. You canenable or disable the collection of this videoat any time by touching "DATA SHARING" inControls > Safety & Security.

Note: Sentry Mode can operate without a flashdrive installed. If your vehicle enters the Alarmstate, the security alarm activates and you willreceive a notification on your phone. However,video recordings of the event are notavailable.

Location-Based Settings

You can customize Sentry Mode toautomatically activate at specific locationswhere you park Model S:

• Exclude Home- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the location youset as Home in your Favorites list (see Recent, Favorite, Home and WorkDestinations on page 138), but activates atevery other location where you park.

Note: To set up your Home location, touchNavigate and hold down Home, then enteryour address. Touch Save as Home.

• Exclude Work- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the location youset as Work in your Favorites list, butactivates at every other location whereyou park. Set your Work location the sameway you set up your Home location, aspreviously described.

• Exclude Favorites- Sentry Mode does notautomatically activate at the locations inyour Favorites list, but activates at everyother location where you park.

Model S must be parked within 32 feet (10meters) of a location listed as a Home, Work,or Favorite for Sentry Mode to recognize thelocation.

USB Flash Drive Requirements forVideos and RecordingFlash drives used to store video from yourvehicle's cameras must meet theserequirements:

• Use a flash drive with as much availablestorage as possible, since video footagetakes up a large amount of space (Teslarecommends using a flash drive with atleast 32 GB of storage). Some personalcomputer operating systems may not beable to format flash drives larger than 32GB as FAT 32. Consider using a third partyapplication to format flash drives largerthan 32 GB.

• The flash drive must have a sustainedwrite speed of at least 4 MB/s. Asustained write speed is different from thepeak write speed. Check the productdetails of your flash drive for moreinformation.

• The flash drive must be USB 2.0compatible. If using a USB 3.0 flash drive,it must be able to support USB 2.0.

• Use a dedicated flash drive exclusively forsaving footage for your vehicle.

• The flash drive must be properlyformatted (see Formatting the USB FlashDrive on page 151).

Security Settings


Although not a comprehensive list, Tesla hasconfirmed through testing that the followingflash drives meet the requirements forDashcam and Sentry Mode use:

• SanDisk Ultra Fit USB 3.1 Flash Drive• Samsung MUF-64AB/AM FIT Plus –

200MB/s USB 3.1 Flash Drive

Formatting the USB Flash Drive

To correctly save and retrieve video footage,your vehicle requires a properly formattedUSB flash drive containing a base-level foldercalled “TeslaCam” (without quotation marks).In addition, the flash drive must be formattedas FAT 32 (for Windows), MS-DOS FAT (forMac), ext3, or ext4 in order to save videos.NTFS and exFAT are not currently supported.

For MacOS:


2. Navigate to Utilities > Disk Utility (or youcan conduct a Spotlight Search for this).

3. Select your flash drive in the left menu.4. Navigate to Erase in the top menu ribbon.5. In the pop-up menu, select the correct

format (MS-DOS FAT) and click Erase.

Note: Selecting Erase completely erasesall content on your flash drive. If you haveother content stored on the flash drive,migrate it to a different device beforeerasing it.

6. Once the flash drive is successfully erased,navigate to Finder and select your USBflash drive from the left menu. The flashdrive should not contain any files.

7. Right-click in the empty space of the flashdrive and select New Folder. A folderappears in your flash drive space.

8. Right-click on the folder, select Rename,and name the folder to “TeslaCam”(without quotation marks). Click "Save".This folder will contain all recent andsaved clips from Sentry Mode anddashcam.


For Windows:


2. Navigate to File Explorer.3. Right-click on your USB flash drive and

select "Format...".

4. In the pop-up menu, under the FileSystem section, select “FAT 32”.

Note: You can also name your USB (underVolume Label) for easier recognition.

5. Check the “Quick format box” and clickStart.

6. Go back to File Explorer, click on yourflash drive, and right-click to create afolder, or select “New Folder” in the topmenu.

7. Name the folder “TeslaCam” (withoutquotation marks) and click "Save". Thisfolder will contain all recent and savedclips from Sentry Mode and dashcam.


Once you have created the “TeslaCam” folderin your USB flash drive and ejected it fromyour personal computer, insert the flash driveinto one of the front USB ports in Model S. Donot use the rear USB ports, as they are solelymeant for charging devices. It may take yourvehicle up to 15 seconds to recognize the flashdrive. When recognized, icons for dashcamand Sentry Mode appear at the top of yourtouchscreen (note that you may need toenable to Sentry Mode by going to Controls >Safety & Security > Sentry Mode). Your vehicleis ready to record video.

Retrieving Footage

To retrieve video footage from the flash drive,remove the flash drive from the front USB portand use a personal computer or other deviceto access the files. Navigate to the “TeslaCam”folder on the flash drive.

Within the “TeslaCam” folder, there are threesub-folders: Recent Clips, Saved Clips, andSentry Clips. The footage in Recent Clipsconstantly loops in a 60-minute cycle whenthe cameras are activated. Therefore, thefootage is constantly being overwritten everyhour unless the footage is saved. When anevent is recorded, one video is recorded foreach of the front, rear (available on vehiclesmanufactured after approximately February2018), left, and right cameras.

Security Settings


Saved footage is located in either the SavedClips or Sentry Clips folder. Footage in theSaved Clips folder contains all savedrecordings from dashcam, which have beenmanually saved by touching the dashcam iconon the touchscreen. Sentry Clips contains allsaved footage from Sentry Mode events,which have been automatically saved whenthe Alert or Alarm state was triggered. Oncefootage of a particular event is saved, thelatest 10 minutes of video is archived in yourflash drive labeled with a unique timestamp.

Note: As your USB flash drive runs out ofavailable space, the oldest footage in SentryClips are deleted to make room for newfootage. Once the old footage is deleted, youwill be unable to retrieve them. When the flashdrive is full, Sentry Mode and dashcam can nolonger save video footage.

Note: To prevent the flash drive from gettingfull, move saved videos to another device assoon as possible.

Note: You are responsible for complying withall local laws, regulations, and propertyrestrictions regarding video recordings.

Note: The cameras do not record audio.

Save Clips on HonkOnce a properly formatted USB flash drive isinserted in one of the vehicle's front USBports, you can choose to save dashcam clipswhile driving when you honk the horn on yoursteering wheel. Navigate to Controls > Safetyand Security > Save Clips on Honk > ON toenable. The most recent ten minutes offootage is saved. You can also save dashcamfootage by touching the dashcam icon at thetop of the touchscreen.

Security Settings


HomeLink®Universal Transceiver

About HomeLinkIf your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink®

Universal Transceiver, you can operate up tothree Radio Frequency (RF) devices, includinggarage doors, gates, lights, and securitysystems.

Note: Depending on date of manufacture,market region, and options selected at time ofpurchase, some vehicles are not equippedwith a HomeLink Universal Transceiver.

Warning: Do not use the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver with a device thatdoes not have safety stop and reversefeatures. Using a device without thesesafety features increases the risk of injuryor death.

Supported ModesHomeLink supports three different transmitmodes, which is how your vehicle and the RFdevice communicate. Selecting a transmitmode is determined by your RF device'scompatibility:

• Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode ifyour RF device is equipped with a remoteand the remote must be used to operatethe device (for example, a remote-controlled garage door). This is the mostcommon mode used with devices.

• D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-Mode if the RF device does not have aremote, and the receiver has a "Learn"button (may also be called "Program" or"Smart"). D-Mode and UR-Mode functionsimilarly because the vehicle directlycommunicates with the device's receiver,so you don't have to pair a remote.

Note: D-Mode is used mainly in NorthAmerica while UR-Mode is popular inEurope, the Middle East, and Asia. Todetermine with which mode your device iscompatible, contact HomeLink(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).

Each of your devices can be set to a differentmode. For example, your garage door can beset to Standard Mode, your front gate can beset to D-Mode, etc. To change a transmitmode, touch the HomeLink icon on thetouchscreen's status bar and select the deviceyou want to change. Then, select Program andchoose the desired mode for your device.Confirm by touching Set Mode and follow theonscreen instructions.

For older vehicles, changing the mode for onedevice changes the mode for all devices, so becareful when changing transmit modes.Devices not compatible with your selectedmode may not work. Touch the HomeLink iconon the touchscreen's status bar and touchChange Transmit Mode.

Note: Check the product information for yourgarage door, gate, light, etc. to determinewhich mode is compatible with your device.

Programming HomeLink®

To program HomeLink® (if equipped):

1. Park Model S so that the front bumper isin front of the garage door, gate, or lightyou want to program.

Caution: Your device might open orclose during programming. Beforeprogramming, make sure that thedevice is clear of any people orobjects.

2. Get the device's remote control andensure it has a healthy battery. Teslarecommends replacing the battery in thedevice's remote control beforeProgramming HomeLink.

3. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of thetouchscreen.

4. Touch Create HomeLink, then select whichmode you wish to use: Standard, D-Mode,or UR-Mode.

5. Use the touchscreen to enter a name foryour device and touch Enter or CreateHomeLink.

6. Touch Start then follow the onscreeninstructions.

Note: If you see a screen called “Train thereceiver” while programming the device,remember that this is a time-sensitivestep. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device's remote, youonly have approximately 30 seconds toreturn to your vehicle, press Continue, andthen press the trained HomeLink devicename twice. Consider having an assistanthelp with this step.

7. Once your device is programmed, touchSave to complete the HomeLinkprogramming routine.

8. Ensure HomeLink works as expected. Insome cases the programming processmay require multiple attempts beforesucceeding.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver


http://www.homelink.com

tel:1-800-355-3515

Once programmed, you can operate thedevice by touching its correspondingHomeLink icon on the touchscreen's statusbar. HomeLink remembers the location of yourprogrammed devices. When you approach aknown location, the HomeLink control on thetouchscreen automatically drops down. Whenyou drive away, it disappears.

Note: For additional assistance orcompatibility questions, contact HomeLink(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).

Auto Opening and ClosingTo operate a HomeLink device withouttouching the touchscreen, you can automatethe device to open as you approach, and closeas you drive away:

1. Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of thetouchscreen and choose the device youwant to automate.

2. Select the Auto-open when arrivingcheckbox if you want the device to openas you approach.

3. Touch the arrows to specify the distanceyou want your vehicle to be from thedevice before it opens.

4. Select the Auto-close when leavingcheckbox if you want the device to closeas you drive away.

As you approach (or drive away from) adevice that is set to operate automatically, theHomeLink status icon displays a count-downmessage to let you know when the device willautomatically open or close. In situationswhere you don't want the device toautomatically open or close, touch Skip Auto-Open or Skip Auto-Close at any time duringthe count-down message.

Resetting the Location of theHomeLink DeviceIf you experience situations in which yousometimes drive up to your HomeLink deviceand it doesn't open, or the HomeLink icon onthe touchscreen's status bar does not displaythe dropdown when you approach the device,you may need to reset the device's location.To do so, park as close as possible to theHomeLink device (garage door, gate, etc.) anddisplay the HomeLink settings page bytouching the HomeLink icon at the top of thetouchscreen. Touch the name of the deviceyou want to reset, then Reset Location.

Deleting a DeviceTo delete a HomeLink device, touch theHomeLink icon at the top of the touchscreen.Touch the name of the device you want todelete, then touch Delete.

Note: You can also perform a factory reset toerase your HomeLink settings, along with allother personal data (saved addresses, musicfavorites, imported contacts, etc.). See ErasingPersonal Data on page 127.

Note: For security reasons, delete yourHomeLink devices if you sell your Model S.

Troubleshooting HomeLink

Standard Mode

In Standard Mode, Model S records the signalfrom the remote of your RF device. Thetouchscreen instructs you to stand in front ofthe vehicle, point the remote at the frontbumper, and press and hold the button untilthe headlights flash. When the headlightsflash, Model S has learned the remote and youcan touch Continue on the touchscreen. If theheadlights do not flash, refer to the followingguidelines:

• Check the batteries in the remote. It is agood idea to replace the batteries beforeyou start programming.

• While standing in front of your vehicle,press and hold the button on yourdevice's remote, with the remoteapproximately 2 inches (5 cm) in front ofthe Tesla emblem. In some cases you musthold the button on the remote for up tothree minutes.

• Certain garage door remotes may requiremultiple short remote presses(approximately 1 second each press)instead of one long duration press.

D-Mode and UR-Mode

In D Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiverlearns Model S. The touchscreen instructs youto press the "Learn" button (may also becalled "Program" or "Smart") on the device'sreceiver. If this does not work, refer to thefollowing guidelines:

• Park Model S with its bumper as close aspossible to the garage door, gate, etc. thatyou are trying to program.




tel:1-800-355-3515

• Make sure you are pressing the receiver'sLearn/Program/Smart button. Forinstructions on how to put the receiverinto learning mode, refer to the productdetails provided with your RF device thatyou are trying to program.

• If you see a screen called "Train thereceiver" while programming the device,remember that this is a time-sensitivestep. After pressing the Learn/Program/Smart button on the device's remote orreceiver, you only have approximately 30seconds to return to your vehicle, pressContinue, then press the trainedHomeLink device name twice. Considerhaving someone assist you with this step.

• Most devices stay in learning mode foronly three to five minutes. Immediatelyafter pressing the device's Learn/Program/Smart button, follow theinstructions displayed on the vehicle'stouchscreen.

For additional assistance or compatibilityquestions, contact HomeLink(www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515).




tel:1-800-355-3515

Connecting to Wi-Fi

Wi-Fi is available as a data connection methodand is often faster than cellular data networks.Connecting to Wi-Fi is especially useful inareas with limited or no cellular connectivity.To ensure fast, reliable delivery of softwareand map updates, Tesla recommends leavingyour vehicle connected to a Wi-Fi networkwhenever possible (for example, if parked inyour garage overnight).

To connect to a Wi-Fi network:

1. Touch the cellular icon (usually LTE or 3G)on the top corner of your touchscreen.Model S will start scanning and display thedetected Wi-Fi networks that are withinrange.

2. Select the Wi-Fi network you want to use,enter the password (if necessary), thentouch Confirm.

3. Your vehicle connects to the Wi-Finetwork and will automatically connect toit whenever the network is within range.

You can also connect to a hidden network thatisn't shown on the list of scanned networks.Just touch Wi-Fi Settings, enter the name ofthe network in the resulting dialog box, selectthe security setting, then touch Add Network.

Note: If more than one previously connectednetwork is within range, Model S connects tothe one most recently used.

Note: You can also use a mobile hotspot oryour phone's Internet connection via Wi-Fitethering (subject to fees and restrictions ofyour mobile carrier).

Note: At Tesla Service Centers, Model Sautomatically connects to the Tesla ServiceWi-Fi network.

Connecting to Wi-Fi


Software Updates

Loading New SoftwareTesla updates your vehicle's softwarewirelessly, constantly providing new features.Tesla recommends you install softwareupdates as soon as they are available on yourvehicle. To ensure the fastest and most reliabledelivery of software updates, leave Wi-Fiturned on and connected whenever possible.In most cases, your vehicle must be connectedto Wi-Fi to start an update (see Connecting toWi-Fi on page 156).

Note: On an as-needed basis, Tesla also sendssoftware updates using a cellular connection.

Note: Software updates are not performedwhen Smart Preconditioning, Keep ClimateOn, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active.

Warning: Do not attempt to use thevehicle while the software is beingupdated. Vehicle functions, includingsome safety systems, may be limited ordisabled when a software update is inprogress and you could damage thevehicle.

When a software update is available, a yellowclock icon appears at the top of thetouchscreen. There are three ways you caninstall software updates:

• Touch the yellow clock icon to display thescheduling window, which prompts you toselect a time to install the update (SETFOR THIS TIME) or install it now (INSTALLNOW). Once scheduled, the yellow clockicon changes to a white clock icon untilthe update begins. At any time before theupdate begins, you can touch this clockicon to reschedule the update.

• Go to Controls > Software to determine ifan update is available for your vehicle. Ifavailable, touch Software Update Availableto navigate to the scheduling window, asmentioned above.

• Start updates using the Tesla mobile app.

Note: Some software updates can take up tothree hours to complete. Model S must be inPark while the software is being updated. Toensure the fastest and most reliable delivery ofsoftware updates, leave the Wi-Fi turned onand connected whenever possible (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 156).

The yellow clock icon becomes a greendownload icon when a software update isdownloading. If a yellow download icondisplays, a software update is available butyour vehicle is not connected to Wi-Fi.Connect your vehicle to Wi-Fi to start thedownload.

Software Update PreferencesYou can choose how quickly and often youreceive software updates. To change yourpreference, navigate to Controls > Software >Software Update Preferences and chooseeither of these options:

• STANDARD: Receive software updatesusing the normal rollout timeframe foryour region and vehicle configuration.When a software release is made availableit has generally been running on othercustomer vehicles for a period of time.

• ADVANCED: Receive the latest softwareupdates for your region and vehicleconfiguration as soon as they areavailable. Tesla determines how, when, andwhere to send updates to vehicles basedon various factors unique to each release.Keep in mind that although you receiveupdates as soon as they are available foryour specific vehicle, you may not be inthe first Tesla group of Tesla owners toreceive the update. Choosing Advanceddoes not enroll your vehicle in Tesla's earlyaccess program.

Note: Tesla does not update software uponrequest for those wanting to receive the latestfeatures and improvements. SelectingADVANCED and consistently connecting toWi-Fi (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 156) isthe best way to receive the latest softwareupdates.

Note: The software update window persistsuntil you install the update. You must install asoftware update as soon it becomes available.Any harm resulting from failure to install asoftware update is not covered by thevehicle’s warranty. Failure or refusal to installupdates can cause some vehicle features tobecome inaccessible, digital media devices tobecome incompatible, and can limit Tesla'sability to diagnose and service your vehicle.

Note: Reverting to a previous software versionis not possible.

If the touchscreen displays a messageindicating that a software update was notsuccessfully completed, contact Tesla.

Software Updates


ChargingIf Model S is charging when the softwareupdate begins, charging stops. Chargingresumes automatically when the softwareupdate is complete. If you are driving Model Sat the scheduled update time, the update iscanceled and must be rescheduled.

Viewing Release NotesWhen a software update is complete, read therelease notes displayed on the touchscreen tolearn about changes or new features. Todisplay release notes about the currentversion of your vehicle's software at any time,touch the Tesla “T” at the top center of thetouchscreen, then touch Release Notes. Youcan also view the release notes by touchingControls > Software.

Tesla strongly recommends reading all releasenotes. They may contain important safetyinformation or operating instructions for yourModel S.

Software Updates


Mobile App

OverviewThe Tesla mobile app allows you tocommunicate with Model S remotely usingyour iPhone® or Android™ phone. With thisapp, you can:

• View the vehicle's estimated range.• Check charging progress, stop charging,

and receive notifications when charging isstarted, interrupted, almost complete, orcomplete.

Note: When Supercharging, additionalnotifications alert you when you will becharged idle fees for parking at asupercharger after charging is complete.The idle fees are waived if your vehicle ismoved within five minutes of when thevehicle finishes charging. See Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle Fees onpage 170.

• Check the interior temperature and heator cool the cabin before driving (even ifit's in a garage).

• Locate Model S with directions, or track itsmovement across a map.

• Flash lights or honk the horn to findModel S when parked.

• Vent or close the sunroof.• Lock or unlock Model S from afar.• Open the front or rear trunk.• Enable valet mode.• Enable Keyless Driving.

Note: Keyless Driving can be used whenyou do not have your key or to bypass PINto Drive in cases where you forgot yourPIN or your touchscreen is unresponsive.

• Park or unpark Model S using Summon(see Summon on page 104).

• Retrieve Model S using Smart Summon, ifavailable in your market region (see SmartSummon on page 107).

• Support the Model S Calendar app byallowing the mobile app to send yourphone's calendar data to Model S.

• Enable/disable Sentry Mode.• Open and close your garage door if your

vehicle has a programmed HomeLinkconnection, if available (see HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver on page 153).

• Enable maximum defrost to warm yourvehicle in cold conditions.

• View available software downloads anddownload progress.

• For supported video sources, send videosto play in the Tesla Theater by sharing thelink through the mobile app.

• Receive notifications when the securityalarm has been triggered.

• Receive notifications of software updates.• Start software updates from afar.• Access your Tesla Inbox.• Enable/disable Speed Limit Mode and

receive notifications when the vehicle'sdriving speed is within approximately 3mph (5 km/h) of your selected maximumspeed (see Speed Limit Mode on page127).

• View the odometer, VIN, and currentsoftware version.

Note: Some of these features requireinstallation of the latest version of the mobileapp.

Note: The above list may not represent anexhaustive list of the functions available on theTesla mobile app. To ensure access to new andimproved features, download updatedversions of the mobile app as they becomeavailable.

To use the mobile appFollow these steps to allow the Tesla mobileapp to communicate with your Model S:

1. Download the Tesla mobile app to yourphone.

2. Log in to the Tesla mobile app by enteringyour Tesla account credentials.

3. Enable mobile access to your Model S bytouching Controls > Safety & Security >Mobile Access (see Controls on page 118).

Note: Your phone and vehicle must both beactively connected to cellular service to allowthe mobile app to communicate with yourvehicle. Tesla recommends that you alwayshave a functional physical key readily availableif parking in an area with limited or absentcellular service, such as an indoor parkinggarage. In the event that you require lockoutassistance from Tesla due to a non-warrantyissue, such as having limited cellularconnectivity and having no secondary keyavailable, your expenses are not coveredunder the Roadside Assistance policy.

Note: Tesla does not support the use of thirdparty applications to contact Model S.

Mobile App


Charging

Electric Vehicle Components

High Voltage Components

1. Front Motor (All-Wheel Drive vehicles only)2. Air Conditioning Compressor3. Battery Coolant Heater4. Forward Junction Box5. High Voltage Cabling6. On-board Charger7. DC-DC Converter8. Cabin Heater9. High Voltage Battery10. Charge Port11. Rear Motor

Warning: The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, removeor replace high voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typicallycolored orange for easy identification.

Warning: Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model S.These labels are there for your safety.

Warning: In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fireemergency responders.



Charging EquipmentCharging equipment designed specifically tocharge your Model S is available from Tesla. ATesla Wall Connector, which installs in yourgarage, is the fastest way to charge Model S athome.

In most market regions, Model S is equippedwith a Mobile Connector and the adapter(s)needed to plug into the most commonly usedpower outlets. When using the MobileConnector, first plug the Mobile Connectorinto the power outlet, and then plug inModel S. For more information about yourMobile Connector, see the Mobile ConnectorOwner’s Manual (available on thetouchscreen). Additional adapters can bepurchased from Tesla.

Tesla offers adapters (for example, J1772,CHAdeMO, and CCS Combo) to allow you toplug into the most commonly used publiccharging stations in your region. Open thecharge port door using the touchscreen (see Charging Instructions on page 164), plug theadapter into the charging port on Model S,and then connect the station's chargingconnector to the adapter. For information onthe charging equipment available for yourregion, go to www.tesla.com, choose yourregion, and then view the available chargingoptions.

More details on public charging stationadapters is available at https://www.tesla.com/chademo.


Charging 161


https://www.tesla.com/chademo

https://www.tesla.com/chademo

Battery Information

About the BatteryModel S has one of the most sophisticatedbattery systems in the world. The mostimportant way to preserve the Battery is toLEAVE YOUR VEHICLE PLUGGED IN whenyou are not using it. This is particularlyimportant if you are not planning to driveModel S for several weeks. When plugged in,Model S wakes up when needed toautomatically maintain a charge level thatmaximizes the lifetime of the Battery.

Note: When left idle and unplugged, yourvehicle periodically uses energy from theBattery for system tests and recharging the12V battery when necessary.

There is no advantage to waiting until theBattery’s level is low before charging. In fact,the Battery performs best when chargedregularly.

Note: If you allow the Battery to discharge to0%, other components may become damagedor require replacement (for example, the 12Vbattery). In these cases, you are responsiblefor repair and/or transporting expenses.Discharge-related expenses are not coveredby the warranty or under the RoadsideAssistance policy.

The peak charging rate of the Battery maydecrease slightly after a large number of DCFast Charging sessions, such as those atSuperchargers. To ensure maximum drivingrange and Battery safety, the Battery chargerate is decreased when the Battery is too cold,when the Battery’s charge is nearly full, andwhen the Battery conditions change withusage and age. These changes in thecondition of the Battery are driven by batteryphysics and may increase the totalSupercharging duration by a few minutes overtime.

Battery CareNever allow the Battery to fully discharge.Even when Model S is not being driven, itsBattery discharges very slowly to power theonboard electronics. The Battery candischarge at a rate of approximately 1% perday, though the discharge rate may varydepending on environmental factors (such ascold weather), vehicle configuration, and yourselected settings on the touchscreen.Situations can arise in which you must leaveModel S unplugged for an extended period oftime (for example, at an airport whentraveling). In these situations, keep the 1% inmind to ensure that you leave the Battery witha sufficient charge level. For example, over atwo week period (14 days), the Battery maydischarge by approximately 14%.

Discharging the Battery to 0% may result indamage to vehicle components. To protectagainst a complete discharge, Model S entersa low-power consumption mode when thedisplayed charge level drops to approximately0%. In this mode, the Battery stops supportingthe onboard electronics and auxiliary 12Vbattery. Once this low-power consumptionmode is active, immediately plug in Model S toprevent a jump-start and 12V batteryreplacement.

Note: If the vehicle is unresponsive and willnot unlock, open, or charge, then the 12Vbattery may have become discharged. In thissituation, contact Tesla.

Temperature Limits

For better long-term performance, avoidexposing Model S to ambient temperaturesabove 140° F (60° C) or below -22° F (-30° C)for more than 24 hours at a time.

Energy Saving Feature

Model S has an energy-saving feature thatreduces the amount of energy beingconsumed by the displays when Model S is notin use. On newer vehicles, this feature isautomated to provide an optimal level ofenergy saving. However, on older vehicles, youcan control the amount of energy beingconsumed by the displays by touchingControls > Display > Energy Saving. For moreinformation on maximizing range and savingenergy, see Getting Maximum Range on page77.

Battery Information


Battery Warnings and Cautions

Warning: The Battery has no parts that anowner or a non-Tesla authorized servicetechnician can service. Under nocircumstances should you open or tamperwith the Battery. Always contact Tesla toarrange for Battery servicing.

Caution: If the Battery’s charge level fallsto 0%, you must plug it in. If you leave itunplugged for an extended period, it maynot be possible to charge or use Model Swithout jump starting or replacing the 12Vbattery. Leaving Model S unplugged foran extended period can also result inpermanent Battery damage. If you areunable to charge Model S, contact Teslaimmediately.

Caution: The Battery requires no ownermaintenance. Do not remove the coolantfiller cap and do not add fluid. If theinstrument panel warns you that the fluidlevel is low, contact Tesla immediately.

Caution: Do not use the Battery as astationary power source. Doing so voidsthe warranty.

Battery Information

Charging 163

Charging Instructions

Opening the Charge PortThe charge port is located on the left side ofModel S, behind a door that is part of the reartail light assembly. Before charging, parkModel S to ensure that the charge cable easilyreaches the charge port.

With Model S unlocked (or a recognized key iswithin range) and in Park, press and releasethe button on the Tesla charge cable to openthe charge port door.

Note: If the charge cable is in range of thecharge port door, you can press the button onthe charge cable to open the charge port dooreven when Model S is locked or a recognizedkey is not in range.

You can also open the charge port door usingany of these methods:

• On the touchscreen, use the app launcherto open the Charging app, then touchOpen Charge Port.

• On the Model S touchscreen, touchControls > Quick Controls then touch thecharging icon.

• Press the charge port door when Model Sis unlocked or a recognized key is nearby.

• On the key, hold down the rear trunkbutton for 1-2 seconds.

Note: The following image is provided fordemonstration purposes only. Depending onmarket region, your charge port may beslightly different.

Note: The charge port lights up white whenyou open the charge port door. If you do notinsert a charge cable into the charge portwithin a few minutes after opening the chargeport door, the charge port door closes. If thishappens, use the touchscreen to open thecharge port door again.

Caution: Do not try to force the chargeport door open.

Plugging InIf desired, use the touchscreen to change thecharge limit and the charging current (see Changing Charge Settings on page 166).

To charge at a public charging station, plugthe appropriate adapter into the vehicle'scharging port, and then connect the station'scharging connector to the adapter. The mostcommonly used adapter(s) for each marketregion are provided. Depending on thecharging equipment you are using, you mayneed to start and stop charging using acontrol on the charging equipment.

If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug itinto the power outlet before plugging it intoModel S.

Align the connector to the charge port andinsert fully. When the connector is properlyinserted, charging begins automatically afterModel S:

• Engages a latch that holds the connectorin place;

• Shifts into Park (if it was in any othergear);

• Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. Ifthe Battery requires heating or cooling,you may notice a delay before chargingbegins.

Note: Whenever Model S is plugged in but notactively charging, it draws energy from thewall outlet instead of using energy stored in



the Battery. For example, if you are sitting inModel S and using the touchscreen whileparked and plugged in, Model S draws energyfrom the wall outlet instead of the Battery.

Caution: The connector end of the chargecable can damage the paint if droppedonto the vehicle.

During ChargingDuring charging, the charge port light pulsesgreen, and the instrument panel displays thecharging status. The frequency at which thecharge port light pulses slows down as thecharge level approaches full. When charging iscomplete, the light stops pulsing and is solidgreen.

Note: If Model S is locked, the charge portlight does not light up.

If the charge port light turns red whilecharging, a fault is detected. Check theinstrument panel or touchscreen for amessage describing the fault. A fault canoccur due to something as common as apower outage. If a power outage occurs,charging resumes automatically when poweris restored.

Note: When charging, particularly at highcurrents, the refrigerant compressor and fanoperate as needed to keep the Battery cool.Therefore, it is normal to hear sounds duringcharging.

Note: Air conditioning performance isgenerally not affected by charging. However,under certain circumstances (for example, youare charging at high currents during aparticularly warm day), the air coming fromthe vents may not be as cool as expected anda message displays on the instrument panel.This is normal behavior and ensures that theBattery stays within an optimum temperaturerange while charging to support longevity andoptimum performance.

Warning: Never spray liquid at a highvelocity (for example, if using a pressurewasher) towards the charge port whilecharging. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in serious injury ordamage to the vehicle, chargingequipment, or property.

Stopping ChargingStop charging at any time by disconnectingthe charge cable or touching Stop Chargingon the touchscreen.

Note: To prevent unauthorized unplugging ofthe charge cable, the charge cable latchremains locked and Model S must be unlockedor able to recognize your key before you candisconnect the charge cable.

To disconnect the charge cable:

1. Press and hold the button on theconnector handle to release the latch.Alternatively, unlock the vehicle byopening a door, using a key fob, ortouching Stop Charging on thetouchscreen. These methods unlock thecharge port as well.

2. Pull the connector from the charge port.3. Push the charge port door closed.

Note: If Model S is equipped with a motorizedcharge port door, it automatically closesshortly after you remove the charge cable.

Caution: Tesla strongly recommendsleaving Model S plugged in when not inuse. This maintains the Battery at theoptimum level of charge.

Manually Releasing Charge CableIf the usual methods for releasing a chargecable from the charge port (using the chargehandle release button, touchscreen, or mobileapp) do not work, carefully follow these steps:

1. Ensure that Model S is not activelycharging by displaying the chargingscreen on the touchscreen. If necessary,touch Stop Charging.

2. Open the rear trunk.3. Open the flap on the left side of the trunk

side trim.


Charging 165

4. Press and hold the charge port's manualrelease lever towards the front of thevehicle to unlatch the charge cable.

Warning: Do not touch or attempt toremove the orange High Voltagecover. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in electricshock and serious injury.

Note: If your vehicle does not have acharge port manual release lever,discontinue this procedure and contactyour closest Service Center.

Note: The orientation of the manualrelease lever may vary depending onmarket region.

5. Pull the charge cable from the chargeport.

6. Close the flap on the left side of the trunkside trim.

Caution: The release lever is designed foruse only in situations where the chargecable cannot be released from the chargeport using the usual methods. Continuoususe may result in damage to the releaselever or charging equipment.

Warning: Do not perform this procedurewhile your vehicle is charging or if anyorange high voltage conductors areexposed. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in electric shockand serious injury or damage to thevehicle. If you have any uncertainty as tohow to safely perform this procedure,contact your closest Service Center.

Warning: Do not attempt to remove thecharge cable at the same exact time asyou begin to press the release levertowards the front of the vehicle. Always

press the release lever towards the frontof the vehicle and hold it before youbegin to remove the charge cable fromthe charge port. Failure to follow theseinstructions can result in electric shockand serious injury.

Charge Port Light• WHITE: The charge port door is open.

Model S is ready to charge and theconnector is not inserted, or the chargeport latch is unlocked and the connector isready to be removed.

• BLUE: Model S detects that a connectorhas been plugged in.

• BLINKING BLUE: Model S iscommunicating with the connector. EitherModel S is preparing to charge, or acharging session is scheduled to begin ata specified future time.

• BLINKING GREEN: Charging is in progress.As Model S approaches a full charge, thefrequency of the blinking slows.

• SOLID GREEN: Charging is complete.• SOLID AMBER: The connector is not fully

plugged in. Realign the connector to thecharge port and insert fully.

• BLINKING AMBER: Model S is charging ata reduced current (AC charging only).

• RED: A fault is detected and charging hasstopped. Check the instrument panel ortouchscreen for a fault message.

Changing Charge SettingsThe charging screen displays on thetouchscreen whenever the charge port door isopen. To display the charging screen at anytime:

Touch the Apps icon, then touchthe charging icon.

Note: The following illustration is provided fordemonstration purposes only and may varyslightly depending on software version andmarket region.



Note: If charging at a Tesla Supercharger, andpaid supercharging is potentially in effect, thecharging screen also displays informationabout your previous or current Superchargersession (see Supercharger Usage Fees andIdle Fees on page 170).

Note: To reduce congestion at high-usagesupercharger sites, you may be automaticallylimited to a maximum charge of 80% whennot using Trip Planner (see Trip Information).You can manually increase the limit by tapping“Set Limit” on the touchscreen or mobile app.

1. Charge status messages (such asCharging Scheduled, Charging) displayhere.

2. To adjust the charge limit, touch Set Limit,and drag the arrow to change the chargelimit setting. The setting you chooseapplies to immediate and scheduledcharging sessions.

3. The current automatically sets to themaximum current available from theattached charge cable, unless it waspreviously reduced to a lower level. Ifneeded, touch - or + to change the current(for example, you may want to reduce thecurrent if you are concerned aboutoverloading a domestic wiring circuitshared by other equipment). It is notpossible to set the charging current to alevel that exceeds the maximum availablefrom the attached charge cable. Whenyou change the current, Model Sremembers the location. If you charge atthe same location, you do not need tochange it again.

Note: If Model S automatically reduced thecurrent at a charging location because offluctuations in input power (see the notein Charging Status on page 169), Teslarecommends charging at the lowercurrent until the underlying problem isresolved and the charging location canprovide consistent power.

4. Touch to open the charge port door or tostart (or stop) charging.

5. Energy level.6. Charging rate per hour, estimated increase

in driving distance (or energy) achievedso far in this charging session, currentsupplied/available from the connectedpower supply, and voltage supplied by thecharge cable.

7. Location-specific schedule. With Model Sin Park, set a specific time to begincharging at the current location (see Scheduled Charging and ScheduledDeparture on page 167).

Scheduled Charging and ScheduledDepartureThere are two ways in which you can scheduleyour vehicle's charging:


Charging 167

• Scheduled Charging: When you set ascheduled charging time, Model S displaysthe set time to begin charging when youare parked at the scheduled location. If, atthe scheduled time, Model S is notplugged in at the location, charging startsas soon as you plug it in, provided youplug it in within six hours of the scheduledtime. If plugged in after six hours,charging does not start until thescheduled time on the next day. Tooverride this setting, touch Start Chargingor Stop Charging. When you set ascheduled charging time, Model S displaysthe set time on the instrument panel andtouchscreen.

• Scheduled Departure: For any location,such as Home, you can simply plug inModel S and select a time for when youwant your vehicle to be ready to drive.Once your specified time is set, Model Sprepares itself by determining the besttime to start charging to optimize energycosts, Battery longevity, and ensurecharging completes in time for your drive.Your vehicle also preconditions the cabinto a comfortable temperature and warmsthe Battery. To set up a scheduleddeparture time, go to Charging >Scheduled Departure > Schedule andfollow the onscreen instructions tocustomize your schedule.

Scheduled Charging is best used to determinewhen your vehicle should start charging;Scheduled Departure is best used todetermine when charging should complete foryour drive.

Note: Your vehicle aims to finish chargingbefore 6am (end of off-peak hours). If givensufficient time to charge, charging may stop at6am, even if your scheduled departure is later.The vehicle warms the Battery andpreconditions the cabin shortly before yourscheduled departure time. If the vehicle doesnot have enough time to complete chargingbefore 6am, it will continue to charge until itreaches the target Battery percentage.

Note: If your vehicle is not plugged into acharger, Scheduled departure will notprecondition the cabin or battery.



Charging StatusThe following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only and may vary slightlydepending on the software version and market region.

1. Charging status information. For example, when Model S is charging, it displays the timeremaining until fully charged at the currently selected charge level. When a charging session isscheduled, it displays when charging starts.

2. Total estimated driving distance (or energy) available. To choose between displaying distanceor energy percentage, touch Controls > Display > Energy Display.

Note: A portion of the battery image may appear blue. This indicates that a small portion ofthe energy stored in the battery is not available because the battery is cold. This is normal andno reason for concern. When the battery warms up, the blue portion no longer displays.

3. Charging rate per hour.4. Estimated increase in driving distance (or energy) achieved so far in this charging session.5. Current supplied/available from the connected power supply (see Changing Charge Settings

on page 166).6. Voltage supplied by the charge cable.

Note: If Model S is charging and detects unexpected fluctuations in input power, the chargingcurrent is automatically reduced by 25%. For example, a 40 amp current is reduced to 30 amps.This automatic current reduction increases robustness and safety in situations when an externalproblem exists (for example, a home wiring system, receptacle, adapter or cord is unable to meetits rated current capacity). As a precaution, when Model S automatically reduces current, it savesthe reduced current at the charging location. Although you can manually increase it, Teslarecommends charging at the lower current until the underlying problem is resolved and thecharging location can provide consistent power.


Charging 169

Supercharger Usage Fees and IdleFeesWhen charging using a Tesla supercharger,SUPERCHARGING information displays at thebottom of the charging screen. Thisinformation includes the location, the timethat charging started, and an estimate of howmuch the session will cost. When you stopsupercharging, the estimated cost of thatsession displays until a new superchargingsession begins. If free charging is applicable,the estimated cost displays as zero.

Note: Estimated pricing is displayed for yourconvenience only and may not reflect theactual final price you will be charged for thatsupercharging session. Final pricing forsupercharging sessions can be found in yourTesla Account.

When charging at a Tesla supercharger, youare subject to idle fees. Idle fees are designedto encourage drivers to move their vehiclefrom the Supercharger when charging iscomplete. Idle fees are in effect only when halfor more of the Superchargers at a site areoccupied. The Tesla mobile app notifies youwhen charging nears completion, and againwhen charging is complete. Additionalnotifications are sent if idle fees are incurred.Idle fees are waived if you move your vehiclewithin five minutes of charging completion.

Log into your Tesla Account to view fees anddetails about Supercharger sessions, track theremaining balance of free credits, set up apayment method, and make payments. Once apayment method is saved, fees areautomatically paid from your account.



Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule

Service IntervalsYour vehicle should generally be serviced onan as-needed basis. However, Teslarecommends the following maintenance itemsand intervals, as applicable to your vehicle, toensure continued reliability and efficiency ofyour Model S.

• Brake fluid health check every 2 years(replace if necessary)

• A/C desiccant bag replacement every 2years

• Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years• HEPA filter replacement every 3 years• Clean and lubricate brake calipers every

year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in anarea where roads are salted during winter

• Rotate tires every 10,000-12,000 miles(16,000-20,000 km) or if tread depthdifference is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) or greater

Note: The above intervals are based on normaldriving behaviors and scenarios. Additionally,the above list should not be consideredcomprehensive and does not includeconsumable parts such as windshield wipers,brake pads, etc.

Note: Damages or failures caused bymaintenance or repairs performed by non-Tesla certified technicians are not covered bythe warranty.

Daily Checks• Check the Battery’s charge level,

displayed on the instrument panel ormobile app.

• Check the condition and pressure of eachtire (see Tire Care and Maintenance onpage 173).

• Check that all exterior lights, horn, turnsignals, and wipers and washers areworking.

• Check for any unexpected indicator lightsor vehicle alerts on the touchscreen orinstrument panel.

• Check the operation of the brakes,including the parking brake.

• Check the operation of the seat belts(see Seat Belts on page 27).

• Look for abnormal fluid depositsunderneath Model S that might indicate aleak. It is normal for a small pool of waterto form (caused by the air conditioningsystem’s dehumidifying process).

• Look around the exterior of Model S andimmediately remove any corrosivesubstances (such as bird droppings, treeresin, tar spots, dead insects, industrialfallout, etc.) to prevent damage to thepaint (see Cleaning on page 180).

Monthly Checks• Check windshield washer fluid level and

top up if necessary (see Topping UpWindshield Washer Fluid on page 186).

• Check that the air conditioning system isoperating correctly (see Climate Controlson page 128).

Note: In addition to cooling the interior, the airconditioning compressor also cools theBattery. Therefore, in hot weather, the airconditioning compressor can turn on even ifyou turned it off. This is normal because thesystem’s priority is to cool the Battery toensure it stays within an optimum temperaturerange to support longevity and optimumperformance. Also, even when not in use, youmay hear Model S emit a whining noise or thesound of water circulating. These sounds arenormal and occur when the internal coolingsystems turn on to support various vehiclefunctions, such as maintaining the 12V batteryand balancing the temperature of the highvoltage Battery.

Warning: Contact Tesla immediately if younotice any significant or sudden drop influid levels or uneven tire wear.

Fluid Replacement IntervalsYour Battery coolant does not need to bereplaced for the life of your vehicle undermost circumstances. Brake fluid should bechecked every 2 years, replacing if necessary.

Note: Any damage caused by opening theBattery coolant reservoir is excluded from thewarranty.

High Voltage SafetyYour Model S has been designed and builtwith safety as a priority. However, be aware ofthese precautions to protect yourself from therisk of injury inherent in all high-voltagesystems:

• Read and follow all instructions providedon the labels that are attached to Model S.These labels are there for your safety.


Maintenance 171

• The high voltage system has no user-serviceable parts. Do not disassemble,remove or replace high voltagecomponents, cables or connectors. Highvoltage cables are colored orange for easyidentification.

• If a collision occurs, do not touch any highvoltage wiring, connectors, orcomponents connected to the wiring.

• In the unlikely event that a fire occurs,immediately contact your local fireemergency responders.

Warning: Always disconnect the chargecable before working underneathModel S, even if charging is not inprogress.

Warning: Keep your hands and clothingaway from cooling fans. Some fansoperate even when Model S is poweredoff.

Warning: Some fluids (battery acid,Battery coolant, brake fluid, windshieldwasher additives, etc.) used in vehiclesare poisonous and should not be inhaled,swallowed, or brought into contact withopen wounds. For your safety, alwaysread and follow instructions printed onfluid containers.



Tire Care and Maintenance

Maintaining Tire PressuresKeep tires inflated to the pressures shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label, even ifit differs from the pressure printed on the tireitself. The Tire and Loading Information label islocated on the center door pillar and is visiblewhen the front door is open.

The Tire Pressure indicator light onthe instrument panel alerts you ifone or more tires is under- or over-inflated.

The Tire Pressure indicator light does notimmediately turn off when you adjust tirepressure. After inflating the tire to therecommended pressure, you must drive over15 mph (25 km/h) for more than 10 minutes toactivate the Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS), which turns off the Tire Pressureindicator light.

If the indicator light flashes for one minutewhenever you power on Model S, a fault withthe TPMS is detected (see TPMS Malfunctionon page 177).

On newer vehicles, you can display tirepressures on the instrument panel by choosingto display Car Status using the right or leftsteering wheel buttons (see Using LeftSteering Wheel Buttons on page 44 or UsingRight Steering Wheel Buttons on page 45).You can also choose whether you want todisplay tire pressures using BAR or PSI bytouching Controls > Display > Tire Pressure.

Warning: Under-inflation is the mostcommon cause of tire failures and cancause a tire to overheat, resulting insevere tire cracking, tread separation, orblowout, which causes unexpected loss ofvehicle control and increased risk of

injury. Under-inflation also reduces thevehicle's range and tire tread life.

Warning: Check tire pressures using anaccurate pressure gauge when tires arecold. It takes only about one mile (1.6 km)of driving to warm up the tires sufficientlyto affect tire pressures. Parking thevehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weathercan also affect tire pressures. If you mustcheck warm tires, expect increasedpressures. Do not let air out of warm tiresin an attempt to match recommendedcold tire pressures. A hot tire at or belowthe recommended cold tire inflationpressure is dangerously under-inflated.

Warning: Do not use any tire sealantother than the type provided in a Teslatire repair kit. Other types can cause tirepressure sensors to malfunction. If yourModel S did not include a tire repair kit,you can purchase one from Tesla.


Maintenance 173

Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures

Follow these steps when tires are cold andModel S has been stationary for over threehours:

1. Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel located on the driver’s center doorpillar for the target tire pressure.

2. Remove the valve cap.3. Firmly press an accurate tire pressure

gauge onto the valve to measure pressure.4. If required, add or remove air to reach the

recommended pressure.

Note: You can release air by pressing themetal stem in the center of the valve.

5. Re-check pressure using the accurate tiregauge.

6. Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary untilthe tire pressure is correct.

7. Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt fromentering. Periodically check the valve fordamage and leaks.

Inspecting and Maintaining TiresRegularly inspect the tread and side walls forany sign of distortion (bulges), foreign objects,cuts or wear.

Warning: Do not drive Model S if a tire isdamaged, excessively worn, or inflated toan incorrect pressure. Check tiresregularly for wear, and ensure there areno cuts, bulges or exposure of the ply/cord structure.

Tire Wear

Adequate tread depth is important for propertire performance. Tires with a tread depth lessthan 4/32” (3 mm) are more likely tohydroplane in wet conditions and should notbe used. Tires with a tread depth less than5/32” (4 mm) do not perform well in snow andslush and should not be used when driving inwinter conditions.

Model S is originally fitted with tires that havewear indicators molded into the tread pattern.When the tread has been worn down to 4/32”(3 mm), the indicators start to appear at thesurface of the tread pattern, producing theeffect of a continuous band of rubber acrossthe width of the tire. For optimal performanceand safety, Tesla recommends replacing tiresbefore the wear indicators are visible.

Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel Alignment

Tesla recommends rotating the tires every10,000-12,000 miles (16,000-20,000 km) or iftread depth difference is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) orgreater.

Unbalanced wheels (sometimes noticeable asvibration through the steering wheel) affectvehicle handling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

If tire wear is uneven (on one side of the tireonly) or becomes abnormally excessive, checkthe alignment of wheels.

Note: When replacing only two tires, alwaysinstall the new tires on the rear.



Punctured Tires

A puncture eventually causes the tire to losepressure, which is why it is important to checktire pressures frequently. Permanently repairor replace punctured or damaged tires assoon as possible.

Your tubeless tires may not leak whenpenetrated, provided the object remains in thetire. If, however, you feel a sudden vibration orride disturbance while driving, or you suspecta tire is damaged, immediately reduce yourspeed. Drive slowly, while avoiding heavybraking or sharp steering and, when safe to doso, stop the vehicle. Arrange to have Model Stransported to a Tesla Service Center, or to anearby tire repair center.

Note: In some cases, you can temporarilyrepair small tire punctures (under 1/4” (6mm)) using an optional tire repair kit availablefrom Tesla. This allows you to slowly driveModel S to Tesla or to a nearby tire repairfacility.

Warning: Do not drive with a puncturedtire that has not been repaired, even if thepuncture has not caused the tire todeflate. A punctured tire can deflatesuddenly at any time.

Flat Spots

If Model S is stationary for a long period, tirescan form flat spots. When Model S is driven,these flat spots cause a vibration whichgradually disappears as the tires warm up andregain their original shape.

To minimize flat spots during storage, inflatetires to the maximum pressure indicated onthe tire wall. Then, before driving, release airto adjust tire pressure to the recommendedlevels.

Improving Tire Mileage

To improve the mileage you get from yourtires, maintain tires at the recommended tirepressures, observe speed limits and advisoryspeeds, and avoid:

• Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.• Fast turns and heavy braking.• Potholes and objects in the road.• Hitting curbs when parking.• Contaminating tires with fluids that can

cause damage.

Replacing Tires and WheelsTires degrade over time due to the effects ofultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, highloads, and environmental conditions. It isrecommended that tires are replaced every sixyears, or sooner if required, even if treaddepth is above the minimum.

Wheel and tires are matched to suit thehandling characteristics of the vehicle.Replacement tires must comply with theoriginal specification. If tires other than thosespecified are used, ensure that the load andspeed ratings marked on the tire (see Understanding Tire Markings on page 199)equal or exceed those of the originalspecification.

Ideally, you should replace all four tires at thesame time. If this is not possible, replace thetires in pairs, placing the new tires on the rear.Always balance the wheel and tire afterreplacing a tire.

If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System) sensors need to be resetto ensure they provide accurate warningswhen tires are under- or over-inflated (see Resetting the TPMS Sensors on page 176).

For the specification of the original wheelsand tires installed on Model S, see Wheels andTires on page 197.

Warning: For your safety, use only tiresand wheels that match the originalspecification. Tires that do not match theoriginal specification can affect theoperation of the TPMS.

Warning: Never exceed the speed ratingof your vehicle's tires. The speed rating isshown on the sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire Markings on page199).

Asymmetric Tires

Model S tires are asymmetric and must bemounted on the wheel with the correctsidewall facing outward. The sidewall of thetire is marked with the word OUTSIDE. Whennew tires are installed, make sure that the tiresare correctly mounted on the wheels.


Maintenance 175

Warning: Road holding is seriouslyimpaired if the tires are incorrectlyinstalled on the wheels.

Wheel Configuration

If you are installing new wheels or swappingthem for different ones, update your vehicle'swheel configuration by touching Controls >Service > Wheel Configuration. This allowsModel S to learn the new wheels and providemore accurate status updates on your vehicle.Select a wheel from the drop down menu thatmatches the new wheels you plan to install onModel S. Selecting new wheels in the wheelconfiguration also changes the wheels thatappear on your vehicle's avatar on thetouchscreen.

Ensure you are aware if your vehicle isequipped with staggered wheels, meaning thewheels are different sizes in the front and rear.Check the front and rear tire sizes marked onthe tire sidewall to see if they match or aredifferent sizes. If the wheels are staggered,take extra precaution to ensure the newwheels you install are staggered in the sameway as the previous wheels.

Note: Changing your vehicle's wheelconfiguration can impact range estimates, tirepressure warning levels, and vehiclevisualization.

Warning: Only use Tesla-approved wheelswhen installing or swapping wheels. Usingnon Tesla-approved wheels can causeserious damage. Tesla is not liable fordamage caused by using wheels notapproved by Tesla.

Tire Pressure MonitoringEach tire should be checked monthly whencold and inflated to the recommendedpressures that are printed on the Tire andLoading Information label located on thedriver’s door pillar (see Maintaining TirePressures on page 173). If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the size indicatedon the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel, determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a TPMS that displays atire pressure telltale (Tire Pressure Warning)on the instrument panel when one or more ofyour tires is significantly under- or over-inflated. Accordingly, when the Tire Pressureindicator light displays on the instrumentpanel to alert you about tire pressure, stopand check your tires as soon as possible, andinflate them to the proper pressure (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 173).Driving on a significantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reduces rangeefficiency and tire tread life, and may affectthe vehicle's handling and stopping ability.

If Model S detects a fault with theTPMS, this indicator flashes for oneminute whenever you power onModel S.

Note: Installing accessories that are notapproved by Tesla can interfere with theTPMS.

Warning: The TPMS is not a substitute forproper tire maintenance, includingmanually checking tire pressures andregularly inspecting the condition of tires.It is the driver's responsibility to maintaincorrect tire pressure, even if under- orover-inflation has not reached the levelfor the TPMS to trigger the Tire PressureWarning on the instrument panel.

Resetting the TPMS Sensors

After replacing one or more wheels (but notafter replacing a tire or rotating wheels), theTPMS sensors need to be reset to ensure tirepressure warnings are accurate.

On newer versions of Model S, the TPMSsensors are reset automatically after drivingover 15 mph (25 km/h) for longer than 10minutes. But for older versions, follow thesesteps:

1. Inflate all tires to their recommendedpressures, as indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label located on thedoor pillar.

2. Get ready to drive for ten minutes, thentouch Controls > Service > Reset TPMS.



3. Follow the onscreen instructions.

Caution: Selecting the incorrect wheelsize may result in false tire pressurewarnings. If a tire pressure warningdisplays, exit the vehicle, close therear trunk and all doors, wait for thetouchscreen to go black, then re-enter the vehicle and ensure that thecorrect wheel size is selected beforetouching Reset TPMS.

Note: On some older versions of Model S,when changing to 21" wheels, the TPMS maygenerate false tire pressure warnings. BringModel S to a Tesla Service Center for furtheradjustment.

Warning: Do not reset the TPMS sensorsin an attempt to clear tire pressurewarnings.

Replacing a Tire Sensor

If the Tire Pressure warning indicator displaysfrequently, contact Tesla to determine if a tiresensor needs to be replaced. If a non-TeslaService Center repairs or replaces a tire, thetire sensor may not work until Tesla performsthe setup procedure.

TPMS Malfunction

Model S has also been equipped with a TPMSmalfunction indicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.

The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the tire pressureindicator light. When the systemdetects a malfunction, the indicatorflashes for approximately oneminute, then remains continuously lit.This sequence continues uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When theTPMS malfunction indicator is on, thesystem might not be able to detector signal under- and over-inflatedtires as intended.

TPMS malfunctions can occur for a variety ofreasons, including installing replacement oralternate tires or wheels that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Always checkthe TPMS malfunction indicator light afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replacement tires orwheels allow the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Note: If a tire has been replaced or repairedusing a different tire sealant than the oneavailable from Tesla, and a low tire pressure isdetected, it is possible that the tire sensor hasbeen damaged. Contact Tesla to have the faultrepaired as soon as possible.


Maintenance 177

Seasonal Tire Types

Summer Tires

Your vehicle may be originally equipped withhigh performance summer tires or all seasontires. Tesla recommends using winter tires ifdriving in cold temperatures or on roadswhere snow or ice may be present. ContactTesla for winter tire recommendations.

Warning: In cold temperatures or on snowor ice, summer tires do not provideadequate traction. Selecting and installingthe appropriate tires for winter conditionsis important to ensure the safety andoptimum performance of your Model S.

All-Season Tires

Your Model S may be originally equipped withall-season tires. These tires are designed toprovide adequate traction in most conditionsyear-round, but may not provide the samelevel of traction as winter tires in snowy or icyconditions. All-season tires can be identifiedby “ALL SEASON" and/or "M+S” (mud andsnow) on the tire sidewall.

Winter Tires

Use winter tires to increase traction in snowyor icy conditions. When installing winter tires,always install a complete set of four tires atthe same time. Winter tires must be the samediameter, brand, construction and treadpattern on all four wheels. Contact Tesla forwinter tire recommendations.

Winter tires can be identified by amountain/snowflake symbol on thetire's sidewall.

When driving with winter tires, you mayexperience more road noise, shorter tread life,and less traction on dry roads.

Driving in Low TemperaturesTire performance is reduced in low ambienttemperatures, resulting in reduced grip and anincreased susceptibility to damage fromimpacts. Performance tires can temporarilyharden when cold, causing you to hearrotational noise for the first few miles(kilometers) until the tires warm up.

Using Tire ChainsTesla has tested and approved Maggie GroupTrak Sport P217 tire chains to increase tractionin snowy conditions. These chains should onlybe installed on rear 19" tires. Do not use chainson 21" tires or on front tires. The approved tirechains can be purchased from Tesla.

When installing tire chains, follow theinstructions and warnings provided by the tirechain manufacturer. Mount them evenly and astight as possible.

When using tire chains:

• Inspect the tire chains for loose fittingsand damaged links before each use.

• Ensure air suspension is set to STANDARDand Suspension Lowering is set to NEVERfor vehicles equipped with air suspension(see Air Suspension on page 146).

• Avoid heavily loading Model S (heavyloads can reduce the clearance betweenthe tires and the body).

• Do not drive the vehicle without thechains properly installed.

• Drive slowly. Do not exceed 30 mph(48 km/h).

• Remove the tire chains as soon asconditions allow.

Note: Tire chains are prohibited in somejurisdictions. Check local laws before installingtire chains.

Caution: Vehicles equipped with airsuspension should remain in theSTANDARD ride height setting to avoiddamage.

Caution: Using non-recommended tirechains, or using tire chains on other sizedtires can damage the suspension, body,wheels, and/or brake lines. Damagecaused by using non-recommended tirechains, or incorrectly installing tire chains,is not covered by the warranty.

Caution: Do not use chains on a Model Sequipped with 21" tires and do not usetire chains on front tires.

Caution: Never deflate your tires to put ontire chains. When re-inflated, the chainsmight fit too tightly and cause tiredamage.

Caution: Ensure that the tire chainscannot touch suspension components orbrake lines. If you hear the chains makingunusual noises that would indicate



contact with Model S, stop andinvestigate immediately.


Maintenance 179

Cleaning

Cleaning the ExteriorTo prevent damage to the paint, immediatelyremove corrosive substances (bird droppings,tree resin, dead insects, tar spots, road salt,industrial fallout, etc.). Do not wait untilModel S is due for a complete wash. Ifnecessary, use denatured alcohol to removetar spots and stubborn grease stains, thenimmediately wash the area with water and amild, non-detergent soap to remove thealcohol.

Follow these steps when washing the exteriorof Model S:

1. Rinse Thoroughly

Before washing, flush grime and grit fromthe vehicle using a hose. Flush awayaccumulations of mud in areas wheredebris easily collects (such as wheel wellsand panel seams). If salt has been used onthe highways (such as during wintermonths), thoroughly rinse all traces ofroad salt from the underside of thevehicle, wheel wells, and brakes.

2. Hand Wash

Hand wash Model S using a clean softcloth and cold or lukewarm watercontaining a mild, high-quality carshampoo.

3. Rinse with Clean Water

After washing, rinse with clean water toprevent soap from drying on the surfaces.

4. Dry Thoroughly and Clean Exterior Glass

After washing and rinsing, dry thoroughlywith a chamois. If necessary, dry thebrakes by going on a short drive andapplying the brakes multiple times.

Clean windows and mirrors using anautomotive glass cleaner. Do not scrape,or use any abrasive cleaning fluid on glassor mirrored surfaces.

Cautions for Exterior Cleaning

Caution: Do not use windshield treatmentfluids. Doing so can interfere with wiperfriction and cause a chattering sound.

Caution: Do not use hot water ordetergents.

Caution: Do not wash in direct sunlight.

Caution: If using a pressure washer,maintain a distance of at least 12" (30 cm)between the nozzle and the surface ofModel S. Keep the nozzle moving and donot concentrate the water jet on any onearea.

Caution: Do not aim water hoses directlyat window, door, or hood seals.

Caution: Do not aim water hoses atelectronic modules or exposed cabling.

Caution: To avoid corrosive damage thatmay not be covered by the warranty, rinseaway any road salt from the underside ofthe vehicle, wheel wells, and brakes. Aftercleaning the vehicle, dry the brakes bygoing on a short drive and applying thebrakes multiple times.

Caution: Avoid using tight-napped orrough cloths, such as washing mitts.

Caution: If washing in an automatic carwash, use touchless car washes only.These car washes have no parts (brushes,etc.) that touch the surfaces of Model S.Using any other type of car wash couldcause damage that is not covered by thewarranty.

Caution: Ensure the wipers are off beforewashing Model S to avoid the risk ofdamaging the wipers.

Caution: Do not use chemical basedwheel cleaners. These can damage thefinish on the wheels.

Caution: Avoid using a high pressurepower washer on the camera(s) orparking sensors (if equipped) and do notclean a sensor or camera lens with asharp or abrasive object that can scratchor damage its surface.

Warning: Never spray liquid at a highvelocity (for example, if using a pressurewasher) towards the charge port whileModel S is charging. Failure to followthese instructions can result in seriousinjury or damage to the vehicle, chargingequipment, or property.

Cleaning


Cleaning the InteriorFrequently inspect and clean the interior tomaintain its appearance and to preventpremature wear. If possible, immediately wipeup spills and remove marks. For generalcleaning, wipe interior surfaces using a softcloth (such as microfiber) dampened with amixture of warm water and mild non-detergent cleaner (test all cleaners on aconcealed area before use). To avoid streaks,dry immediately with a soft lint-free cloth.

Interior Glass

Do not scrape, or use any abrasive cleaningfluid on glass or mirrored surfaces. This candamage the reflective surface of the mirrorand the heating elements in the rear window.

Airbags

Do not allow any substance to enter an airbagcover. This could affect correct operation.

Dashboard and Plastic Surfaces

Do not polish the upper surfaces of thedashboard. Polished surfaces are reflectiveand could interfere with your driving view.

Leather Seats

Leather is prone to dye-transfer which cancause discoloration, particularly on lightcolored leather. White and tan leather iscoated with an anti-soiling treatment. Wipespills as soon as possible using a soft clothmoistened with warm water and non-detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circularmotion. Then wipe dry using a soft, lint-freecloth. Using detergents or commerciallyavailable leather cleaners and conditioners isnot recommended because they can discoloror dry out the leather.

Polyurethane Seats

Wipe spills as soon as possible using a softcloth moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circularmotion. After cleaning, allow the seats to airdry.

Be careful with dyes, such as from clothing ordenim, that come into contact with the seats.Dyes can diffuse into the seat material overtime and cause staining.

Caution: Aftermarket, non-Tesla seatcovers may inhibit the sensitivity of seat

sensors and may cause staining ordamage.

Cloth Seats

Wipe spills as soon as possible using a softcloth moistened with warm water and non-detergent soap. Wipe gently in a circularmotion. Then wipe dry using a soft, lint-freecloth. Vacuum the seats as needed to removeany loose dirt.

Carpets

Avoid over-wetting carpets. For heavily soiledareas, use a diluted upholstery cleaner.

Seat Belts

Extend the belts to wipe. Do not use any typeof detergent or chemical cleaning agent.Allow the belts to dry naturally whileextended, preferably away from directsunlight.

Tesla Built-In Rear Facing Child Seats

Vacuum the seats to remove any loose dirt.Wipe the seats with a soft cloth dampenedwith warm water. You can also use anupholstery cleaner designed for automotiveuse. Extend the belts to wipe. Allow the beltsto dry naturally, preferably away from directsunlight.

Touchscreen and Instrument Panel

Clean the touchscreen and instrument panelusing a soft lint-free cloth specificallydesigned to clean monitors and displays. Donot use cleaners (such as a glass cleaner) anddo not use a wet wipe or a dry statically-charged cloth (such as a recently washedmicrofiber). To wipe the touchscreen withoutactivating buttons and changing settings, youcan enable Screen Clean Mode. TouchControls > Display > Screen Clean Mode. Thedisplay darkens to make it easy to see dustand smudges. To exit Screen Clean Mode,press and hold HOLD TO EXIT.

Chrome and Metal Surfaces

Polish, abrasive cleaners or hard cloths candamage the finish on chrome and metalsurfaces.

Cautions for Interior Cleaning

Caution: Using solvents (includingalcohol), bleach, citrus, naphtha, or

Cleaning

Maintenance 181

silicone-based products or additives oninterior components can cause damage.

Caution: Statically-charged materials cancause damage to the touchscreen orinstrument panel.

Warning: If you notice any damage on anairbag or seat belt, contact Teslaimmediately.

Warning: Do not allow any water,cleaners, or fabric to enter a seat beltmechanism.

Warning: Exposure to chemical cleanerscan be hazardous and can irritate eyesand skin. Read and observe theinstructions provided by themanufacturer of the chemical cleaner.

Polishing, Touch Up, and BodyRepairTo preserve the cosmetic appearance of thebody, you can occasionally treat the paintsurfaces with an approved polish containing:

• Very mild abrasive to remove surfacecontamination without removing ordamaging the paint.

• Filling compounds that fill scratches andreduce their visibility.

• Wax to provide a protective coatingbetween the paint and environmentalelements.

Regularly inspect the exterior paint fordamage. Treat minor chips and scratchesusing a paint touch-up pen (available forpurchase from Tesla). Use the touch-up penafter washing but before polishing or waxing.

Repair rock chips, fractures or scratches. Referto https://www.tesla.com/support/body-shop-support for more information on repairlocations and available services.

Caution: Do not use cutting pastes, colorrestoration compounds, or polishescontaining harsh abrasives. These canscour the surface and permanentlydamage the paint.

Caution: Do not use chrome polish orother abrasive cleaners.

Using a Car CoverTo preserve the cosmetic appearance of thebody when Model S is not being used, use agenuine Tesla car cover. Car covers can bepurchased from Tesla. See Parts andAccessories on page 188.

Caution: Use only a Tesla-approved carcover when Model S is plugged in. Using anon-Tesla car cover can prevent theBattery from being adequately cooledduring charging.

Floor MatsTo extend the life of your carpet and makethem easier to clean, use genuine Tesla floormats (see Parts and Accessories on page188). Maintain floor mats by regularly cleaningthem and checking that they are properlyattached. Replace floor mats if they becomeexcessively worn.

Warning: To avoid potential interferencewith a foot pedal, ensure that the driver’sfloor mat is securely fastened, and neverplace an additional floor mat on top of it.Floor mats should always rest on top ofthe vehicle carpeting surface and not onanother floor mat or other covering.

Cleaning


https://www.tesla.com/support/body-shop-support

https://www.tesla.com/support/body-shop-support

Wiper Blades and Washer Jets

Checking and Cleaning WiperBladesPeriodically clean the edge of the wiperblades and check the rubber for cracks, splits,and roughness. If damaged, replace the bladeimmediately to prevent damage to the glassand improve visibility.

Contaminants on the windshield, or on thewiper blades, can reduce the effectiveness ofthe wipers. Contaminants include ice, waxspray from car washes, washer fluid with bugand/or water repellent, bird droppings, treesap, and other organic substances.

Follow these guidelines for cleaning:

• Clean the windshield and wiper bladesusing washer fluid, isopropyl (rubbing)alcohol, or non-abrasive glass cleanerapproved for use on automotive glass andrubber. Inappropriate products can causedamage or smears, and create glare onthe windshield.

• Lift the wiper arm a short distance awayfrom the windshield, just far enough toaccess the wiper blade. Do not lift a wiperarm beyond its intended position.

If the wipers remain ineffective after cleaning,replace the wiper blades.

Replacing Wiper BladesFor optimum performance, replace the wiperblades at least once a year.

Note: Only install replacement blades that areidentical to the original blades. Usinginappropriate blades can affect the operationof the rain sensor and damage the wipersystem and windshield.

To replace the wiper blades:

1. Shift into Park and turn off the wipers.2. Touch Controls > Service > Wiper Service

Mode > ON to move the wipers to theservice position.

3. Lift the wiper arm a short distance awayfrom the windshield, just far enough toaccess the wiper blade.

Caution: Wiper blades do not lockinto a lifted position. Do not lift awiper arm beyond its intendedposition.

4. Place a towel betweem the wiper arm andwindshield to avoid scratching or crackingthe windshield.

5. Hold the wiper arm and press the lockingtab while sliding the blade down the arm.

6. Align the new wiper blade on the wiperarm and slide it toward the end of thewiper arm until it locks into place.

7. Turn Wiper Service Mode off to return thewipers to their normal position.

Cleaning Washer JetsThe position of the windshield washers is setat the factory and should never needadjusting.

If a windshield washer becomes blocked, use athin strand of wire to clear any blockages fromthe nozzles.

Warning: Do not operate the washerswhile cleaning Model S. Windshieldwasher fluid can irritate eyes and skin.Read and observe the washer fluidmanufacturer’s instructions.

Wiper Blades and Washer Jets

Maintenance 183

Fluid Reservoirs

Removing the Maintenance PanelTo check fluid levels, remove the maintenancepanel:

1. Open the hood.2. Pull the maintenance panel upward to

release the clips that hold it in place.

Caution: The maintenance panel protectsthe front trunk from water. When re-attaching, make sure it is fully seated.

Checking Battery CoolantYour Battery coolant should not need to bereplaced for the life of your vehicle undermost circumstances. However, if the quantityof fluid in the cooling system drops below therecommended level, the instrument paneldisplays a warning message. Stop drivingModel S as soon as safety permits and contactTesla.

Fluid Level Check

On a Rear Wheel Drive Model S, you cancheck the fluid level visually. BUT DO NOTREMOVE THE FILLER CAP AND DO NOT ADDFLUID. Doing so can result in damage notcovered by the warranty. To check the fluidlevel, park Model S on level ground. WhenModel S is cool, remove the maintenancepanel (see Removing the Maintenance Panelon page 184). The fluid level can be seen bylooking at the outside marks on the side of thereservoir.

The fluid level should be between the MIN andthe MAX marks. If you notice that the fluidlevel has dropped significantly, contact Teslabefore using Model S.

Do Not Top Up Battery Coolant

Warning: Battery coolant can behazardous and can irritate eyes and skin.Under no circumstances should youremove the filler cap and/or add coolant.If the instrument panel warns you that thefluid level is low, contact Teslaimmediately.

To maximize the performance and life of theBattery, the cooling system uses a specificmixture of G-48 ethylene-glycol coolant(HOAT). Contact Tesla for more specificinformation about the coolant.

Fluid Reservoirs


Checking Brake FluidWarning: Contact Tesla immediately if younotice increased movement of the brakepedal or a significant loss of brake fluid.Driving under these conditions can resultin extended stopping distances orcomplete brake failure.

A red brake indicator on theinstrument panel alerts you if thequantity of fluid in the brakereservoir drops below therecommended level. If it displayswhile driving, stop as soon as safetypermits by gently applying thebrakes. Do not continue driving.Contact Tesla immediately.

Fluid Level Check

Tesla checks the brake fluid level and health atthe regularly scheduled maintenance intervals.To check the fluid level yourself, park Model Son level ground. When Model S is cool, removethe maintenance panel (see Removing theMaintenance Panel on page 184).

Check the fluid level visually by looking at theoutside marks on the side of the reservoirwithout removing the filler cap.

The brake fluid level should always bebetween the MIN and the MAX marks.

Note: Although brake fluid level drops slightlyduring normal use as a result of brake padwear, it should not drop below the MIN mark.

Topping Up the Brake Fluid

Do not top up your brake fluid. The followinginstructions are provided for informationpurposes and future reference only:

1. Clean the filler cap before removing it toprevent dirt from entering the reservoir.

2. Unscrew the cap and remove it.3. Top up the reservoir to the MAX mark

using the appropriate brake fluid.4. Replace the filler cap, ensuring it is fully

secured.

Warning: Only use new fluid from a sealedair-tight container. Never use previouslyused fluid or fluid from a previouslyopened container—fluid absorbs moisturewhich decreases braking performance.

Warning: Brake fluid is highly toxic. Keepcontainers sealed and out of the reach ofchildren. In the event of accidentalconsumption, seek medical attentionimmediately.

Caution: Brake fluid damages paintedsurfaces. Immediately soak up any spillswith an absorbent cloth and wash thearea with a mixture of car shampoo andwater.

Fluid Reservoirs

Maintenance 185

Topping Up Windshield WasherFluidThe only reservoir into which you can addfluid is the windshield washer fluid reservoir,which is located behind the front trunk. Whenthe level is low, a message displays on theinstrument panel.

To top up the washer fluid:

1. Open the hood.2. Clean around the filler cap before opening

it to prevent dirt from entering thereservoir.

3. Open the filler cap.

4. While avoiding spilling, fill the reservoiruntil the fluid level is visible just below thefiller neck. The reservoir has a capacity ofliters.

5. Wipe up any spills immediately and washthe affected area with water.

6. Replace the filler cap.

Note: Some national or local regulationsrestrict the use of Volatile OrganicCompounds (VOCs). VOCs are commonlyused as antifreeze in washer fluid. Use awasher fluid with limited VOC content only if itprovides adequate freeze resistance for allclimates in which you drive Model S.

Caution: Do not add formulated washerfluids that contain water repellent or bugwash. These fluids can cause streaking,smearing, and squeaking or other noises.

Warning: In temperatures below40° F (4° C), use a washer fluid withantifreeze. In cold weather, using awasher fluid without antifreeze can impairvisibility through the windshield.

Warning: Windshield washer fluid canirritate eyes and skin. Read and observethe instructions provided by the washerfluid manufacturer.

Fluid Reservoirs


Jacking and Lifting

Jacking ProcedureFollow the steps below to lift Model S. Ensurethat any non-Tesla repair facility is aware ofthese lifting points.

1. Position Model S centrally between the liftposts.

2. If your Model S is equipped with airsuspension, it automatically self-levels,even when power is off. Use thetouchscreen to set the suspension asfollows:

• Touch Controls > Suspension.• Press the brake pedal, then touch Very

High to maximize the height of thesuspension.

• Touch Jack to disable self-leveling.3. Position the lift arm pads under the

designated body lift points at thelocations shown.

Warning: DO NOT position the liftarm pads under the Battery or siderails, as shown in red.

4. Adjust the height and position of the liftarm pads to ensure that they are correctlylocated.

5. With assistance, raise the lift to thedesired height, ensuring the lift arm padsremain in their correct positions.

6. Engage any lift safety locks. Follow the liftmanufacturer's instructions.

Note: Jack mode cancels when Model S isdriven over 4 mph (7 km/h).

Note: Jack mode may be unexpectedlyenabled in situations where an object issupporting the vehicle's weight (for examplethe bumper of the vehicle is resting on a curb).

Warning: If your Model S is equipped withair suspension, it automatically self-levels,even when power is off. You MUST disablethis system by engaging Jack modebefore lifting or jacking. If you do notdisable air suspenion, Model S can

attempt to self-level, causing seriousdamage, bodily injury, or death.

Warning: Never raise Model S when thecharge cable is connected, even ifcharging is not in progress.

Warning: Do not work on an incorrectlysupported vehicle. Doing so can causeserious damage, bodily injury, or death.

Caution: DO NOT lift from under theBattery or side rails. Place the lift armpads under the designated body liftpoints only. The locations shown are theonly approved lifting points for Model S.Lifting at any other points can causedamage. Damage caused by incorrectlylifting Model S is not covered by thewarranty.

Jacking and Lifting

Maintenance 187

Parts and Accessories

Parts, Accessories, andModificationsUse only genuine Tesla parts and accessories.Tesla performs rigorous testing on parts toensure their suitability, safety, and reliability.Purchase these parts from Tesla, where theyare professionally installed and where you canreceive expert advice about modifications toModel S. Accessories are available forpurchase from Tesla stores or online at www.tesla.com.

Note: Some accessories may not be availablein your market region.

Tesla is unable to assess parts manufacturedby other distributors and therefore accepts noresponsibility if you use non-Tesla parts onModel S.

Warning: Installing non-approved partsand accessories, or performing non-approved modifications, can affect theperformance of Model S and the safety ofits occupants. Any damage caused byusing or installing non-approved parts, orby performing non-approvedmodifications, is not covered by thewarranty.

Warning: Tesla does not accept liabilityfor death, personal injury or damage thatoccurs if you use or install non-approvedaccessories or make non-approvedmodifications.

Body RepairsIf your Model S is in a collision, contact Teslaor a Tesla-approved Body Shop to ensure thatit is repaired with genuine Tesla parts. Teslahas selected and approved body shops thatmeet strict requirements for training,equipment, quality, and customer satisfaction.

Some repair shops and insurance companiesmight suggest using non-original equipmentor salvaged parts to save money. However,these parts do not meet Tesla's high standardsfor quality, fit and corrosion resistance. Inaddition, non-original equipment and salvagedparts (and any damage or failures they mightcause) are not covered by the warranty.

Using RFID TranspondersModel S has a metallic coating on thewindshield that can interfere with signals sentfrom RFID transponders used by many tollsystems. Most Model S vehicles, depending ondate of manufacture, include an area in thewindshield in which the metallic coating is cutout to accommodate transponders. This area,located on the right side of the rear viewmirror, is the best location to mount atransponder. If your vehicle does not includethis cut out area, mount the transponder tothe rear window.

Note: You can also attach a weather-prooftransponder to the front license plate.

Parts and Accessories



Specifications

Identification Labels

Vehicle Identification NumberYou can find the VIN at the followinglocations:

• Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center ofthe touchscreen. The popup windowdisplays the VIN.

• Stamped on a plate located at the top ofthe dashboard. Can be seen by lookingthrough the windshield.

• Printed on the Vehicle Certification label,located on the door pillar. Can be seenwhen the driver’s door is open.

• On vehicles manufactured as of August2015, the VIN is stamped on the chassisand can be seen by removing the sill panelon the front passenger door by gentlyprying it upward using a flat-bladed tool.

Note: The VIN was not stamped on thechassis on vehicles manufactured betweenapproximately June 2, 2016 and Feb 28,2017.

Caution: Removing the sill panel toview the VIN is not recommendedbecause damage is likely to occur.The panel is held in place with fragileclips that break easily. Damagecaused by removing the sill panel isnot covered by the warranty.

Emission Control LabelThe emission control label is located on theopening face of the liftgate.

Identification Labels

Specifications 189

Vehicle Loading

Load Capacity LabelingIt is important to understand how muchweight your Model S can safely carry. Thisweight is called the vehicle capacity weightand includes the weight of all occupants,cargo and any additional equipment added toyour Model S since it was manufactured.

Two labels attached to the center door pillarindicate how much weight Model S can safelycarry. Labels are visible when the front door isopen.

1. Tire and Loading Information Label2. Vehicle Certification Label

Warning: Overloading Model S has anadverse effect on braking and handling,which can compromise your safety orcause damage.

Caution: Never load more than 300 lbs(136 kg) in the front trunk. Doing so cancause damage.


Caution: Never store large amounts ofliquid in Model S. A significant spill cancause electrical components tomalfunction.

Tire and Loading Information LabelThe Tire and Loading Information labelprovides:

• The maximum number of occupantseating positions.

• The maximum vehicle capacity weight.

• The size of the original tires.• The cold inflation pressures for the

original front and rear tires. Thesepressures are recommended to optimizeride and handling characteristics.

Never change this label, even if you usedifferent tires in the future.

Note: If Model S is loaded to its full capacity,double check all tires to ensure they areinflated to their recommended pressure levels.

Vehicle Certification LabelThe Vehicle Certification label provides:

• GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. Themaximum allowable total mass of Model S.This is calculated as the weight ofModel S, all passengers, fluids, and cargo.

• GAWR FRT and GAWR RR - Gross AxleWeight Rating for the front and rear axles.The GAWR is the maximum distributedweight that each axle can support.

United States:

Canada:

Caution: To prevent damage, never loadModel S so that it is heavier than GVWRor exceeds the individual GAWR weights.

Vehicle Loading


Calculating Load Limits1. Locate the statement “The combined

weight of occupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX lbs or XXX kg” on the“Tire and Loading Information” label.

2. Determine the combined weight of alloccupants that will ride in the vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of theoccupants from XXX lbs or XXX kg (seeStep 1).

4. The resulting figure equals the availablecargo load capacity. For example, if the“XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs (635 kg)and there will be five 150 lb (68 kg)passengers in the vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo capacity is 650 lbs(1400 ‑ 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or 295 kg(635 ‑ 340 (5 x 68) = 295 kg).

5. Determine the combined cargo weightbeing loaded on the vehicle. That weightmust not exceed the available cargo loadcapacity calculated in Step 4.

Warning: Trunks are the preferred placesto carry objects. In a collision, or duringhard braking and sharp turns, loose itemsin the cabin could injure occupants.

Example Load Limit Calculations

How much cargo Model S can carry dependson the number and weight of passengers. Thefollowing calculated load limit examplesassume passengers weigh 150 lbs (68 kg). Ifpassengers weigh more or less, availablecargo weight decreases or increasesrespectively.

Driver and one passenger

Description Total

Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs(433 kg)

Subtract occupant weight(2 x 150 lbs/68 kg)

300 lbs(136 kg)

Available cargo weight 654 lbs(297 kg)

Driver and four passengers

Description Total

Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs(433 kg)

Description Total

Subtract occupant weight (5 x150 lbs/68 kg)

750 lbs(340 kg)

Available cargo weight 204 lbs(93 kg)

The cargo weight should be distributedbetween the front and rear trunks.

Caution: Do not exceed the maximumfront trunk load weight of 300 lbs(136 kg).


Towing a TrailerWarning: Do not use Model S for towingpurposes. Model S does not support atrailer hitch. Installing one could causedamage and increase the risk of acollision.

Caution: Using Model S for towing mayvoid the warranty.

Roof RacksIf Model S is equipped with a sunroof or apanoramic roof, you can carry up to 165 lbs(75 kg) using a Tesla-approved roof rack (see Parts and Accessories on page 188). A Model Sequipped with a solid body color roof isincompatible with roof racks.

Caution: Do not use roof racks, or placeany load, on the roof of a Model S that isequipped with a solid roof. Doing so cancause significant damage.

Vehicle Loading

Specifications 191

Dimensions and Weights

Exterior Dimensions

A Overall Length 196 in 4,970 mm

B Overall Width (including mirrors)Overall Width (excluding mirrors)

86.2 in77.3 in

2,189 mm1,964 mm

C Overall Height 56.9 in* 1,445 mm*

D Wheel Base 116.5 in 2,960 mm

E Overhang - Front 36.9 in 929 mm

F Overhang - Rear 42.55 in 1,081 mm

GGround Clearance - CoilSuspension (Rear Wheel Drivevehicle)

5.5 in* 139.7 mm*

GGround Clearance - CoilSuspension (All-Wheel Drivevehicle)

5.3 in* 134.6 mm*

G Ground Clearance - Air Suspension 4.6 - 6.3 in 116.8 - 160 mm

H Track - FrontTrack - Rear

65.4 in66.9 in

1,662 mm1,700 mm

*Values are approximate. Dimensions can vary depending on a vehicle's options and variousother factors.

Interior Dimensions

Head Room FrontRear

38.8 in35.3 in

986 mm897 mm

Leg Room FrontRear

42.7 in35.4 in

1,085 mm899 mm

Shoulder Room FrontRear

57.7 in55 in

1,466 mm1,397 mm

Hip Room FrontRear

55 in54.7 in

1,397 mm1,389 mm



Cargo Volume

Total cargo volume (rear seats notfolded) 28.4 cu ft 804.2 L

Rear cargo volume 26.3 cu ft 744.7 L

Rear cargo volume (with seatsfolded down) 58.1 cu ft 1,645.2 L

Front cargo volume 2.1 cu ft 59.5 L

Weights

Curb Weight* - Model S 4,883 lbs 2,215 kg

Curb Weight* Model S Performance 4,941 lbs 2,241 kg

GVWR** - Model S 5,939 lbs 2,694 kg

GVWR** - Model S Performance 5,997 lbs 2,720 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Front 2,866 lbs 1,300 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Rear: 19"wheels 3,307 lbs 1,500 kg

Gross Axle Weight Rating - Rear: 21"wheels 3,196 lbs 1,450 kg

Towing Capacity Towing is not permissible

*Curb Weight = weight of the vehicle with correct fluid levels, no occupants and no cargo

**GVWR = Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

Note: Values are approximate. Weights can vary depending on a vehicle's options.


Specifications 193

Subsystems

Motor Type

Front Motor AC permanent magnet synchronousmotor, liquid-cooled, with variablefrequency drive

Rear Motor AC induction motor, liquid-cooled, withvariable frequency drive

Nominal Voltage 320 volts

Maximum Motor Power

Rated Max Power*

Standard Range FrontRear

205 kW193 kW

Long Range FrontRear

205 kW193 kW

Performance FrontRear

205 kW375 kW

*Tested in accordance with ECE R85.

Maximum Motor Torque

Nm

Standard Range FrontRear

420335

Long Range FrontRear

420335

Performance FrontRear

420720

Subsystems


Transmission

Type Single speed fixed gear

Overall Final Drive Ratio Small motor: 9.325:1Large motor: 9.734:1

Reverse Gear Reverse direction of motor, limited to15 mph (24 km/h)

Steering

Type Rack and pinion with electronic powersteering, speed sensitive

Number of turns lock to lock 2.05

Turning Circle (curb to curb) 38.8 ft (11.8 m)

Brakes

Type

4-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS)with Electronic Brake Force Distribution,Integrated Advanced Stability Control andElectronic Accelerator pedal actuatedregenerative braking system

Calipers Front: Four piston, fixedRear: Single piston, floating

Rotor Diameters (ventilated) Front: 13.98”/355 mmRear: 14.37”/365 mm

Front Rotor thickness New: 1.26”/32 mmService limit: 1.18”/30 mm

Rear Rotor thickness New: 1.10”/28 mmService limit: 1.02”/26 mm

Front Brake Pad Thickness (excluding back plate) 0.346”/8.8 mm

Rear Brake Pad Thickness (excluding back plate) 0.354”/9 mm

Parking brake Electrically actuated parking brakecalipers

Subsystems

Specifications 195

Suspension

Front Independent, double wishbone, air springor coil spring/telescopic damper, sway bar

Rear Independent, multi-link, air spring or coilspring/telescopic damper, sway bar (airsuspension vehicles only)

Battery - 12V

Rating 33 amp hour or higher

Voltage and Polarity 12V negative (-) ground

Battery - High Voltage

Type Liquid-cooled lithium ion (Li-ion)

Nominal Voltage 350 V DC

Temperature Range Do not expose Model S to ambienttemperatures above 140° F (60° C) orbelow -22° F (-30° C) for more than 24hours at a time.

Subsystems


Wheels and Tires

Wheel Specifications (Factory)

Wheel Type Location Size Offset

19"

Front 8.0J x 19 1.575"40 mm

Rear 8.0J x 19 1.575"40 mm

21" - Silver (standard) Front 8.5J x 21 1.575"40 mm

21" - Grey (standard) Rear 8.5J x 21 1.575"40 mm

21" - Silver and Grey (optional) PerformancePlus vehicles Rear 9.0J x 21 1.575"

40 mm

Lug Nut Torque 129 lb. ft (175 Nm)

Lug Nut Socket Size 21 mm

Note: For instructions on how to jack/lift Model S, see Jacking and Lifting on page 187.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 197

Tire Specifications (Factory)

Tire Type Location Size

19" wheels All P245/45R19

21" wheels FrontRear

P245/35R21P265/35R21*

*On a Performance All-Wheel Drive vehicle, the width of the rear tires may vary depending ondate of manufacture. Some vehicles may be equipped with P245/35R21 tires on both front andrear.

Tire pressures vary depending on the type of tires fitted. Refer to the tire pressures printed onthe Tire and Loading Information label. This label is located on the center door pillar and isvisible when the driver’s door is open (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 173).

Winter tires can be purchased from a Tesla store.

Wheels and Tires


Understanding Tire MarkingsLaws require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. Thisinformation identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire. It also providesthe tire identification number (TIN) for certification of safety standards, and in case of a recall.

1 Tire category. P indicates that the tire is for passenger vehicles.

2 Tire width. This 3-digit number is the width (in millimeters) of the tire from sidewalledge to sidewall edge.

3 Aspect ratio. This 2-digit number is the sidewall height as a percentage of the treadwidth. So, if the tread width is 205 mm, and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall height is102 mm.

4 Tire construction. R indicates that the tire is of Radial ply construction.

5 Wheel diameter. This 2-digit number is the diameter of the wheel rim in inches.

6 Load index. This 2 or 3-digit number is the weight each tire can support. This number isnot always shown.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 199

7 Speed rating. When stated, indicates the maximum speed (in mph) at which the tirecan be used for extended periods. Q=99 mph (160 km/h), R=106 mph (170 km/h),S=112 mph (180 km/h), T=118 mph (190 km/h), U=124 mph (200 km/h), H=130 mph(210 km/h), V=149 mph (240 km/h), W=168 mph (270 km/h), Y=186 mph (300 km/h).

8 Tire composition and materials. The number of plies in both the tread area and thesidewall area indicates how many layers of rubber coated material make up thestructure of the tire. Information is also provided on the type of materials used.

9 Maximum tire load. The maximum load which can be carried by the tire.

10 Maximum permissible inflation pressure. This pressure should not be used for normaldriving.

11 U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN). Begins with the letters DOT and indicatesthat the tire meets all federal standards. The next 2 digits/letters represent the plantcode where it was manufactured, and the last 4 digits represent the week and year ofmanufacture. For example, the number 1712 is used to represent the 17th week of 2012.The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer’s discretion. Thisinformation can be used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall.

12 Treadwear grade. This number indicates the tire’s wear rate. The higher the treadwearnumber is, the longer it should take for the tread to wear down. A tire rated at 400, forexample, lasts twice as long as a tire rated at 200.

13 Traction grade. Indicates a tire’s ability to stop on wet roads. A higher graded tireshould allow you to stop your vehicle in a shorter distance than a tire with a lowergrade. Traction is graded from highest to lowest as AA, A, B, and C.

14 Temperature grade. The tire’s resistance to heat is grade A, B, or C, with A indicatingthe greatest resistance. This grading is provided for a correctly inflated tire, which isbeing used within its speed and loading limits.

Wheels and Tires


Uniform Tire Quality GradingThe following information relates to the tiregrading system developed by the NationalHighway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires by tread wear,traction and temperature performance. Tiresthat have deep tread, and winter tires, areexempt from these marking requirements.

Where applicable, quality grades are found onthe tire’s sidewall between the tread shoulderand maximum section width. For example:

• TREADWEAR 180• TRACTION AA• TEMPERATURE A

The quality grades are described next.

Note: In addition to the marking requirements,passenger car tires must conform to FederalSafety Requirements.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedgovernment test course.

For example, a tire graded 150 wears one anda half times better on a government testcourse than a tire graded 100. The relativeperformance of tires depends on the actualconditions of their use, however, and candepart significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service practices,road characteristics, and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are: AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent atire’s ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions on testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C might have poor tractionperformance.

Warning: Defective tires are dangerous.Do not drive if a tire is damaged,excessively worn, or is inflated to anincorrect pressure. The safety of thevehicle and occupants can be adverselyaffected. Check tires regularly for wearand to ensure there are no cuts, bulges orexposure of the ply/cord structure.

Warning: The traction grade assigned tothe tire is based on straight-aheadbraking tests, and does not include:

acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning orpeak traction characteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B,and C, representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissipateheat when tested under controlled conditionson a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.Sustained high temperature can cause the tireto degenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure.

The grade C corresponds to the minimumlevel of performance that all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorSafety Standard No. 109. Grades B and Arepresent levels of performance on thelaboratory test wheel that exceed theminimum requirements.

Warning: A tire’s temperature grade isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Excessivespeed, under-inflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat buildup andpossible tire failure.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 201

Tire and Loading Glossaries

General Wheel and Tire Terms

Accessory Weight The combined weight (in excess of those items replaced) ofitems available as factory installed equipment.

Bead The inner edge of a tire that is shaped to fit to the rim and forman air tight seal. The bead is constructed of steel wires whichare wrapped, or reinforced, by the ply cords.

Cold Tire Pressure The air pressure in a tire that has been standing in excess ofthree hours, or driven for less than one mile.

Curb Weight The weight of a standard vehicle, including any optionalequipment fitted, and with the correct fluid levels.

Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum permissible weight of a vehicle with driver,passengers, load, luggage, and equipment.

kPa (kilo pascal) A metric unit used to measure pressure. One kilo pascal equalsapproximately 0.145 psi.

Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum pressure to which the tire should be inflated.This pressure is given on the tire side wall in psi (lbf/in2).

Caution: This pressure marked on the tire is the maximumallowed by the tire manufacturer. It is not the pressureTesla recommends using for Model S.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight

The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacityweight, and production options weight.

Production Options Weight The combined weight of options installed which weigh inexcess of 3 lb more than the standard items that they replaced,and are not already considered in curb or accessory weights.

PSI (lbf/in2) Pounds per square inch (the unit used to measure tirepressure).

Recommended Tire InflationPressure

Tire inflation pressure, established by Tesla, which is based onthe type of tires that are mounted on the vehicle at the factory.This information can be found on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located on the door pillar.

Rim The metal support for a tire, or tire and tube, upon which thetire beads are seated.

Vehicle Capacity Weight The number of seats multiplied by 150 lbs plus the ratedamount of load/luggage.

Load Carrying Definitions

Normal occupant weight 68 kilograms (150 lbs) times the number of occupants specifiedin the second column of the tables for calculating load limits(see Vehicle Loading on page 190).

Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle.

Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurposepassenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weightrating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.

Wheels and Tires


Rim diameter Nominal diameter of the bead seat.

Rim size designation Rim diameter and width.

Rim type designation The manufacturing industry's designation for a rim by style orcode.

Rim width Nominal distance between the rim's flanges.

Vehicle maximum load on thetire

Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing toeach axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight anddividing by two.

Vehicle normal load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing toeach axle its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, andnormal occupant weight and dividing by two.

Pneumatic Radial Tire Definitions

Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.

Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90degrees to the center line of the tread.

Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, thatwhen inflated, bears the load.

Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.

Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire.

Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.

Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tireextending to cord material.

Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and higher inflationpressure than the corresponding standard tire.

Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs.

Inner liner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire thatcontains the inflating medium within the tire.

Inner liner separation The parting of the inner liner from cord material in the carcass.

Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a giveninflation pressure.

Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimensionrequirements.

Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or inner liner thatextends to the cord material.

Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire.

Wheels and Tires

Specifications 203

Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of aninflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations,or protective bands or ribs.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.

Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.

Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric andsteel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotivewheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid thatsustains the load.

Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the center line ofthe tread.

Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higherinflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire.

Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of aninflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, orprotective bands.

Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and bead.

Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material inthe sidewall.

Snow tire A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110,compared to the ASTM E1136-93 (re-approved 2003,incorporated by reference, see §571.5) Standard Reference TestTire when using the snow traction test as described in ASTMF1805-00 (incorporated by reference, see §571.5), and that ismarked with an Alpine Symbol specified in S5.5(i) on at leastone sidewall.

Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rimlisted as appropriate for use with that tire.

Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.

Tread rib A tread section running around the circumference of a tire.

Tread separation The pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.

Tread wear indicators (TWI) The projections within the principal grooves designed to give avisual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.

Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securelyduring testing.

Wheels and Tires


Roadside Assistance

Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance

Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to you, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for the duration ofyour warranty period.

When contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance, please provide:

• The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The VIN is displayed when you touch the Tesla "T" atthe top of the touchscreen. The VIN can also been seen on the upper dashboard by lookingthrough the driver's side of the windshield.

• Your exact location.• The nature of the problem.

Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to speak with roadside service professionals 24/7/365 toanswer any questions and explain the proper procedure for transporting your Model S.

Note: For a detailed description of Tesla's Roadside Assistance policy, go to the support page onthe Tesla web site for your region.

Regional Phone Number(s)Mexico: 1-800-228-8145

United States and Canada: 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752)

Note: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of thetouchscreen.

Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance

Roadside Assistance 205

tel:1-800-228-8145

tel:1-877-798-3752

Instructions for Transporters

DO NOT TRANSPORT WITHWHEELS ON THE GROUNDThe front motor in Model S generates powerwhen the wheels spin. Always transportModel S with all four tires off the ground.Ensure that the tires are unable to spin at anytime during transport.

Warning: NEVER TRANSPORT YOURVEHICLE WITH THE TIRES IN APOSITION WHERE THEY CAN SPIN.DOING SO CAN LEAD TO SIGNIFICANTDAMAGE AND OVERHEATING. IN RARECASES EXTREME OVERHEATING MAYCAUSE THE SURROUNDINGCOMPONENTS TO IGNITE.

Do not transport Model S using any methodthat is not specified by Tesla. Adhere to theinstructions provided in the following sectionsand observe all warnings and cautionsprovided. Damage caused by impropertransporting of your vehicle is not covered bythe warranty.

Note: Tesla is not liable or responsible forreimbursing services not dispatched throughTesla Roadside Assistance.

Approved Methods for TransportingNote: The tires are allowed to rotate slowly(under 3 mph or 5 km/h) and for a very shortdistance (less than 30 feet or 10 meters) onlywhen Transport Mode is enabled (see ActivateTransport Mode on page 207) while thevehicle is being winched onto a flatbed truckor pulled out of a parking space forrepositioning. Exceeding these boundaries canlead to significant damage and overheatingthat is not covered by the warranty.

A flatbed truck or comparable transportvehicle is the recommended method oftransporting Model S. The vehicle can faceeither direction when using a flatbed.

If Model S must be transported without aflatbed truck, then wheel lifts and dollies mustbe used to ensure that all four wheels are offof the ground. This method may only be usedfor a maximum of 35 miles (55 km), and mustnot exceed the manufacturer speed rating ofthe dollies. With this method, Teslarecommends the vehicle facing forward sothat the front wheels are lifted and the rearwheels are on dollies.

Note: Transporting Model S with the frontwheels on dollies is not recommended, butmay be done if an external steering wheel lockis applied and care is taken to prevent thefront wheels from spinning. DO NOTTRANSPORT YOUR VEHICLE IF THERE ISANY CHANCE OF THE FRONT WHEELSSPINNING.

Caution: Enable Transport Mode (see Activate Transport Mode on page 207)before winching Model S onto a flatbedtruck (see Pull onto the Flatbed Truck -With Tow Eye on page 207). If TransportMode is not available or the touchscreenis not accessible, self-loading dollies ortire skates must be used to load thevehicle into the approved transportationposition. Tesla is not responsible for anydamage caused by or during thetransport of Model S, including personalproperty damage or damage caused byusing self-loading dollies or tire skates.

Warning: Model S is equipped with highvoltage components that may becompromised as a result of a collision(see High Voltage Components on page160). Before transporting Model S, it isimportant to assume these componentsare energized. Always follow high voltagesafety precautions (wearing personalprotection equipment, etc.) untilemergency response professionals haveevaluated the vehicle and can accuratelyconfirm that all high voltage systems areno longer energized. Failure to do so mayresult in serious injury.



Disable the Self-Leveling AirSuspension SystemIf Model S is equipped with the air suspensionsystem, it automatically self-levels, even whenpower is off. To prevent damage, you mustactivate Jack Mode to disable self-leveling:

1. Touch Controls > Suspension on thetouchscreen.

2. Press the brake pedal, then touch VeryHigh to maximize height.

3. Touch Jack.

When Jack Mode is active, Model Sdisplays this red indicator light onthe instrument panel, along with amessage telling you that activesuspension is disabled.

Note: Jack Mode cancels when driving speedexceeds 4 mph (7 kph).

Warning: Failure to activate Jack Mode ona vehicle equipped with the airsuspension system can result in thevehicle becoming loose during transport,which may cause significant damage.

Activate Transport ModeTransport Mode keeps the parking brakedisengaged while winching Model S onto aflatbed truck. When active, Transport Modedisplays a message indicating that the vehiclewill remain free-rolling. The following arerequired to enable Transport Mode:

• 12V power is required. You are unable touse the touchscreen to activate TransportMode if Model S has no power.

• Model S must detect a key. TransportMode is available only when a key isdetected.

To activate Transport Mode:

1. Ensure the vehicle is in Park.2. Chock the tires or otherwise ensure

Model S is secure.3. Press and hold the brake pedal, then on

the touchscreen, touch Controls >Service > Towing. The touchscreendisplays a message reminding you how toproperly transport Model S.

4. Press and hold the Transport Mode buttonuntil it turns blue. Model S is now free-rolling and can slowly be rolled (no fasterthan walking speed) or winched.

To cancel Transport Mode, shift Model S intoPark.

Note: If Model S loses 12V power afterTransport Mode is enabled, Transport Modewill cancel and the parking brake will be re-applied.

Caution: If the electrical system is notworking, and you therefore cannot usethe touchscreen to activate TransportMode, use self-loading dollies or tireskates. Before doing so, always check themanufacturer's specifications andrecommended loading capacity.

Pull onto the Flatbed Truck - WithTow Eye1. Locate the tow eye.2. Remove the tow eye cover by inserting a

small flat screwdriver into the slot locatedalong the top of the cover, then pryinggently to release the cover from the topsnap.

Note: Keep the tow eye cover in a safeplace so you can replace it when towing iscomplete.


Roadside Assistance 207

3. Fully insert the tow eye into the opening,then turn it counter-clockwise untilsecurely fastened.

4. Attach the winch cable to the tow eye.

Caution: Before pulling, make sure thetow eye is securely fastened.

5. Activate Transport Mode by touchingControls > Service > Towing.

6. Pull Model S slowly onto the flatbed truck.

Pull onto the Flatbed Truck -Without Tow EyeIt is strongly recommended that you connectthe winch to your vehicle's tow eye, asdescribed previously. However, if a situationarises in which the tow eye is not available(lost, misplaced, etc.), the followinginstructions describe how to attach towstraps.

1. Attach the tow straps to each of the lowersuspension arms underneath the front ofthe vehicle.

2. To protect the underbody from damage,place a protective barrier (such as a pieceof wood) between the tow strap andunderbody.

3. Activate Transport Mode by touchingControls > Service > Towing.

4. Pull Model S slowly onto the flatbed truck.

Secure the TiresThe vehicle's tires must be secured onto thetruck using the eight-point tie-down method.

• Ensure any metal parts on the tie-downstraps do not contact painted surfaces orthe face of the wheels.

• Do not place tie-down straps over bodypanels or through the wheels.

Caution: Attaching the tie-down straps tothe chassis, suspension or other parts ofthe vehicle's body may cause damage.



Consumer Information

Easter Eggs

But wait, there's more! Below is a list of the Easter Eggs that have been discovered so far and howto access them. Alternatively, touch the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) then drag theAbout Your Tesla box downwards for one-touch access to all discovered Easter Eggs.

Note: For a shortcut to Easter Egg fun, touch the Toybox icon in the application launcher (see Touchscreen Overview on page 4).

For This... Do This...

Arcade Feeling nostalgic? While in Park, access games from the applauncher or your Easter Egg tray then select a game fromthe menu to play. Note that, depending on the game, youmay need to use your steering wheel buttons or a USBcontroller to play.

Santa Mode "What have you been longing for?" Enjoy the holidays year-round with this one! Simply initiate a voice command andsay "Ho Ho Ho". Or, if you are feeling extra sour, you can say"Ho Ho Ho Not Funny" instead.

Rainbow Road Need more cowbell? Visit Rainbow Road by pulling thecruise stalk toward you four times in quick succession whileAutosteer is enabled.

Sketchpad Triple-tap the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) andchannel your inner Picasso. Show us what you got! TouchPublish to submit your artistic compositions to Tesla forcritiquing.

Mars Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen)then enter mars in the access code popup. The map showsyour Model S as a rover on the Martian landscape, and theAbout Your Tesla box displays SpaceX's interplanetaryspaceship.

007 (air suspension vehiclesonly)

Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen)and enter 007 in the access code popup. You are no longera "Driver", you're a "Diver"! Touch Controls > Suspension tochange your depth.

Ludicrous Speed (P100D vehiclesonly)

Press and hold the Ludicrous setting (Controls > Driving >Acceleration > Ludicrous) for approximately five seconds.Touch Yes, bring it on! if you want to go fast. To displaypower and acceleration readings on the instrument panel,press either scroll button briefly until the available optionsare displayed. Then, roll the scroll button to highlightReadout then press the scroll button again.

The Answer to the UltimateQuestion of Life, The Universe,and Everything

Rename your car to 42 (see Naming Your Vehicle on page126) and notice the new name of your Model S.

Rainbow Charge Port When Model S is locked and charging, press the button onthe mobile connector ten times in quick succession. Neat,huh?

Romance Mode You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but youcan still cozy up with your loved ones by this virtualfireplace. While in Park, access Romance Mode from yourEaster Egg tray. Queue the music and get your romance on!

Easter Eggs

Consumer Information 209

Emissions Testing Mode Holiday fun can come in surprising ways. Access EmissionsTesting Mode from your Easter Egg tray, then select yourpreferred fart style and a target seat. Activate by pressingthe left scroll wheel button when you’re ready to “release”your prank.

TRAX It's never too late to follow your dream of becoming aworld-famous DJ. With TRAX, you can turn your vehicle intoyour own personal music studio. While in Park, choose froman array of instruments and unique sounds to create thenext hit song. Access TRAX through your Easter Egg tray onthe touchscreen and get jamming. Microphone and headsetnot included (depending on vehicle configuration andmarket region, this may not be available on your vehicle).

Easter Eggs


About this Owner Information

Document ApplicabilityOwner information is updated regularly toreflect updates to your vehicle. However, insome cases, recently released features maynot be described. To display information aboutrecently released features, view the ReleaseNotes on the touchscreen. Release Notes aredisplayed on the touchscreen after a softwareupdate, and can be displayed at any time bytouching the Tesla "T" at the top of thetouchscreen, then touching the Release Noteslink. Release notes can also be accessed bynavigating to Controls > Software. Ifinformation related to how to use thetouchscreen conflicts with information in theRelease Notes, the Release Notes takeprecedence.

IllustrationsIllustrations are provided for demonstrationpurposes only. Depending on vehicle options,software version, region of purchase, andspecific settings, your vehicle may appearslightly different. Although the ownerinformation is applicable to both right-handdrive and left-hand drive vehicles, manyillustrations show only left-hand drive vehicles.However, the essential information that theillustrations are providing is correct.

Feature AvailabilitySome features are available only on somevehicle configurations and/or only in specificmarket regions. Options or featuresmentioned in the owner information does notguarantee they are available on your specificvehicle.

Errors or InaccuraciesAll specifications and descriptions are knownto be accurate at time of publishing. However,because continuous improvement is a goal atTesla, we reserve the right to make productmodifications at any time. To communicateany inaccuracies or omissions, or to providegeneral feedback or suggestions regarding thequality of this owner information, send anemail to [email protected].

Location of ComponentsOwner information may specify the location ofa component as being on the left or right sideof the vehicle. As shown, left (1) and right (2)represent the side of the vehicle when sittinginside.

Copyrights and Trademarks© 2013-2019 Tesla, Inc. All information in thisdocument and all vehicle software is subjectto copyright and other intellectual propertyrights of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Thismaterial may not be modified, reproduced orcopied, in whole or in part, without the priorwritten permission of Tesla, Inc. and itslicensors. Additional information is availableupon request. Tesla uses software created bythe Open Source community. Please visitTesla’s Open Source software website at http://www.tesla.com/opensource. HD Radiois a registered trademark of iBiquity DigitalCorporation. The following are trademarks orregistered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in theUnited States and other countries:



mailto:[email protected]

http://www.tesla.com/opensource

All other trademarks contained in thisdocument are the property of their respectiveowners and their use herein does not implysponsorship or endorsement of their productsor services. The unauthorized use of anytrademark displayed in this document or onthe vehicle is strictly prohibited.



Disclaimers

Event Data Recorder (EDR)Model S is equipped with an event datarecorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDRis to record, in certain crash or near crash-likesituations, such as an air bag deployment orhitting a road obstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle's systemsperformed. The EDR is designed to recorddata related to vehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time, typically 30seconds or less. The EDR in Model S isdesigned to record data such as:

• How various systems in your vehicle wereoperating;

• Whether or not the driver and passengersafety belts were buckled/fastened;

• How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brakepedal; and,

• How fast the vehicle was traveling.

The data can help provide a betterunderstanding of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur.

Note: EDR data is recorded by your vehicleonly if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; nodata is recorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personal data (e.g.,name, gender, age, and crash location) isrecorded. However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine the EDR datawith the type of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required, and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition tothe vehicle manufacturer, other parties, suchas law enforcement, that have the specialequipment, can read the information if theyhave access to the vehicle or the EDR. Teslamay also access the EDR remotely in somecrash circumstances.

Vehicle TelematicsModel S is equipped with electronic modulesthat monitor and record data from variousvehicle systems, including the motor, Autopilotcomponents, Battery, braking and electricalsystems. The electronic modules recordinformation about various driving and vehicleconditions, including braking, acceleration, tripand other related information regarding yourvehicle. These modules also recordinformation about the vehicle’s features suchas charging events and status, the enabling/disabling of various systems, diagnostictrouble codes, VIN, speed, direction andlocation.

The data is stored by the vehicle and may beaccessed, used and stored by Tesla servicetechnicians during vehicle servicing orperiodically transmitted to Tesla wirelesslythrough the vehicle’s telematics system. Thisdata may be used by Tesla for variouspurposes, including, but not limited to:providing you with Tesla telematics services;troubleshooting; evaluation of your vehicle’squality, functionality and performance;analysis and research by Tesla and its partnersfor the improvement and design of ourvehicles and systems; to defend Tesla; and asotherwise may be required by law. In servicingyour vehicle, Tesla can potentially resolveissues remotely simply by reviewing yourvehicle’s data log.

Tesla’s telematics system wirelessly transmitsvehicle information to Tesla on a periodicbasis. The data is used as previously describedand helps ensure the proper maintenance ofyour vehicle. Additional Model S features mayuse your vehicle’s telematics system and theinformation provided, including features suchas charging reminders, software updates, andremote access to, and control of, varioussystems of your vehicle.

Tesla does not disclose the data recorded inyour vehicle to any third party except when:

• An agreement or consent from thevehicle’s owner (or the leasing companyfor a leased vehicle) is obtained.

• Officially requested by the police or otherauthorities.

• Used as a defense for Tesla.• Ordered by a court of law.• Used for research purposes without

disclosing details of the vehicle owner oridentification information.

Disclaimers


• Disclosed to a Tesla affiliated company,including their successors or assigns, orour information systems and datamanagement providers.

For additional information regarding howTesla processes data collected from yourvehicle, please review Tesla's privacy policy at http://www.tesla.com/about/legal.

Data SharingFor quality assurance and to support thecontinuous improvement of advanced featuressuch as Autopilot, Tesla measures roadsegment data of all participating vehicles. AllTesla vehicles can learn from the experience ofthe billions of miles that Tesla vehicles havedriven. Although Tesla shares this data withpartners that contribute similar data, the datadoes not include any personally identifiableinformation about you or your vehicle. Toallow data sharing, touch Controls > Safety &Security > Data Sharing, touch the Yes buttonsto confirm that you agree to allow Tesla tocollect the associated type of data, thensubmit your response.

For additional information regarding howTesla processes data collected from yourvehicle, please review Tesla's privacy policy at http://www.tesla.com/about/legal.

Note: Although Model S uses GPS inconnection with driving and operation, asdiscussed in this owner's manual, Tesla doesnot record or store vehicle-specific GPSinformation, except the location where a crashoccurred. Consequently, Tesla is unable toprovide historical information about a vehicle'slocation (for example, Tesla is unable to tellyou where Model S was parked/traveling at aparticular date/time).

Quality ControlYou might notice a few miles/km on theodometer when you take delivery of yourModel S. This is a result of a comprehensivetesting process that ensures the quality ofyour Model S.

The testing process includes extensiveinspections during and after production. Thefinal inspection takes place at Tesla andincludes a road test conducted by atechnician.

California Proposition 65Warning: Operating, servicing andmaintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you tochemicals including phthalates and lead,which are known to the State of Californiato cause cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. To minimize exposure,wear gloves or wash your handsfrequently when servicing your vehicle.For more information go to: www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

Warning: Certain components of thisvehicle such as airbag modules and seatbelt pre-tensioners may containPerchlorate Material. Special handlingmay be required for service or vehicle endof life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals, andrelated accessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after handling.

Disclaimers


http://www.tesla.com/about/legal

http://www.tesla.com/about/legal

http://www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle

http://www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle

http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate

Reporting Safety Defects

Contacting TeslaFor detailed information about your Model S,go to www.tesla.com, and log on to your TeslaAccount, or sign up to get an account.

If you have any questions or concerns aboutyour Model S, call 1-877-79TESLA(1-877‑798-3752).

Note: You can also use voice commands toprovide feedback to Tesla. Say "Note","Report", "Bug note", or "Bug report" (in theEnglish language) followed by brief commentsin your language of choice. Model S takes asnapshot of its systems, including your currentlocation, vehicle diagnostic data, and screencaptures of the touchscreen and instrumentpanel. Tesla periodically reviews these notesand uses them to continue improving Model S.

Reporting Safety Defects - USIf you believe that Model S has a defect whichcould cause a crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately inform theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Tesla.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it mayopen an investigation. If it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of vehicles, it mayorder a recall and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in individualproblems between you, your dealer, or Tesla.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the VehicleSafety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator,National Highway Traffic Safety, 1200 NewJersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.You can also obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defects - CanadaIf you believe that your Model S has a defectwhich could cause a crash or could causeinjury or death, you should immediately informTransport Canada, in addition to notifyingTesla. To contact Transport Canada, call theirtoll-free number: 1-800-333-0510.

Reporting Safety Defects



http://www.safercar.gov

http://www.safercar.gov

Declarations of Conformity

Key and Passive Unlocking System

FCC Certification

Model Number Mfr Frequency Tested For

A-0749G02 Pektron 315 MHz USACanadaMexicoTaiwan

A-0749G12 Pektron 315 MHz USACanadaMexicoTaiwan

WC1 Tesla 127.7 KHz Global

The devices listed above comply with Part 15 of the FCC rules, Industry Canada's license-exemptRSS Standard(s) and EU Directive 2014/53/EU.

1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause

undesired operation.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tesla could void your authority to operatethe equipment.

Radiation Exposure Statement

The product complies with the FCC/IC RF Exposure for Low Power Consumer Wireless PowerTransfer. The RF exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intendedoperation as described in this manual. The furthest RF exposure that compliance wasdemonstrated at 20cm and greater separation from the user body or set the device to loweroutput power if such function is available.

IC Certification

CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)

The following device is used in vehicles in Canada:

• Key fob Model Number: 002 and A-0749G12 (315 MHz)• Key fob Manufacturer: Pektron

Per IC 10176A-002, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s).Operation is subject to the following two conditions:



Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradioexempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :

1. l'Appareilne doit pas produire de brouillage, et2. l'Utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le

brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre lefonctionnement.

Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements IC établies pourunenvironnement non contrôlé.

Déclaration d'exposition aux radiations:



Le produit est conforme à l'exposition RF IC pour le transfert de puissance sans fil deconsommateurs de faible puissance. La limite d'exposition RF fixée pour un environnement noncontrôlé est sans danger pour le fonctionnement prévu tel que décrit dans ce manuel. L'expositionRF supplémentaire que la conformité a été démontrée à 20cm et plus de séparation du corps del'utilisateur ou de mettre l'appareil à la puissance de sortie inférieure si une telle fonction estdisponible.

MIC Certification

Model Number Mfr MHz Tested For

A-0749G04/A-0749G14 Pektron 315 Japan

CE Certification

Model # Mfr MHz Tested For

A-0749G01 and A-0749G11 Pektron 433 Europe

Australia

New Zealand

Singapore

South Korea

A-0749G05 and A-0749G15 Pektron 433 China

Hong Kong

Korea

The devices listed above comply with CE standards. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:




Tire Pressure Monitoring SystemFCC IDs: TZSTPMS201, Z9F-201FS43X

IC ID: 11852A-201FS4X

The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules and RSS-210 ofInnovation, Science and Economic Development Canada. Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:






HomeLinkThis device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules, RSS-210 Industry Canada, and with EUDirective 2014/53/EU.

Operation is subject to the following conditions:

• This device may not cause harmful interference.• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause


Any changes or modifications to the device not expressly approved by the manufacturer or Teslacould void your authority to operate the equipment.

Radio Frequency InformationThis equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protectionagainst harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions,may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee thatinterference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmfulinterference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipmentoff and on, try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is

connected.• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.



Index

AABS (Anti-lock Braking System) 66absolute speed limit 116Acceleration settings 74access panel, removing 184accessories

plugging into power socket 22adaptive headlights 56Adaptive Suspension Damping 146adjacent lane speed 110air circulation 130air conditioning 128air distribution 130air filter 133air suspension 146air vents 132airbags 37alarm 149all-season tires 178always connected, setting 77Always Show Estimated Round Trip Energy137anti-lock braking (ABS) 66application launcher 4audio

equalizer 142immersive sound 142playing files 140steering wheel buttons 44volume control 140

Auto High Beam 56Auto Lane Change 97auto-raising suspension 146automatic emergency braking 114automatic navigation 134Autopark 102autopilot

blind spot collision warning 110side collision warning 110staying inside lane markings 110

AutopilotAuto Lane Change 97automatic emergency braking 113Autopark 102Autosteer 95collision avoidance assist 113forward collision warning 113Navigate on Autopilot 98overtake acceleration 88overview 85speed assist 116speed limit warning 116staying within speed limits 116Summon 104Traffic-Aware Cruise Control 88

Autopilot components 85Autosteer 95average range 77

Bbackup camera 79battery (12V)

complete discharge 162specifications 196

Battery (high voltage)care of 162coolant 184specifications 196temperature limits 162

battery (key), replacing 11blind spot collision warning 110blind spot collision warning chime 110Bluetooth

devices, playing audio files from 142general information 143phone, pairing and using 143

body repairs 188body touch up 182brakes

automatic in emergencies 114fluid level 185overview of 66specifications 195

Bumper Clearance (Summon) 104

Ccabin air filter 133cabin temperature control 128Calendar app 148California Proposition 65 214camera (rear view) 79cameras (autopilot) 85car cover 182car status, displaying 44, 45car washes 180cargo area 17cargo volume 193carpets, cleaning 181CCS (Combo) 161CE certifications 216CHAdeMO 161chains 178change of ownership 127charge port 164charge port light 166charge port manual release 165charge port release lever 165charging

charge settings 166components and equipment 160instructions 164public charging stations 161scheduling 166status of 169

charging locations, finding 136

Index

Index 219

child protectiondisabling rear window switches 15

child seatscleaning 181installing and using 30

child-protectiondisabling liftgate and rear door handles13

Chill acceleration 74cleaning 180climate controls 128cold weather driving 83collision avoidance assist 113connecting to Wi-Fi 156console

12V power socket 22cup holders 23USB ports 21

consumption chart 77contact information

roadside assistance 205Tesla 215

copyrights 211Creep 67cruise control 88cup holders 23

Ddashboard overview 2Dashcam 80data recording 213data sharing 213declarations of conformity 216delivery mileage 214devices

Bluetooth, playing audio files 142connecting 21playing audio files from 142

dimensions 192dome (map) lights 54door handles 12door labels 190Door Unlock Mode 12doors 10doors, opening 10drive away locking 13Drive gear 52driver

profiles 42seat adjustment 25

drivingseating position 25starting 50tips to maximize range 77

EEaster Eggs 209easy entry, driver profile 42EDR (event data recorder) 213electric parking brake 68emergency braking 113emergency flashers 57emergency rear door opening 14emission label 189energy

gained from regenerative braking 67range information 58

Energy app 77energy saving mode 77energy use predictions (navigating) 137Erase & Reset 127event data recording 213exterior

car cover 182cleaning 180dimensions 192lights 54overview 3polishing, touch up, & repair 182

Ffactory defaults, restoring 127factory reset 127fan speed, interior 130favorites (Media Player) 141Favorites (navigation) 135FCC certifications 216features, downloading new 157firmware (software) updates 157flash drives, playing audio files from 142flashers, warning 57floor mats 182fluids

replacement intervals 171reservoirs, checking 184

fog lights 54forward collision warning 113front passenger detection 39front trunk 19

Ggarage doors, opening 153gates, opening 153GAWR 190gears 52glove box 21Gross Axle Weight Rating 190Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 190ground clearance 192

Index


GVWR 190

Hhazard warning flashers 57headlights

adaptive 56after exit 56high beams 56

heated wipers 64heating 128height adjustments (suspension)

auto-raising 146disabling (Jack mode) 147

high beam headlights 56high voltage

Battery specifications 196components 160safety 171

hills, stopping on 73hitches 191Hold 67Home location 138HomeLink

FCC certification 218programming and using 153when using Summon 104

hood 19horn 46

II'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry 134IC certifications 216identification labels 189inductive phone charger 21Insane acceleration 74instant range 77instrument panel

charging status 169cleaning 181overview of 58

interiorcleaning 181dimensions 192lights 54overview 2temperature control 128

internet radio 141intrusion detection 149ISOFIX child seats, installing 33

JJ1772 161Jack mode 147

jacking 187

Kkey

FCC and IC certifications 216how to use 10key not inside 50ordering extras 11replacing battery 11

keyless entry 10

Llabel

Tire and Loading Information 190vehicle certification 190

lane assist 110lane change, automatic 97lane departure warning 110LATCH child seats, installing 33Launch Mode 74, 75liftgate

adjust opening height 17opening 16

lifting 187lights

adaptive headlights 56hazard warning 57headlights after exit 56turn signals 57

load limits 190location tracking 134location-based suspension 146locking and unlocking doors 10Ludicrous acceleration 74lumbar adjustment (premium) 25

Mmaintenance

brake fluid, checking 185cleaning 180daily checks 171fluid replacement intervals 171monthly checks 171panel, removing 184replacing wiper blades 183service intervals 171tires 173washer fluid, topping up 186washer jets, cleaning 183

map orientation 134map updates 139mats 182media 140

Index

Index 221

mileage upon delivery 214mirrors 48mobile app 159Mobile Connector

description 161using 164

modifications 188motor specifications 194my car does what? 209

Nnaming 126Navigate on Autopilot 98navigating 134, 135NCC certifications 216Neutral gear 52NHTSA, contacting 215

OObstacle-Aware Acceleration 113occupancy sensor 39odometer 9, 76offset from speed limit 116Online Routing 137overhang dimensions 192overtake acceleration 88Owner Information, about 211

PPark Assist 71Park gear 52parking brake 68parking, using Autopark 102parking, using Summon 104parts replacement 188passenger detection 39passenger front airbag 39personal data, erasing 127phone

steering wheel buttons 45using 143

phone app 144PIN 43PIN to Drive 149power cycling 50power management 77power socket 22power windows 15powering on and off 50Proposition 65 214public charging stations 161

Rradar 85radio 140Radio Frequency information 216range

displayed on instrument panel 58driving tips to maximize 77regenerative braking 67

range assurance 77Range mode 77Re-route 137rear seats, folding and raising 26rear view camera 79rear window switches, disabling 15recent (Media Player) 141Recents (navigation) 135regenerative braking 67relative speed limit 116release notes 158restarting the touchscreen 50Reverse gear 52RFID transponders 188roadside assistance 205Roll 67roof racks 191rotating tires 174Round Trip Energy (navigating) 137

Ssafety defects, reporting 215safety information

airbags 40child seats 36seat belts 28

satellite radio 140scheduled charging 167scheduled departure

using 167seat belts

cleaning 181in a collision 28overview of 27pre-tensioners 28wearing when pregnant 27

seat covers 26seat heaters 128seating capacity 190seats

adjusting 25heaters 128

security settings 149sensors 85Sentry Mode 149service data recording 213service intervals 171Settings, erasing 127

Index


shifting gears 52Show Calendar Upon Entry 148Side Clearance (Summon) 104side collision warning 110SiriusXM 140slip start 70Smart Summon 107software reset 127software update preferences 157software updates 157software version 9specifications

12V battery 196brakes 195cargo volume 193dimensions 192exterior 192High Voltage Battery 196interior 192motor 194steering 195subsystems 194suspension 196tires 198transmission 195wheels 197

speed assist 116Speed Limit Mode 127speed limit warning 116Sport acceleration 74stability control 70Standard acceleration 74starting 50steering specifications 195steering wheel

adjusting position 44adjusting sensitivity 44buttons 44heated 44scroll buttons 44

steering, automatic 95Stopping Mode 67streaming radio 141streaming services 141summer tires 178Summon 104Summon Distance 104sunroof 24supercharging

described 170idle fees 170pay-per-use fees 170

suspension (air), settings for 146suspension specifications 196

Ttelematics 213

temperatureBattery (high voltage), limits 162cabin, controls for 128heated steering wheel 46outside 58tires 201

Teslacam 80tie-down straps 208tilt/intrusion detection 149Tire and Loading Information label 190tire noise 178Tire Pressure Monitoring System

FCC certification 217overview of 176

tire pressures, checking 173tires

all-season 178balancing 174chains 178inspecting and maintaining 174pressures, how to check 173quality grading 201replacing 175replacing a tire sensor 177rotation 174specification 198summer 178temperature grades 201tire markings 199traction grade 201treadwear grade 201wheel configuration 173winter 178

toll system transponders, attaching 188torque specifications 194touch up body 182touchscreen

cleaning 181overview 4software updates 157

tow eye, locating 207towing 207towing a trailer 191towing instructions 206TPMS

FCC certification 217overview of 176

Tracking Disabled 134traction control 70trademarks 211Traffic-Aware Cruise Control 88trailer hitches 191transmission specifications 195transponders, attaching 188Transport Canada, contacting 215Transport Mode 207transporting 206, 207trip chart 77trip meter 76Trip Planner 138

Index

Index 223

trunk, front 19trunk, rear

child-protection lock 13disabling interior handle 13

turn signals 57

Uultrasonic sensors 85uniform tire quality grading 201Unlock on Park 10unlocking when key doesn't work 13USB devices

connecting 21playing audio files from 142

usb flash drive 149USB ports 21

VValet mode 43vehicle certification label 190Vehicle Hold 73Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) 189vehicle loading 190vent, sunroof 24ventilation 132VIN (Vehicle Identification Number) 189voice commands 44volume control 4volume control (media) 140

Wwalk away locking 13Wall Connector 161warning flashers 57washer fluid, topping up 186washer jets, cleaning 183washers, using 64wheel chocks 208wheels

alignment 174replacing 175specifications 197torque 197

Wi-Fi, connecting to 156windshield washer fluid, topping up 186winter tires 178wiper blades, replacing 183wipers, de-icing 64wipers, using 64Work location 138

Index


Model S Quick Guide - NA Rev C.book Page 2 Wednesday, December 18, 2013 12:40 PM

PUBLISHED JANUARY 27, 2020

model s owner's manual - tesla-info.com · model s vehicles are not equipped with the...

Documents